Meo Class 4 Electical Written

Marine Electro Technology 77
MEO CLASS IV PART-B

MARINE ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY
WRITTEN QUESTION BANK
1. Which of the following statements is true concerning a poly-phase

synchronous propulsion motor?
A. The motor is started as an induction motor.
B. Resistance is gradually added to the rotor circuit.
D
C. The starting current is held below the rated current.
TE
D. The field winding is energized for starting purposes only.
ANS: A
_____
EC
2. When reading electrical motor controller diagrams, it helps to know that
A. current paths in the control circuit are drawn as heavy lines and in the power
circuit as lighter lines
R
B. current paths in the power circuit are drawn as heavy lines and in control circuit
R
as lighter lines
C. circuits subject to 500 volts or greater are drawn as heavy lines and below 500
O
volts as lighter lines

C
D. circuits subject to 500volts or greater are drawn as light lines and below 500
volts as heavy
ANS: B
ET
3. Alternating current circuits develop resistance, inductance and capacitance.

The inductance of a coil is expressed in
A. ohms B. mhos C. henrys D. farads
M
ANS: C
4. Large cable sizes are formed as individual conductors that may be comprised
of several smaller strands to
A. obtain the flexibility required for easy handling
B. reduce the overall weight of the wire run
C. reduce the number of supports needed for a horizontal overhead run
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. all of the above

ANS: A
5. Which of the following is having Di-Electric Constant 80?
A. Air B. water C. Mica D. Castor

oil
ANS: B
6. Where a thermal-acting breaker is required to be used in an area of unusually

high, low, or constantly fluctuating temperatures, an ambient compensating
element must be used. This element consists of a
D
A. cylindrical spring on the contact arm
TE
B. conical spring on the contact arm
C. second bimetal element
ANS: C
D. second electromagnet
EC
7. Which of the following precautions should you take when securing
R
propulsion generators and motors for an extended period of time?
R
A. Disconnect the brush pigtails from their contacts and circulate air through the
units.
O
B. Disconnect the brush pigtails from their contacts and discharge carbon
dioxide into the units to keep them dry.
C
C. Lift the brushes from commutator collector rings and use the built-in heater to
prevent
moisture accumulation.
ET
D. Lift the brushes from commutator collector rings and circulate cool dry air
through the units.
ANS: C
M
8. The direction of magnetic flux changes when the direction of current is

reversed.
a. True
b. False
ANS: A
9. In a Transistor (If Multi choice add option A)
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. PNP and NPN are two basic types

B. Emitter, Collector and Base are the basic Elements.
C. Collector separates Base and Emitter
D. Emitter separates Base and Collector
ANS: B
12. If a Motor is not rotating in the E/R, you will carry out the following Checks
(multiple choice, 3 Questions of same type but Options were different)
A. Check for the isolation

B. Rotate the Coupling with your hand
C. Check for the Circuit breaker
D
D. Remove the fuses
E Look for the Overload Trip
TE
F. Visually inspect the motor terminals
G. Visually Inspect the Starter Terminals
H. Carry out Infinite Resistance Test
ANS: ALL
A. Collector, Emitter, Base

B. Base, Collector, Emitter
EC
14. Arrange the following in Increasing Order of their Doping Strength.
C. Emitter, Base, Collector

R
D. Emitter, Collector, Collector Base, Collector, Base
R
ANS: B
15. Which of the listed precautions should be taken when cleaning the internals of a
O
motor with compressed air?

C
A. Open the machine on both ends so as to allow the air and dust to escape.
B. Be certain that the circuit breaker is opened and tagged on the feeder panel.
ET
C. Be certain that the air is clean and as dry as possible.
D. Ensure that the fuse in the motor is removed
ANS: A B & C
M
16. A molded-case breaker provides protection against short-circuits by using a/an

A. Shading coil.
B. Arc quencher.
C. Electromagnet.
D. Holding coil.
ANS: C
17. PN diode advantage over vacuum diode?

(a)Longer Life,
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b) No warm up time
c) Less delicate
d) All of the above
ANS: D
22. Time delayed or delayed action-type fuses are designed to _____________.
(A) Prevent grounds in branch circuits

(B) prevent opens in motor circuits
(C) permit momentary overloads without melting
(D) guard lighting and electronic circuits
D
ANS: C
TE
23. Silicon diodes designed for a specific reverse breakdown voltage, become
useful as an electronic power supply voltage regulator, called _____________
(A) Tunnel diodes

(B) hot-carrier diodes
(C) compensating diodes
(D) Zener diodes
EC
ANS: D
R
24. Which of the following statements best describes the material known as
varnished cambric?
R
(A) Felted asbestos sealed with varnish.

(B) Cotton cloth coated with insulating varnish.
O
(C) Rubber insulation coated with a layer of tin.

(D) Paper impregnated with mineral oil, specially wrapped with nonmetallic tape,
C
and coated with varnish.
ANS: B
ET
25. A synchronous motor maintains synchronism with the rotating field because
(A) Field strength varies directly with rotors lIp

M
(B) DC current applied to the rotor coils causes the rotor magnets to lock in with the
rotating flux of the stator
(C) the stator poles are dragged around due to the flux created by the excitation
current
(D) the stator flux rotates in the opposite direction
ANS: B
26. The part of a fuse that melts and opens the circuit is made of
(A) Copper and antimony

(B) Steel and Babbitt
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
(C) Aluminum or beryllium alloy

(D) Zinc or an alloy of tin and lead
ANS: D
27. The apparent power in inductive circuit
A. True power
B. Lead
C. Inductive
D
D. Reactive
TE
ANS: D
29. If current reverses, the magnetic field also reverses; true (or) false
ANS: B
a. TRUE
b. FALSE
EC
R
33. Which of the listed precautions should take while cleaning poly phase motor
internals with compressed air? (Multiple ans)
R
A. Open the machine as both ends so as to allow the dust to escape
B. Be certain that the circuit breaker is opened, tagged as the feeder panel
O
C. Be certain that air is clean and as dry as possible

C
D. Ensure that the fuse is removed
ANS: A B & C
ET
34. Which of the following capacitor is having highest dielectric constant?

A. Air gap
B. Glass
M
C. Paper
D. Polyester
ANS: B
35. A delayed action fuse is most frequently used in which of the listed circuit?
A. Lighting circuit
B. Motor circuit
C. Electrical heater
D. Padar circuit
ANS: B
36. The current in a semiconductor is produced by
A. Electrons
B. Neutrons
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. Protons
D. Holes
ANS: A & D
37. If an intrinsic semiconductor is doped with a very small amount of boron then
the extrinsic semiconductor set formed, the no. of electrons and holes will
A. Both decreases
B. Increase and decrease
C. Both increases
D. Decrease and increase
ANS: D
39. When the current through the coil of an electromagnet is reversed, the direction
of magnetic field also reversed
a) TRUE
D
b) FALSE
ANS: A
TE
40. A poly phase motor driving an engine room pump fails to start, when trying to
identify the cause of failure, which of the following steps are applicable. (Multiple
choice)
A. Visually examine the motor for open circuit fault
B. visually examine the starter for open circuit fault
D. Perform the infinite resistance test

ANS: A B & D
EC
C. Reverse the direction of current for its working
41. Which of the following physical character does around rotor induction motor
possess that squirrel cage motor does not
R
A. Slip rings
B. End rings
R
C. A centrifugal clutch
D. End plates
ANS: A
O
42. Which of the following conditions will occur when solenoid coil burns out of a
cargo winch with an electrical brake.
C
A. The brake will be set by spring force.

B. The motor will over speed and burns out
C. The load suspended by the cargo boom will fail
D. Nothing will happen; the winch will continue to operate normally
ET
ANS: A
43. A low voltage protection circuit is used in electric motor starting equipment to
A. Trip circuit contractor when the motor over speed due to low voltage
B. Trip circuit contractor when the motor develops short circuit due to low voltage
C. Allows the motor to restart automatically on restoration of voltage without manual
M
resetting
D. Prevent motor from restarting automatically
ANS: D
44. Determine the order of doping in transistor (from high to low)
A. collector, base, emitter
B. Emitter, collector, base
C. Base, emitter, collector
D. collector, emitter, base
ANS: B
45. The opposition to the magnetic lines of force in magnetic is called
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. Resistance
B. Reluctance
C. Impedance
D. Inductance
ANS: B
46. Factors varies potential of a PN junction depend on (multiple ans)
A. Type of semiconductor material
B. Amount of doping
C. Temperature
D. None
ANS: A B & C
48. A poly phase motor driving engine room pumps fails to start, checks
A. Insulation is open
D
B. No restriction for movement of motor /pump
C. Check overload relay trip
TE
D. Battery fully charged
ANS: A B & C
49. Poly phase motor fails to start, precautions to take before checking
A. Isolate motor
B. Remove fuse
C. Post caution sign
EC
D. Ensure starter/motor terminals are live
ANS: A B & C
50. Which of the following statement is true (*)
A.PNP & NPN are different transistors
R
B. Emitter, base and collector are basic elements
C. Base separates, emitter, collector
R
ANS: A B & C
51. Purpose of silicon control rectifier (*Multiple choice)
A. A.C to D.C convertor
O
B. High voltage stand

ANS: A & B
C
52. Generator paralleling

A. Incoming generator freq is less than bus bar frequency
B. Incoming generator frequency is greater than
ANS: B
ET
54. The induced voltage across a stationary conductor in a steady magnetic field is
zero. (*)
a. TRUE
b. FALSE
M
ANS: A
55. Which of the listed devices is used to measure pressure and convert it to an
electrical signal?
A. -Transducer
B. -Reducer
C. -Transformer
D. Rectifier
ANS: A
56. In three phase electrical equipment, the immediate action in the event of fuse
blowing in one of the phases would be
a. to replace with a fuse of correct rating
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b. to replace fuses on all three phases

c. to try to repair the fuse
d. to investigate the fault that led to blowing the fuse
ANS: D
57.
Which of the capacity has dielectric constant of 1.0000?
Dielectric material is one that reduces the electrostatic force when placed between
charges.
a. air gap = 1.006
b. vacuum
c. water
D
d. electrolytes
ANS: B
59. A poly-phase motor driving an engine room pump fails to start. When trying to
TE
identify the cause of failure, which of the following steps are applicable? (Multi
choice)
A. Visually examine motor for open circuit faults.
B. Visually examine starter for open circuit faults.
C. Reverse the direction of electrical supply to check if it works.
D. Perform the infinite resistance test.
ANS: A B & D
EC
60. Tightly knit metal braid wire can be used with a printed circuit board when
R
A. Conductor flexibility is required
B. De-soldering components in the circuit
C. Electrically produced magnetic fluxes would cause inaccuracies in adjacent
R
components
D. Reactance in the circuit must be kept to a minimum
ANS: B
O
61. Which of the following statements represents an application of a silicon

controlled rectifier?
C
A. To provide DC power for a main propulsion motor.

B. For use as a voltage reference diode.
C. For sensing flame in an automated burner.
D. To eliminate power supply hum.
ET
ANS: A
62. When paralleling an AC generator with live bus bars, which of the following
precautions are applicable? (Multi choice)
A. Generator frequency should be slightly lower than bus bar frequency
M
B. Generator frequency should be slightly higher than bus bar frequency

C. Generator voltage should be in phase with bus bar voltage
D. Generator voltage should be out of phase with bus bar voltage
ANS: B & C
63. For leading power factor circuits, which of the following can be used?
A. Shunt Capacitors only
B. Shunt Reactors only
C. Either Shunt Capacitors or Shunt Reactors
D. Neither Shunt Capacitors nor Shunt Reactors
ANS: B
64. A fuse that blows often should be replaced only with a fuse of
A. the recommended current and voltage rating
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. higher current and voltage rating

C. higher current and lower voltage rating
D. lower current and higher voltage rating
ANS: A
65. Brushless generators are designed to operate without the use of
A. brushes
B. slip rings
C. commutators
D. all of the above
ANS: D
66. Fuses placed in series with a thermal trip type circuit breaker are used for
A. Time-delay protection
B. Short-circuit protection
D
C. Short duration surge protection
D. Sustained overload protection
TE
ANS: B
67. In what range of voltages is the transistor in the linear region of its operation?
A. 0 < VCE < 0.7 V
B. 0.7 < VCE < 1.4 V
C. 0.7 < VCE < VCE (max)
ANS: C
D. 0 < VCE < VCE (max)
EC
68. The greatest detrimental effect on idle electrical equipment, such as cargo pump
motors, is the
A. Loss of residual magnetism.
R
B. Absorption of moisture in the insulation.
C. Insulation varnish flaking.
R
D. Dirt collecting on the windings.

ANS: B
69. Ammeters and voltmeters used in sinusoidal AC power systems indicate which
O
of the following values of the wave forms measured?

A. Peak value
C
B. Root-mean-square value
C. Average value
D. Maximum value
ANS: B
ET
70. Which of the following statements concerning analog and digital devices are
correct?
A. The variables in digital systems are fixed quantities and the variables in analog
systems are continuous quantities.
B. There are no basic differences between the two systems.
M
C. Analog devices are superior in accuracy compared to digital devices.

D. Operations in a digital device are performed simultaneously.
ANS: A
71. While starting a main propulsion synchronous motor, the ammeter pegs out at
maximum and then returns to the proper value after synchronization. This indicates
that the
A. Motor has started properly.
B. Field windings are grounded.
C. Slip rings are dirty.
D. Power transmission cables are grounded.
ANS: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
72. When the current through the coil of an electromagnet reverses, the direction of
the magnetic field also reverses.
a. True
b. False
ANS: A
73. A magnetic blowout coil in a DC motor controller contact or functions to
A. Open contact rapidly.
B. Reduce contact wear.
C. Adjust opening spring tension.
D. Provide "snap-action" in the contactor.
ANS: B
74. In a PNP transistor, the p-regions are
A. Emitter and Base
D
B. Base and Collector
C. Emitter and Collector
TE
D. Emitter, Base and Collector
ANS: C
76. In refer compressor what are the readings we are entering in logbook
A. S.W temp
B. S.W Pressure
C. Condenser temp
D. Condenser leak
ANS: A B & C
EC
79. With reference to a Data Logger for a refrigeration system, which of the
following parameters should be monitored?
R
A. Room temperature.
B. Liquid Line temperature.
R
C. Recharge temperature.
D. Solenoid valve operation.
ANS: A B & D
O
80. With reference to a Data Logger for a refrigeration system, which of the
following parameters should be monitored?
C
A. Sea water temperature and pressure.

B. Condensing temperature
C. Refrigerant leakage
D. Evaporating temperature
ET
ANS: A B & D
81. AC circuits possess characteristics of resistance, inductance, and capacitance.
The capacitive reactance of a circuit is expressed in
A. ohms
B. mhos
M
C. henrys
D. farads
ANS: A
82. The shunt used in an ammeter should be connected in____________.
(A) series with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
(B) parallel with the load and in series with the meter movement
(C) parallel with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
(D) series with the load and in series with the meter movement
ANS: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar

___________.
(E) brushes
(F) slip rings
(G)commutators
(H) all of the above
ANS: D
84. Which of the following physical characteristics does a wound-rotor
induction motor possess that a squirrel cage motor does not?
(A) Slip rings

(B) End rings
D
(C) A centrifugal switch
(D) End plates
TE
ANS: A
85. The current at which a magnetic-type overload relay tends to trip may be
decreased by raising the plunger further in to the magnetic circuit of the
relay. This action_________.
relay
EC
(A) reduces magnetic pull on the plunger and requires more current to trip the
(B) reduces magnetic pull on the plunger and requires less current to trip the
relay
(C) increases magnetic pull on the plunger and requires more current to trip the
R
relay
(D) increases magnetic pull on the plunger and requires less current to trip the
R
relay
ANS: D
O
86. Protection against sustained overloads occurring in molded-case circuit

breakers is provided by a/an _________.
C
(A) over voltage release

(B) thermal acting trip
(C) thermal overload relay
ET
(D) current overload relay
ANS: B
87. Which of the listed logic gates is considered to be a BASIC building block
(basic logic gate) used in logic diagrams?
M
(A) NAND
(B) OR
(C) NOR
(D) All of the above.
ANS: B
88. When choosing a battery for a particular application, major consideration

should be given to the battery's
(A) amp-hour capacity
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
(B) terminal polarity

(C) stability under charge
(D) ambient temperature rise
ANS: A
89. The rated temperature rise of an electric motor is the _____________.
(A) average temperature at any given latitude

(B) normal temperature rises above the standard ambient temperature at rated
load
(C) average temperature rises due to resistance at 10% overload
(D) permissible difference in the ambient temperature of the motor due to
D
existing weather conditions
TE
ANS: B
90. The electrical energy necessary to transmit a person's voice over a sound-
powered telephone circuit is obtained from ____________.
(a) dry cell batteries
(b) the ship's service switchboard
(c) the emergency switchboard
(d) the speaker's voice
EC
ANS: D
R
91. Local action in a nickel-cadmium battery is offset by _____________.
R
(a) separating the positive and negative plates with plastic spacers
(b) separating the positive and negative plates with resin impregnated spacers
(c) adding a small amount of lithium hydroxide to the electrolyte
O
(d) trickle charging

C
ANS: D
92. The freezing point of the electrolyte in a fully charged lead-acid battery will be
_____________.
ET
(a) higher than in a discharged battery

(b) lower than in a discharged battery
(c) the same as in a discharged battery
(d) higher than in a discharged battery, but the specific gravity will be less
M
ANS: B
93. Which of the following represents the accepted method of cleaning dust and
foreign particles from electrical equipment while limiting damage to electric
components?
(A) Carefully wiping off the components with a soft cotton rag.
(B) Blowing a high velocity stream of compressed air rapidly across the
component
(C) Using a vacuum cleaner to remove debris from the components.
(D) Using carbon tetrachloride as a cleaning solvent to clean the components.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C
94. Regarding an AC generator connected to them am electrical bus; as the

electric load and power factor vary, a corresponding change is reflected in
the generator armature reaction. These changes in armature reaction are
compensated for by the _____________.
(A) governor speed droop setting

(B) voltage regulator
(C) balance coil
(D) phase-balance relay
ANS: B
D
95. In an induction motor, rotor currents are circulated in the rotor by _______
TE
(A) slip rings and brushes
(B) an armature and brushes
(C) inductive reaction of the rotating stator field
(D) external variable resistors
ANS: C
EC
96. An electrical device which prevents an action from occurring until all other
required conditions are met is called a /an ___________.
R
(A) limit
R
(B) monitor
(C) modulator
(D) interlock
O
ANS: D
C
97. A circuit breaker and a fuse have a basic similarity in that they both
_______
(A) can be reset to energize the circuit
ET
(B) should open the circuit when overloaded

(C) will burn out when an over current flow develops
(D) all of the above
ANS: B
M
98. The electrolyte in a lead-acid storage battery consists of distilled water and
_____________.
(A) hydrogen chloride
(B) calcium chloride
(C) sulfuric acid
(D) muriatic acid
ANS: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
99. The full torque electric brake on an electric cargo winch functions to
_____________.
(a) act as a backup brake in the event the mechanical brake should fail
(b) automatically hold the load as soon as current to the machine is shut off
(c) automatically govern the lowering speed of the load
(d) automatically govern the hoisting speed of the load
ANS: B
100. When troubleshooting most electronic circuits, "loading effect" can be

minimized by using a voltmeter with a/an ___________________.
(a) input impedance much greater than the impedance across which the voltage is
being measured
D
(b) input impedance much less than the impedance across which the voltage is
being measured
TE
(c) sensitivity of less than 1000 ohms/volt
(d) sensitivity of more than 1000 volts/ohm
ANS: A
101.
_______________.
EC
An electric tachometer receives the engine speed signal from a
(a) small generator mounted on the engine

(b) bimetallic sensing device
(c) stroboscopic sensing device
R
(d) vibrating reed meter generating a voltage proportionate to engine speed
R
ANS: A
102. A semiconductor that decreases in resistance with an increase in

O
temperature is known as a ___________.

(a) resistor
C
(b) thermistor
(c) diode
(d) thermopile
ET
ANS: B
103. The shunt used in an ammeter should be connected in____________.

(a) series with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
(b) parallel with the load and in series with the meter movement
M
(c) parallel with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
(d) series with the load and in series with the meter movement
ANS: A
104. An operating characteristic appearing on the name plates of shipboard

AC motors is _____________.
(a) the type of winding
(b) input kilowatts
(c) temperature rise
(d) locked rotor torque
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C
105. Low horsepower, polyphase, induction motors can be started with full
voltage by means of ___________.
(a) compensator starters
(b) autotransformer starters
(c) across-the-line starters
(d) primary-resistor starters
ANS: C
106. Moisture damage, as a result of condensation occurring inside of the
D
cargo winch master switches, can be reduced by __________________.
(a) installing a light bulb in the pedestal stand
TE
(b) coating the switch box internals with epoxy sealer
(c) venting the switch box regularly
(d) using strip heaters inside the switch box
ANS: D
107.
EC
Where a thermal-acting breaker is required to be used in an area of
unusually high, low, or constantly fluctuating temperatures, an ambient
compensating element must be used. This element consists of a
______________.
R
(a) cylindrical spring on the contact arm
(b) conical spring on the contact arm
R
(c) second bimetal element

(d) second electromagnet
O
ANS: C
C

(a) To provide DC power for a main propulsion motor.
(b) For use as a voltage reference diode.
ET
(c) For sensing flame in an automated burner.

(d) To eliminate power supply hum.
ANS: A
M
109. The electrolyte used in a nickel-cadmium battery is distilled water and

______________.
(a) diluted sulfuric acid
(b) potassium hydroxide
(c) lead sulfate
(d) zinc oxide
ANS: B
110. Which of the damages listed can occur to the components of a winch
master control switch, if the cover gasket becomes deteriorated?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
(a) Overheating of the winch motor.

(b) Contamination of lube oil.
(c) Sparking at the winch motor brushes.
(d) Rapid corrosion of switch components.
ANS: D
111. An accidental path of low resistance, allowing passage of abnormal

amount of current is known as a/an ____________.
(a) open circuit
(b) short circuit
(c) polarized ground
(d) ground reference point
D
ANS: B
TE
112. A resistance in a circuit of unknown value is to be tested using the
voltmeter/ammeter method. Therefore, the meters should be connected with
_____________.
(a) both meters in series with the resistance
EC
(b) both meters in parallel with the resistance
(c) the ammeter in series and the voltmeter in parallel with the resistance
(d) the ammeter in parallel and the voltmeter in series with the resistance
ANS: C
R
113. SOLAS regulations state that a normal source for emergency loads and
R
power on a cargo vessel must be supplied from ____________.

(a) emergency generator supply to the emergency switchboard
(b) emergency generator supply to the main switchboard
O
(c) battery supply to the main switchboard

(d) ship's service generator via the emergency switchboard
C
ANS: D
114. A storage battery for an emergency lighting and power system must
ET
have the capacity to _____________.

a. close all watertight doors twice
b. open all watertight doors four times
c. open and close all watertight doors in six consecutive cycles within a 20 second
period
M
d. none of the above
ANS: A
115. SOLAS regulations require emergency diesel engine starting systems

to have sufficient capacity to provide power for at least ____________.
A. three continuous starting sequences
B. six consecutive cranking cycles
C. nine repeated starts under load
D. twelve cranking periods of 5 seconds
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: B
116. Which of the following statements is a Safety regulation concerning

emergency generator diesel engines? (SOLAS / Cargo Ship Safety
Construction Rules)
A. The fuel must have a flash point not less than 750F.
B. Emergency diesel engines must be capable of operating under full load in not
less than 30 seconds after cranking.
C. The starting battery must produce 12 consecutive cranking cycles.
D. Emergency diesel engines must operate satisfactorily up to a 22.50 list.
ANS: D
D
117. While on watch in the engine room at sea with only one ship's service
shaft generator on line, the entire plant suddenly blacks out without warning.
TE
After restoring power, the cause for this casualty could be attributed to which
of the following faults?
A. The micro switch at the generator speed trip vibrated open, allowing the main
breaker to open via the under voltage trip.
B. Someone pushed the trip button to the "shore power" breaker.
EC
C. The main air compressor suddenly stopped.
D. The standby generator started automatically and became motorized.
ANS: A
R
118. The function of a rectifier is similar to that of a _______.
(a) trap
R
(b) regulating valve

(c) check valve
(d) Filter
O
ANS: C
C
119. The basic control action of a magnetic amplifier depends upon

_____________.
(a) variations in the load capacitance
ET
(b) changes in inductance

(c) type of core material
(d) construction of the core
ANS: B
M
120. The seven segment arrangement for numerical display on consoles,

test meters and other applications can be either ________________.
(a) UJT or BJT
(b) BCD or OCD
(c) JFET or IGFET
(d) LED or LCD
ANS: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
121. A silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) is a solid state device used to

change ________________.
(A) DC to AC and control relatively low load current
(B) AC to DC and control relatively high load current
(C) DC to AC and control relatively high load current
(D) AC to DC and control relatively low load current
ANS: B
122. Which of the following conditions will occur if the solenoid coil burns out
on a cargo winch with an electrical brake?
(a) The brake will be set by spring force.
D
(b) The motor will over speed and burn up.
(c) The load suspended from the cargo boom will fall.
TE
(d) Nothing will happen; the winch will continue to operate as usual.
ANS: A
EC
123. Which of the listed battery charging circuits is used to maintain a wet cell,
lead-acid, storage battery in a fully charged state during long periods of
disuse?
(a) Normal charging circuit
(b) Quick charging circuit
R
(c) Trickle charging circuit
(d) High ampere charging circuit
R
ANS: C
O
124. The full torque electric brake on an electric cargo winch functions to
A. -act as backup brake in the event the mechanical brake should fail
C
B. -automatically hold the load as soon as current to the machine is shut off
C. -automatically govern the lowering speed of the load
D. -automatically govern the hoisting speed of the load
ANS: B
ET
125. An electric tachometer receives the engine speed signal from a

A. -small generator mounted on the engine
B. -bimetallic sensing device
C. -stroboscopic sensing device
D. -vibrating reed meter generating a voltage proportionate to engine speed
M
ANS: A
126. A semiconductor that decreases resistance with an increase in

temperature is known as a
A. -resistor
B. -thermistor
C. -diode
D. -thermopile
ANS: B
127. The shunt used in an ammeter should be connected in

Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. -series with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
B. -parallel with the load and in series with the meter movement
C. -parallel with the load and in parallel with the meter movement
D. -series with the load and in series with the meter movement
ANS: A

A. -brushes
B. -slip rings
C. -commutators
D. -all of the above
ANS: D
D
129. In the event of a power failure during cargo loading operations, the
movement of an electric powered cargo winch will be stopped by
TE
A. -a manual override switch
B. -the weight of the load on the boom
C. -a spring set brake
D. -a hand operated band brake
ANS: C
130.
EC
A ground can be defined as an electrical connection between the wiring
of a motor and its
A. -shunt field
B. -circuit breaker
R
C. -metal framework
D. -interpole
R
ANS: C
131. The output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 hertz, AC generator is controlled by

O
the
A. -prime mover speed
C
B. -exciter output voltage

C. -load on the alternator
D. -number of poles
ANS: B
ET
132. Which of the following statements represents the main difference

between a relay and a contactor?
A. -Contactors control current, relays control voltage.
B. -A relay is series connected and contactor is parallel connected.
M
C. -Contactors can handle heavier loads than relays.

D. -Contactors are made from silver and relays are made from copper.
ANS: C
133. The electrolyte used in a nickel-cadmium battery is distilled water and

A. -diluted sulfuric acid
B. -potassium hydroxide
C. -lead sulfate
D. -zinc oxide
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
134. Which of the damages listed can occur to the components of a winch
master control switch, if the cover gasket becomes deteriorated?
A. -Overheating of the winch motor.
B. -Contamination of lube oil.
C. -Sparking at the winch motor brushes.
D. -Rapid corrosion of switch components.
ANS: D
135. An accidental path of low resistance, allowing passage of abnormal

amount of current is known as a/an
A. -open circuit
B. -short circuit
C. -polarized ground
D
D. -ground reference point
ANS: B
TE
136. A resistance in a circuit of unknown value is to be tested using the
voltmeter/ammeter method. Therefore, the meters should be connected with
A. -both meters in series with the resistance
B. -both meters in parallel with the resistance
ANS: C
EC
C. -the ammeter in series and the voltmeter in parallel with the resistance
D. -the ammeter in parallel and the voltmeter in series with the resistance
137. A direct current passing through a wire coiled around a soft iron core is
R
the description of a simple
A. -magnetic shield
R
B. -electromagnet
C. -piezoelectric device
D. -electromagnetic domain
O
ANS: B
C
138. The use of four diodes, in a full-wave bridge rectifier circuit, will
A. -provide unidirectional current to the load
B. -allow a very high leakage current from the load
C. -convert direct current to alternating current
ET
D. -offer high opposition to current in two directions

ANS: A
139. A magnetic blowout coil in a DC motor controller contractor functions

to
M
A. -open contact rapidly

B. -reduce contact wear
C. -adjust opening spring tension
D. -provide "snap-action" in the contractor
ANS: B
140. The method used to produce electron emission in most vacuum tubes
is known as
A. -photoelectric emission
B. -secondary electric emission
C. -cold cathodic electric emission
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. -thermionic emission
ANS: D
141. Which of the listed devices is used to measure pressure and convert it
to an electrical signal?
A. -Transducer
B. -Reducer
C. -Transformer
D. -Rectifier
ANS: A
142. Grounds occurring in electrical machinery as a result of insulation

failure are usually caused by
D
A. -deterioration due to age
B. -excessive heat
TE
C. -vibration
ANS: D
143. The amount of voltage induced in the windings of an AC generator

depends on
EC
A. -the number of conductors in series per winding
B. -the speed at which the magnetic field passes across the winding
C. -the strength of the magnetic field
R
ANS: D
R
144. The device that most commonly utilizes the principle of

electromagnetic induction is the
A. -diode
O
B. -transformer
C. -transistor
C
D. -rheostat
ANS: B
145. A tubular fuse should always be removed from a fuse panel with
ET
A. -a screwdriver
B. -a pair of insulated metal pliers
C. -any insulated object
D. -fuse pullers
ANS: D
M
146. One factor that determines the frequency of an alternator is the

A. -number of turns of wire in the armature coil
B. -number of magnetic poles
C. -strength of the magnets used
D. -output voltage
ANS: B
147. Which of the motors for the devices listed below is fitted with an
instantaneous overload relay?
A. -Fan
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. -Pump
C. -Winch
D. -Machine tool
ANS: C
148. Which of the following statements concerning an analog device and a

digital device is correct?
A. -The variables in digital systems are fixed quantities, and the variables in analog
systems are continuous quantities.
B. -There are no basic differences between the two systems.
C. -Analog devices are superior in accuracy compared to digital devices.
D. -Operations in a digital device are performed simultaneously.
ANS: A
D
149. The number of cells in a 12-volt lead-acid battery is
TE
A. -three cells
B. -four cells
C. -six cells
D. -twelve cells
ANS: C
150.
EC
When choosing a battery for a particular application, major
consideration should be given to the battery's
A. -amp-hour capacity
B. -terminal polarity
R
C. -stability under charge
D. -ambient temperature rise
R
ANS: A
151. Electrical leads and insulation on a motor should be painted with

O
A. -heat-resisting acrylic
B. -heat-resisting aluminum
C
C. -insulating varnish
D. -insulating white lead
ANS: C
ET
152. Voltage generator by most AC generators is fed from the machine to

the bus by means of
A. -brushes on a commutator
B. -brushes on slip rings
C. -slip rings on a commutator
M
D. -direct connections from the stator

ANS: D
153. A circuit breaker differs from a fuse in that a circuit breaker

A. -melts and must be replaced
B. -is enclosed in a tube of insulating material with metal ferrules at each end
C. -gives no visual indication of having opened the circuit
D. -trips to break the circuit and may be reset
ANS: D
154. Incandescent lamps are classified according to

Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. -shape of bulb and type of service

B. -size and style of base
C. -operating voltage and wattage
ANS: D
155. As a general rule, the first troubleshooting action to be taken in

checking faulty electric control devices is to
A. -draw a one-line diagram of the circuitry
B. -test all fuses and measure the line voltage
C. -take megger readings
D. -insulate the apparatus from ground
ANS: B
D
156. An electrical device which employs a stationary armature and a rotating
TE
electromagnetic field is used aboard ship as a
A. -magnetic amplifier
B. -ship's service alternator
C. -three-wire DC generator
D. -saturable core reactor
ANS: B
157.
the
EC
The state of charge of a lead acid storage battery is best indicated by
A. -testing of the individual cell voltages

R
B. -ampere hour capacity of the battery
C. -specific gravity of the electrolyte
R
D. -total cell voltages

ANS: C
O
158. The first requirement for logical troubleshooting of any system is the
ability to
C
A. -collect all available data on a casualty

B. -recognize normal operation
C. -identify the probable cause of a symptom
D. -isolate the faulty component
ET
ANS: B
159. The load sharing characteristics of two diesel generators operating in

parallel are mostly dependent on their governor
A. -load limit settings
M
B. -idle speed settings

C. -speed limit settings
D. -speed droop settings
ANS: D
160. The open circuit voltage of a fully charged lead-acid battery cell is
A. -1.5 v
B. -1.8 v
C. -2.0 v
D. -2.3 v
ANS: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
161. In an AC generator, direct current from a separate source is passed

through the windings of the rotor
A. -by means of slip rings and brushes
B. -by means of a commutator
C. -by means of rotating bar magnet
D. -to minimize the danger of arc over
ANS: A
162. A delayed-action fuse is most frequently used in which of the listed

circuits?
A. -lighting circuit
B. -motor circuit
D
C. -electric heater circuit
D. -radar circuit
TE
ANS: B
163. Which of the listed procedures should be carried out to prevent

moisture damage to electrical apparatus during extended periods of
idleness?
EC
A. -fill the motor housing with CO2 to inert the space
B. -strap silica gel around the commutator
C. -place heat lamps in the motor housing
D. -cover the equipment with a canvas tarpaulin
ANS: C
R
164. A fuse of recommended current and voltage ratings that blows often
R
should be replaced only with a fuse of

A. -the same ratings
B. -higher ratings
O
C. -higher current and lower voltage rating

D. -lower current and higher voltage rating
C
ANS: A
165. Which of the listed conditions is an advantage of a PN diode over a

vacuum diode?
ET
A. -longer life
B. -no warm up time
C. -less delicate
ANS: D
M
166. The freezing point of the electrolyte in a fully charged lead-acid battery
will be
A. -higher than in a discharged battery
B. -lower than in a discharged battery
C. -the same as in a discharged battery
D. -higher than in a discharged battery, but the specific gravity will be less
ANS: B
167. To repair a small electrical motor that has been submerged in saltwater,
you should
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. -wash it with fresh water and apply an external source of heat

B. -renew the windings
C. -send it ashore to an approved service facility
D. -rinse all electrical parts with a carbon tetrachloride cleaning solvent and then
blow dry the motor with compressed air
ANS: A
168. The basic measuring unit of inductance is the

A. -coulomb
B. -ohm
C. -farad
D. -henry
ANS: D
D
169. Which of the listed precautions should be taken when cleaning the
TE
internals of a motor with compressed air?
A. -open the machine on both ends so as to allow the air and dust to escape
B. -be certain that the circuit breaker is opened and tagged on the feeder panel
C. -be certain that the air is clean and as dry as possible
ANS: D
170.
A.
EC
The purpose of DC generator brushes is to
-neutralize armature reaction
B. -conduct electric current to an outside circuit
R
C. -convert DC current to AC current
D. -provide excitation to a DC generator
R
ANS: B
171. Fuses are rated in

O
A. -voltage
B. -amperage
C
C. -interrupting capacity
ANS: D
ET
172. Power transformers are rated in

A. -kilowatts
B. -ampere-turns
C. -kilowatt-volts
D. -kilovolt-amperes
M
ANS: D
173. Alternative current circuits develop resistance, inductance and

capacitance. The inductance of a coil is expressed in
A. -ohms
B. -mhos
C. -henrys
D. -farads
ANS: C
174. A lead-acid battery is considered fully charged when the

Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. -electrolyte gasses freely

B. -battery charger ammeter indicates a positive reading
C. -terminal voltage reaches a constant value at a given temperature
D. -specific gravity of all cells reaches the correct value and no longer increases
over a period of 1 to 4 hrs.
ANS: D
175. The insulation resistance of electric equipment and machinery should

be tested for the lowest normal insulation values
A. -immediately after shutting down the machine
B. -every time the brush rigging is adjusted
C. -immediately after starting up the machine
D. -every 30 days whether the machine is in use or not
D
ANS: A
TE
176. High vacuum diodes, gas-filled diodes, and germanium semiconductor
diodes may all be used as
A. -potentiometers
B. -rectifiers
C. -power sources
ANS: B
177.
D. -photocells
EC
The apparent power in a purely inductive circuit is also known as
A. -true power
R
B. -lead power
C. -induced power
R
D. -reactive power
ANS: D
O
178. Which of the following devices will prevent a DC generator from

becoming motorized? (If AC generator means Ans C)
C
A. -overcurrent relay
B. -motorization trip
C. -reverse power relay
D. -reverse current relay
ET
ANS: D
179. A grounded switch or cable will be indicated by a meg ohmmeter

reading of
A. -infinity
M
B. -zero
C. -being unsteady in the high range
D. -being unsteady in the low range
ANS: B
180. Regarding battery charging rooms, ventilation should be provided

A. -at the lowest point of the room
B. -horizontally near the batteries
C. -at the highest point of the room
D. -only when charging is in progress
ANS: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
181. The main difference between an electron tube and a transistor is the
A. -type of function they can perform
B. -reaction of electron flow through a gas or vacuum in a transistor
C. -reaction of electron flow through a semiconductor when placed in a tube
D. -reaction of electron flow through a semiconductor used to form a transistor
ANS: D
182. A generator has been exposed to water and is being checked for its
safe operation. Therefore, it is necessary to
A. -check for shorted coils with a growler
B. -take moisture readings with a hydrometer
C. -test insulation values with a megger
D
D. -ground the commutator, or slip rings and run it at half load for 12 hours
ANS: C
TE
183. Before testing insulation with a meg ohmmeter, the windings of large
machines should be grounded for about 15 minutes just prior to test, because
the
A. -static charge of the machine may give a false reading
ANS: A
C. -insulation may be damaged
EC
B. -armature will have a greater number of leakage paths
D. -insulation may be covered with moisture

R
184. In a DC series circuit, all the conductors have the same
A. -power expended in them
R
B. -voltage drop across them

C. -resistance to current flow
D. -current passing through them
O
ANS: D
C
185. A three-phase induction-type motor experiences an open in one phase.

Which of the listed automatic protective devices will prevent the machine
from being damaged?
A. -overspeed trip
ET
B. -thermal overload relay

C. -three-pole safety switch
D. -magnetic blowout coil
ANS: B
M
186. Most three-phase induction motors used for driving engine room
auxiliaries are started by
A. -resistor starters
B. -across-the-line starters
C. -impedance starters
D. -reactor starters
ANS: B
187. When electrical cables penetrate watertight bulkheads,

A. -they should be grounded on either side of the bulkhead
B. -they must be bent to a radius of six diameters
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. -a watertight stuffing tube capable of accepting packing should be employed

D. -they should be secured by a clamp
ANS: C
188. Across-the-line starters are used with AC motors to provide

A. -reduced starting current
B. -regulated starting current
C. -high starting torque
D. -controlled starting acceleration
ANS: C
189. Most conductive materials such as copper, aluminum, iron, nickel

A. -increase in resistance with increased temperature
D
B. -increase in resistance with decreased temperature
C. -decrease in resistance with increased temperature
TE
D. -decrease in resistance with decreased temperature
ANS: A
190. The electrician reports to you that he has obtained low (but above 1
megohm) megger readings on the windings of a deck winch motor. Upon
EC
checking the records of that motor, you find the readings have consistently
been at the same level the last six years. You should, therefore, recommend
that the
A. -motor be replaced
B. -windings be dried
R
C. -windings be cleaned
D. -readings are acceptable
R
ANS: D
191. Line losses in a distribution circuit are kept to a minimum by

O
A. -adding rubber insulation conductors to the circuit

B. -using higher current and lower voltage
C
C. -increasing the number of thermal relays in the circuit

D. -using higher voltage and lower current
ANS: D
ET
192. Adding resistance in series with the field winding of a DC shunt motor
without a load, will cause the motor speed to
A. -increase
B. -decrease
C. -remain the same
M
D. -fluctuate rapidly
ANS: A
193. The function of the compensating windings used in a DC generator is

to
A. -prevent cross-commutation
B. -increase armature coil strength
C. -increase field strength
D. -neutralize armature reaction
ANS: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
194. Capacitors are used on the output of the power supply in today's
consoles to
A. -filter out "ripple"
B. -prevent overloads
C. -act as a permanent load
D. -decrease the average value of the output voltage
ANS: A
195. The purpose of a motor under voltage protection device is to

A. -prevent high armature current when power is restored
B. -start the motor at a very low voltage
C. -trip the load off the motor in case of fire
D. -protect personnel from low voltage shocks
D
ANS: A
TE
196. In testing a three-phase delta winding for an open circuit using a meg
ohmmeter, you must
A. -test each phase with all connections intact
B. -measure the voltage across the open connections while testing
C. -test the windings as parallel groups to avoid short circuiting
ANS: D
197.
EC
D. -open the delta-connections to avoid shunting the phase being tested
The direction of rotation of an induction motor is

A. -opposite to the rotating field
R
B. -the same as the direction of the rotating field
C. -determined by the number of poles
R
D. -determined by the staggering of the brushes

ANS: B
O
198. mercury filled thermometers should never be used to determine the

temperature of the battery electrolyte because accidental breakage of the
C
thermometer can cause

A. -severe sparking and explosions
B. -rapid oxidation of battery plates
C. -contamination of the electrolyte
ET
D. -corrosion on the battery terminals

ANS: A
199. The purpose of a main switchboard circuit breaker's revers-power trip

is to
M
A. -prevent main circuit overload

B. -protect the circuit breaker blowout coil
C. -prevent alternator motorization
D. -prevent low voltage trip out
ANS: C
200. When charging lead-acid batteries, the charging rate should be reduced
as the battery nears its full charge to
A. -prevent damaging battery plates
B. -allow equalization of cell voltages
C. -reduce lead sulfate deposits
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. -increase lead peroxide formation

ANS: A
201. Regarding an induction motor, the power developed by the rotor

automatically adjusts itself to
A. -power required to drive the load
B. -speed required to drive the load
C. -current flow in the motor stator
D. -torque developed by the rotating field
ANS: A
202. The purpose of a magnetic relay is to

A. -open a circuit only in the event of overload
D
B. -remotely open and close contacts
C. -provide overcurrent protection during starting
TE
D. -relay voltages at increased power
ANS: B
203. A semiconductor is a material with a

A. -conductivity higher than a normal conductor
ANS: B
B.
C.
D.
EC
-conductivity higher than a normal insulator
-high conductivity at low temperatures
-low conductivity at high temperatures
R
204. The winding resistance of a coil can be increased by _______ the
number of turns or using a ______ wire.
R
A. increasing, thicker
B. decreasing, thicker
C. increasing, thinner
O
D. decreasing, thinner
C
ANS: C
205. The most common source of excitation for synchronous motors is a/an
_____________.
ET
(A) low voltage battery

(B) motor attenuator set
(C) DC exciter generator
(D) AC supply
M
ANS: C
206. On an engine throttle control system, the aux control circuits are
provided with devices to prevent excessive over travel of the pilot valve by
the synchronous motor these devices are called.
A. overlap sensor
B. limit switch
C. over travel relay
D. proximity switch
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
207. The speed of the squirrel cage induction motor is determined by

A. Dia of stator
B. No of stator poles
C. Rotor winding resistance
D. Bar resistance of conducting rotor
ANS: B
208. The method used to produce electron emission in most vacuum tubes
is known as
A. Photo electric emission
B. Secondary electric emission
C. Cold cathodic electric emission
D. Thermionic emission
D
ANS: D
TE
209. A reverse current relay prevents dc generator motorization
automatically by option
A. Redirecting up prime mover,
B. Securing the exciter generator,
C. Tripping the circuit breaker.
ANS: C
EC
210. Di electric constant of 3.6
R
A. Water
B. Paper
R
C. Electrolyte
D. Air
O
ANS: B
C
211. RMS value of a sine wave current is expressed as

A. Average value,
B. Max value
C. Effective value
ET
D. Instantaneous value
ANS: C
212. Which of the following statements comparing transistors and vacuum

M
tubes is correct?
A. Both transistors and vacuum tubes have a cathode that must be heated to give
off electrons.
B. A vacuum tube must have a heated cathode, where transistors do not.
C. Neither transistors nor vacuum tubes require heat for electrons to flow.
D. The anode of both transistors and vacuum tubes must be heated to give off
electrons.
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
213. Electric and electro-hydraulic steering gear motors are required by

Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) to be _________.
A. protected by a circuit breaker set at 125% and a thermal overload device
B. provided with a running motor overcurrent protection device
C. served by a single two conductor cable
D. served by two feeder circuits
ANS: D
New Questions
1. What happens to the strength of electromagnetic field when current passing
D
through an inductor is halfed?
A. ¼
TE
B. ½
C. 2
D. 4
ANS: A
a. Always start at heavy load

EC
2. To prevent the race of DC series, motor what arrangement should make?
b. Use a strong series weak shunt compound DC motor

c. Use a weak series strong shunt compound DC motor
R
d. All
ANS: A
R
3. If thyristor is used in place of starter (mcq)

O
a. Cost decreases
b. Space decreases
c. As load increases frequency increases uniformly
C
d. Maintenance decreases
ANS: A B & D
ET
4. For incoming generator which of the statements are true?

a. If Incoming generator voltage is increased, then it will have motoring effect.
b. If voltage is decreased, then it will cause black out.
c. If frequency do not match, then it will run slowly.
M
d. If frequency do not match, then will run fast.
ANS: B
5. Pure inductive power is called

a. Reactive power
b. True power
c. Set power
ANS: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
6. Zener diode is used as

a. Voltage regulator
b. Rectifier
ANS: A
7. How with the help of pressure electrical signal is converted?

i. Transducer
ii. Tuctile sensor
iii. Reactor
iv. Don’t remember
a. Only i
b. I & ii
D
c. Only iv
d. Ii & iv
TE
ANS: A
8. Which statement is true in relation to AUTO TRANSFORMER? (mcq)

a. More effective than conventional transformer
c. Can be used both for A.C and D.C

d. Less excitation needed.
e. LOW COST
EC
b. Any fractional voltage can be applied
f. SMALL SIZE
R
ANS: A B D E & F
R
9. For a turbo electric propulsion generator which can be fitted?

a. Co2 system
O
b. Moisture something
c. Stator winding temperature sensor
C
d. All
ANS: D
ET
10. Class B AMPLIFIER advantage?

a. Very low standing bias current.
b. Negligible power consumption without signal.
c. More efficient than Class A.
d. Can be used for much more powerful outputs than class A
M
ANS: A B C & D
11. How is natural cooling of transformer done?
a. Air blast
b. Oil cooling
c. Water cooling
d. None
ANS: A
12. Atoms are bonded by?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
a. Valence electrons
b. Neutron
c. Proton
d. Not known
ANS: A
13. If in an electromagnetic coil current is ½ then its energy stored will be?
a. ¼
b. ½
c. Twice
d. No change
D
ANS: A
TE
14. For half wave rectifier ripple factor is? (for full wave- 0.482)
a. 1.41
b. 1.21
c. 131
d. 1.51
ANS: B
EC
15. To satisfy amplification, transistor amplifier must satisfy?
a. Forward biasing of output circuit.
R
b. Reverse biasing in input circuit.
c. Operate at set point
R
d. All
ANS: C
O
16. Which of the following are true for Thermistors (mcq)

C
a. Thermistors are semiconductors devices

b. In a Positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistors, resistance increases
with temperature increase
ET
c. –ve temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistors, can be used as replacement of

fuse.
d. PTC thermistors can be used as resistance thermometers in low temperature
environments.
e. NTC thermistors are generally used for monitoring coolant and engine lube oil
M
temp in automobiles.
ANS: A B & E
17. Which trip is present in emergency generator?

a. Over voltage trip
b. Under voltage trip
c. Over speed trip
d. None
ANS: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
18. NER- what is true for high voltage circuit?

a. To limit max load current
b. Neutral earth resonance
c. Main switchboard earthed
d. Not known
ANS: A
19. Which of the following is not self-starting motor?

a. Squirrel cage motor
b. Synchronous motor
c. Induction motor
D
d. Split phase motor
TE
ANS: B
20. In capacitor, energy stored is? SURE

a. Potential energy
b. Electrostatic energy
c. Kinetic
d. Not known
ANS: B
EC
R
21. For t/c, leak current in P-N diode is produced by?
a. Heat energy
R
b. Chemical energy
c. Barrier potential
d. Not known
O
ANS: A
C
22. Motor overhaul is to be done which statements are true?

a. Stator should be isolated
b. Tag on overall ship
ET
c. Not known
ANS: A
23. Electric motor stator- true statements? (mcq)

M
a. Generator used only with slip rings motors.

b. Freq. convertor can be used as starter.
c. Auto transformer act as rheostat starter
d. Not known
ANS: B & C
24. Limit switch E/n throttle ---> limits pilot v/v moment
25. Squirrel cage used in synchronous motor for?

a. Improving p.f
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b. Uniform balancing
c. Just for starting
d. Not known
ANS: C
26. Which of the following will prevent a DC generator from becoming

motorized?
a. Overcurrent relay
b. Motorization trip
c. Reverse power relay
d. Reverse current relay
D
ANS: D
TE
27. For leading power circuits which of the following can be used?
a. Shunt capacitors only
b. Shunt reactors only
c. Either shunt capacitors or shunt reactors
d. Neither shunt capacitors nor shunt reactors
ANS: B
EC
28. To repair a small electric motor which was submerged in saltwater, you
should
R
a. Wash it with f.w and apply an external source of heat.
b. Renew the windings
R
c. Send to ashore to an approved service facility

d. Rinse all electrical parts with a carbon tetrachloride cleaning solvents and then
blow dry the motor with compressed air
O
ANS: A
C
29. An operating characteristic appearing on the name plates of shipboard AC

motor is ___________
a. Type of windings
ET
b. Input kw
c. Temp rise
d. Locked rotor torque
ANS: C
M
30. Fuses replaced in series with thermal trip type ckt breakers are used for?
a. Time delay protection
b. Short ckt protection
c. Short duration surge protection
d. Sustained overload protection
ANS: B
31. To prevent the race of DC series, motor what arrangement should make?
e. Always start at heavy load
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
f. Use a strong series weak shunt compound DC motor

g. Use a weak series strong shunt compound DC motor
h. All
ANS: A
32. Current applied to lead acid battery would lead to

a. Higher thermal voltage
b. Lower terminal voltage high charging
c. Increase generation of H2 gas
d. Decrease in specific gravity of electrolyte
ANS: C
D
33. Across the line starters are used with AC motors to provide
TE
a. Reduced starting current
b. Regulated starting current
c. High starting torque
d. Controlled starting acceleration
ANS: C
EC
34. In an earth neutral system, an earth fault will occur only
a. 1 fault in 1 line
b. 2 fault in two line
R
c. Two fault in 1 line
d. Don’t know
R
ANS: A
O
35. Which statement is true for any storage battery

a. Amp hr. efficiency of alkaline battery is high than lead acid battery
C
b. Watt hr. efficiency of alkaline is more than lead acid battery

c. Alkaline battery can left in any state of charge or discharge
d. All
ET
ANS: C
36. Which of the following is true about star delta starters (mcq)
a. Popular bcoz relatively inexpensive
b. Gives lower starting current than DOL
M
c. Can only be used with induction motor delta connected in supply voltage
d. Typically used to start the motor with lower voltage
ANS: B C & D
37. Which of the following are true for shipboard storage batteries?
a. Construction should be so as to prevent emission of spray
b. If voltage is above 200v insulation stands must be used
c. The deck below the cells should be protected with acid resisting or alkaline
resisting materials
d. Battery banks above 2 kw should be kept in battery room only
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
e. Emgy batteries should never be stored in battery room
ANS: A C & D
38. In common collector transistor collector amplifier voltage gain

a. Cannot exceed unity
b. Depends on output impedance
c. Depends on output signal
d. Always constant
ANS: A
39. Which statement is true for reactor starter for electrical motor
D
a. Minimal reduction in starting torque available
b. Starting current is limited in proportion to voltage
TE
c. Advantage of this method is its low cost in comparison to other starters
d. In reactor starter, a Coil with iron core is connected in parallel with motor during
starting
ANS: B & C
EC
40. Which statement is true about any soft starters used in electrical motor
a. Soft starters are based on semiconductors
b. Used to control the stopping of motor
c. Use of soft starters initially result in lower motor torque
R
d. Soft starters progressively increase motor voltage with causing torque or current
peak
R
ANS: A B & C
O
41. Voltage generator by most AC generators is fed from the machine to the bus
by means of
C
a. Brushes on commutator
b. Brushes on slip rings
c. Slip rings on commutator
d. Direct connection from stator
ET
ANS: D
42. Which of the following are true about a temp measuring ckt employed in in a
data logger system?
M
1. A Wheatstone bridge can be used in conjunction with a Wheatstone bridge

induction thermometer
2. Thermometer is energized using a constant current source and voltage
developed is measured in potentiometer type method
3. Inductance of thermometer will change with change in temp
a. 1 only
b. 2 only
c. 1 & 2 only
d. 1 & 3 only
e. 2 & 3 only
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
43. Dis advantage of ward Leonard system (mcq)

a. Motor generator set requires lot of space
b. Overall efficiency of the system is low especially when lightly loaded
c. System operates in very narrow speed range
d. Requires high maintenance
e. Speed regulation is difficult to achieve as motor acceleration is uniform
f. expensive
ANS: A B D & F
44. Which of the following are benefits of modifying ward Leonard control
D
system by replacing motor set with a thyristor speed controller
a. Enhanced speed regulation by making the motor acceleration uniform
TE
b. Increases efficiency of system especially lightly loaded
c. Reduces the overall cost
d. Reduces system maintenance
e. Increases operating speed range of system
f. Reduces overall space required
ANS: B C D & F
EC
45. Arrange the following in correct sequence foe achieving correct KW sharing
when an AC generator is paralleled with live bus bar and generator has some
R
owe factor as others in system
1. Synchronize the incoming generator in terms of voltage, frequency and phase.
R
2. Trim voltage of the machine which has/ have lower load current to increase
excitation
3. Increase speed on incoming machine while lowering than that of others
O
connected to system
4. Adjust machine voltage to keep overall system efficiency ready.
C
5. Adjust the governor control switch on main switch board to increase the fuel to
its prime mover
a. Adc
b. Aebc
ET
c. Aecb
d. Aec
e. Adbc
f. Acbd
M
ANS: D
46. which of the following is true for syncronoscope (mcq)

a. one of the coil in the armature is fed through a capacitor while other is through
resistance
b. the coil produces a three phase rotating field
c. the rotating armature has two coils windings perpendicular to each other.
d. The field produces by the coils rotates the magnetic armature pointer at a speed
relative to the frequency of the bus bar supply
e. The coils produce a single phase rotating field.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C D &E
47. Which of the following are TRUE with regards to a Synchro scope? (MCQ)
A. One of the coils in the armature is fed through an Inductor while the other is fed
through a Resistor.
B. The rotating armature has two coil windings parallel to each other.
C. The coils produce a two-phase rotating field.
D. One of the coils in the armature is fed through a Capacitor while the other is fed
through an Inductor.
E. The field produced by the coils rotates the magnetic armature pointer at a speed
relative to the voltage of the bus-bar supply.
ANS: A Only
D
48. Which of the following are TRUE with regards to incorrect synchronization of
TE
Alternators?
a. If incoming supply voltage is higher than that of bus bar, the alternator will start
drawing power from bus bar and start motoring.
b. If incoming supply voltage is lesser than that of bus bar, the alternator will start
frequency on synchronization.
EC
c. If frequencies of bus bar and alternator don???t match, alternator will run on low
d. If frequencies of bus bar and alternator don???t match, alternator will run on
high frequency on synchronization.
e. If voltages are not in phase and circuit breaker is closed, the phase difference
R
will cause overloading and potential black out.
f. If voltages are not in phase and circuit breaker is closed, the phase difference
R
will cause low current to flow from alternator and alternator will run on low load.
ANS: B & E
O
49. Motor having rheostat in motor circuit to vary speed in cell

C

b. Regenerating breaker motor
c. Wound round induction motor
d. Synchronous motor
ET
ANS: C
50. Mercury filled thermometer should never be used to determine the temp of
the battery electrolyte bcoz accidental breakage of thermometer can cause
M
a. Severe sparking and explosions

b. Rapid oxidation of battery plates
c. Contamination of the electrolyte
d. Corrosion of battery terminals
ANS: A
51. An amplifier is said to suffer distortion when its output is

a. Low
b. Different from input
c. Noisy
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
d. Larger than is input
ANS: B
52. What happens when battery is excess charged?
A. Electrolyte decreases
B. Gassing increases
C. Don’t remember
D. Don’t remember
ANS: B
D
53. Which statements are true of starts used for electric motor. Mcq
a. Rheostat starting can be used with slip ring motors
TE
b. Frequency convertor cannot be used as stator
c. Soft stator is made of semiconductor
d. Advantage of Reactor start is their relatively low cost
ANS: A C & D
wave is (Half wave is 40.6%)

a. 80.2
EC
54. Max full wave rectifier efficiency possible by two diodes from a sinusoidal
b. B.82.1
R
c. C.81.2
d. None of the above
R
ANS: C
O
55. An amplifier is said to suffer from distortion when its output is

a. Low
C
b. Different from input

c. Noisy
d. Larger than is input
ET
ANS: B
56. Common emitter amplifier is characterized by

a. Low voltage gain
b. Moderate power gain
M
c. Signal phase reversal

d. Very high output impedance
ANS: C
57. The depletion region in semiconductor diode is due to

a. Reverse biasing
b. Forward biasing
c. Crystal doping
d. Migration of mobile charge carriers
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
58. Which statement is true for any storage battery
a. Amp hr. efficiency of alkaline battery is high than lead acid battery
b. Watt hr. efficiency of alkaline is more than lead acid battery
c. Alkaline battery can left in any state of charge or discharge
d. All
ANS: C
59. Which of the following does not change in a transformer? SURE

a. Current
D
b. Voltage
c. Frequency
TE
ANS: C
Reversing any two of the three rotor leads on induction motor will
_____________.
a. increase motor performance

b.
c.
d.
decrease motor performance
reverse the motor
EC
have no effect on the direction of rotation or motor performance
ANS: C
R
R
A. To provide DC power for a main propulsion motor.

B. For use as a voltage reference diode.
C. For sensing flame in an automated burner.
O
D. To eliminate power supply hum.

C
ANS: A
61. Motor having rheostat in motor circuit to vary speed in cell

ET
b. Regenerating breaker motor

c. Wound round induction motor
d. Synchronous motor
ANS: C
M
62. Which of the following method used for biasing a BJT in integrated circuits
is considered independent of transistor beta?
A. Fixed biasing
B. Voltage divider bias
C. Collector feedback bias
D. Base bias with collector feedback
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
63. Large cable sizes are formed as individual conductors that may be
comprised of several smaller strands to
a. obtain the flexibility required for easy handling
b. reduce the overall weight of the wire run
c. reduce the number of supports needed for a horizontal overhead run
d. all of the above
ANS: A
64. Which of the following are TRUE with regards to a Synchro scope?
a. One of the coils in the armature is fed through a Capacitor while the other is fed
through a Resistor.
D
b. The coils produce a three-phase rotating field.
c. The rotating armature has two coil windings perpendicular to each other.
TE
d. The field produced by the coils rotates the magnetic armature pointer at a speed
relative to the frequency of the bus-bar supply.
e. The coils produce a single-phase rotating field
ANS: C D & E
EC
65. Which of the following are TRUE with regards to incorrect synchronization of
Alternators?
a. If incoming supply voltage is higher than that of bus bar, the alternator will start
R
b. If incoming supply voltage is lesser than that of bus bar, the alternator will start
R

c. If frequencies of bus bar and alternator don???t match, alternator will run on
O
low frequency on synchronization.

d. If frequencies of bus bar and alternator don???t match, alternator will run on
high frequency on synchronization.
C
e. If voltages are not in phase and circuit breaker is closed, the phase difference
will cause overloading and potential black out.
ET
f. If voltages are not in phase and circuit breaker is closed, the phase difference
will cause low current to flow from alternator and alternator will run on low load.
ANS: B & E
M
66. The main use of a Class-C amplifier is
a. as an RF amplifier
b. as stereo amplifier
c. in communication sound equipment
d. as distortion generator
ANS: A
67. Generator paralleling
A. Incoming generator freq is less than bus bar frequency
B. Incoming generator frequency is greater than
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: B
68. Which of the following is/are necessary precaution(s) for paralleling an AC
Generator with live bus bars?
I. Generator frequency should be close to but slightly lower than bus bar frequency
II. Generator voltage should be equal to bus bar voltage
III. Current in generator circuit should be less than bus bar current
IV. Generator voltage should be in phase with bus bar voltage
A. I, II, III and IV

B.I, II and IV
C. I, II and III
D
D. II and IV only
TE
ANS: D
69. In common collector transistor collector amplifier voltage gain
a. Cannot exceed unity
b. Depends on output impedance
c. Depends on output signal
d. Always constant
EC
ANS: A
R
70. The main use of a Class-C amplifier is
A. as an RF amplifier
B. as stereo amplifier
R
C. in communication sound equipment

D. as distortion generator
O
ANS: A
C
71. NER- what is true for high voltage circuit?

a. To limit max load current
b. Neutral earth resonance
c. Main switchboard earthed
ET
d. Not known
ANS: A
72. Which statement is true in relation to AUTO TRANSFORMER? (mcq)
M
a. More effective than conventional transformer

b. Any fractional voltage can be applied
c. Can be used both for A.C and D.C
d. Less excitation needed.
e. Voltage regulation of autotransformer is much better
f. Its size is relatively very smaller.
ANS: A B D E & F
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
73. For a given line voltage, four heating coils will produce maximum heat when
connected in
a. parallel
b. series
c. same heat in both the time
ANS: A
74. ACB trips at what condition

a. reverse current
b. short circuit
D
c. overload
d. low voltage fault
TE
ANS: C
75. With regards to AVR which all statements are true?

a. A typical AVR circuit needs two Zener diode, two resistances, one inductor,
EC
one capacitor, one transformer and one Diode Bridge.
b. The function of the transformer in an AVR is to step down the AC supply
coming from the generator terminals and feed this supply to the LC circuit.
c. The function of the LC circuit in an AVR is to convert the AC supply coming
from the generator terminals into a DC supply.
R
d. Zener diodes are typically used as voltage reference in most modern AVR.
e. The function of Diode Bridge is to rectify the signal coming from the LC circuit and
apply this to the reference bridge.
R
f. The function of the LC circuit in an AVR is to smooth the signal coming from the
diode bridge and apply this to the reference bridge.
O
ANS: A D & F
C
76. Which of the following statement is false for lead acid battery?
a. when discharge both positive and negative plate contain lead sulphate
b. when charged negative plate contain spongy lead
ET
c. when charged positive plate lead per oxide

d. when discharge electrolyte undergoes no chemical reaction
ANS: D
M
77. which of the following prevents moisture condensation in a weather deck

switch board SURE
1.installing light bulb in pedestal stand
2.coat internal of switch box With epoxy sealed
3.venting the switchboard regularly.
4 using strip heater
a. 2 and 4
b. only 4
c. 1,2,3,4
d. 3 and 2
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: B
78. TRUE About Battery storage

a. Prevention of electrolyte spillage
b. Easy accessible from top for maintenance
c. But kept on wood or tray
d. Alkaline and lead acid battery are kept in a separate room
e. But banks more than 2kw kept in proper cover
ANS: A B C D & E
79. Which of the following is true with regards to use regenerative braking in a
D
reversible pole change multispeed type AC induction motor? (Multiple
choice question)
TE
a. Regenerative braking is used in conjunction with the friction pad
b. regenerative braking is used as four quadrant control
c. . A motor in one direction can act as generator by reversing its direction through
a controller
d. this method returns converts some of the kinetic energy back into chemical
energy and feeds into the power supply.
EC
e. the power supply needs to be disconnected when motor comes to rest or the motor will
turn in opposite direction.
ANS: A C D & E
R
80. Transformer having laminated core?
R
a. Temp reduce
b. Reduce power factor
c. Reduce eddy current
O
d. all of the above
ANS: C
C
81. For faithful amplification, a transistor must :

A. Input forward biased
ET
B. Output reverse biased

C. Work in operating point
D. All of above
ANS: D
M
82. Class A amplifier coupled with transformer what will be efficiency

A)50
B)78.5
ANS: A
83. Which allow to equalize power factor of two alternator

A.governor
B.automatic voltage regulator
C.syncroscope
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: B
84. When tow generators are running in parallel and field of one of them is
weakened too much then it will SURE
a) deliver large share of the total load
(b) deliver small share of the total load
(c) run in the opposite direction
(d) run as a motor in the same direction
ANS: D
85. Which of the following are true about a temp measuring ckt employed in in a
D
data logger system
1. A Wheatstone bridge can be used in conjunction with a Wheatstone bridge
induction thermometer
TE
2. Thermometer is energized using a constant current source and voltage
developed is measured in potentiometer type method
3. Inductance of thermometer will change with change in temp
a. 1 only
b. 2 only
c. 1 & 2 only
d. 1 & 3 only
EC
e. 2 & 3 only
R
ANS: D
R
86. The basic control action of a magnetic amplifier depends upon

_____________.
(a) Variations in the load capacitance
O
(b) changes in inductance

(c) type of core material
C
(d) construction of the core
ANS: B
ET
87. which of the following is true for syncronoscope (mcq)

A. one of the coil in the armature is fed through a capacitor while other is through
resistance
B. the coil produces a three phase rotating field
C. the rotating armature has two coils windings perpendicular to each other.
M
D. The field produces by the coils rotates the magnetic armature pointer at a speed
relative to the frequency of the bus bar supply
E. The coils produce a single phase rotating field.
ANS: C D & E
88. Which of the following is true regarding distribution system on tankers?
a. High voltage distribution system not allowed on tankers
b. Earthed neutral system used.
c. 3.3kv above insulated neutral system used fwd of the engine room bulkhead
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C
89. Which of the following is/are necessary precaution(s) for paralleling an AC
Generator with live bus bars?
I. Generator frequency should be close to but slightly lower than bus bar frequency
II. Generator voltage should be equal to bus bar voltage
III. Current in generator circuit should be less than bus bar current
IV. Generator voltage should be in phase with bus bar voltage
A. I, II, III and IV
B.I, II and IV
C. I, II and III
D
D. II and IV only
TE
ANS: D
90. BJT transistor used as an amplifier it operates in

a.cut off
b.well saturation
c.well in saturation
d. active region
EC
ANS: D
R
91. ambient temperature rise in transistor
a. life loss
R
b.life increases
c.stable
O
ANS: A
C
92. fuse materials

ANS: Lead, Tin, Zinc, Silver, Aluminum, Copper, Antimony
ET
93. the amount of current needed for full protection in case of iccp system for a
particular ship will be most affected by
a. wetted surface area
b.quality and condition of protection pain coating
M
c.speed of the ship

d.sea water temperature
ANS: A B C & D
94. which of the following consider to be the safest protection from static
electricity discharge when connecting or disconnecting cargo hose and
metal arms?
a.insulatiing flange on the length of the non-conducting hose
b.switching off ICCP
c.ship shore bonding cable
d.non of this above
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C (Add A for MCQ)

95. Class A amplifier percentage?
a. 78.8%
b.50%
c.25%
d.75%
ANS: C
96. In properly biased npn transistor most free electron from emitter
a. recombine with hole and base
D
b. recombine with emitter itself
c. stopped with emitter itself
TE
d. pass through the base to collector
ANS: D
97. which of the following true regards to syncronoscope SURE
EC
a. the coil produce 3 phase rotating field
b.the coil produce a 2 phase rotating field
c.the coil produce 1 phase rotating field
d. the rotating armature has 2 coil winding perpendicular to each other
e.the rotating armature has coil parallel to each other
R
ANS: C & D
R
98. Characteristic of laser light

O
a. Coherent
b. Collimated
C
c. Monochromatic
d. all the above
ET
ANS: D
99. which of the following used in earth neutral system

a.netural earthing resistor'
M
b.fuse
c.overcurrent
d.transformer
ANS: A
100. 3 phase insulated earth system one of the path contact with hull
a.earthed
b.short crt or grounded
c. a and b
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
d.none of the above
ANS: A
101. which of the device protect the generator over load
a. relay on switch
b.governor
c.ACB
d.overspeed trip on prime mover
ANS: D
102. which is true
D
a. over current relay act faster than Fuse
b. over current relay trip the contactor on over load depend on over load
TE
setting
c. fuse meant for protection against over load upto staled current
d. none of these above
ANS: B
103.
EC
n type semiconductor doping substance
a.antomy
b.phospors
c.arsecnic
R
d.all the above
R
ANS: D
O
104. class B amplifier output

a.distroation free
C
b.out put of full wave rectifier

c. output of half wave rectifier
ET
ANS: C
Note: output is positive half cycle
105. while doping the semiconductor is adding impurities, why it is called

M
impurities
a.it change the crystal structure of the semiconductor
b.it change the chemical free semiconductor
c.it prevent the flow of free electrons
ANS: A
106. wound rotor motor changing the speed torque characteristic control
and speed control purpose
a. use AVR with motor
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b. use changing no of poles in a motor

c. use external resistor in a rotor circuit
d. use external resistor in a stator circuit
e. thyristor in combine with motor
.
ANS: C
107. Ground occur in the electrical machinery as a result of insulation

failure.
a. deteration through moisture
D
b. excessive heat
c. external period of vibration
TE
d. all of the above
ANS: D
108.
EC
Unique feature of a cc transistor amplifier circuit is
a. step up the impedance level

R
b. dose not increase the signal voltage
c. act as an impedance matching device
R
d. all of the above

O
ANS: D
C
109. capacitor and resistor connected in series with the sine wave generator
frequency is set so that the capacitor reactance is equal to the resistance
and thus equal amount of voltage appears across each component, what
ET
happen when frequency. What happens if the frequency is increased?
a. Voltage across the resistor became higher than voltage in the capacitor
b. voltage across the capacitor became higher than voltage in the resistor
M
c. voltage across capacitor remain same as the voltage across the resistor
d. cannot determine
ANS: A
110. Advantage of nickel cadmium battery
a. high voltage
b. fewer cell needed for same voltage
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
c. full charge for long time

d. less expensive
ANS: C
111. 3 phase, if it is connected insulated neutral earth system to the ship

hull
short crt
a. earth fault
b. both a and b
D
c. neither a or b
TE
ANS: A
112. 3 phase, if it is connected insulated earth system to the ship hull
a.
b.
c.
short crt
earth fault
both a and b
EC
R
d. neither a or b
R
ANS: B
O
113. What will be in motor, for electro steering gear?
a. Fuse
C
b. overload Alarm
c. overload trip
ET
d. power failure alarm
ANS: D
M
114. impurities in semiconductor
a. doping
b. biasing
c. alloying
ANS: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
115. Capacitor banks are connected with ac induction motor

A.in parallel.
B.in series.
C.not connected at]
D.can be connected either way –series / parallel.
ANS: A
116. A control action which produces a corrective signal relative to

the length of time the controlled variable has been away from the set point, is
known as
D
a. Integral action
TE
b. Proportional action
c. Rate action
d. Derivative action
ANS: A
117.
EC
What happens to the amount of energy stored in the electromagnetic
field when the current through an inductor is cut in half?
R
a. Is reduced to one fourth
b. Is reduced to one half
R
c. Doubles
d. Quadruples
O
ANS: A
C
118. Doping materials are called impurities because they

a. Decrease the number of charge carriers
ET
b. Change the chemical properties of semiconductors

c. Make semiconductors less than 100& pure
d. Alter the crystal structures of pure semiconductors
M
ANS: D
119. The output of class B amplifier

a. Is distortion free
b. Consists of positive half cycle only
c. Is like the output of a full wave rectifier
d. Comprises short duration current pulses
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: B
120. Which of the following are not appropriate precautions to be taken prior
to the overhaul of the motor on a ship?
i. Prove dead at starter / motor terminals
ii. Post caution signs all over the ship
iii. Make sure work area is clear
iv. Remove overload relay
v. Isolate the motor
vi. Remove motor fuses
D
A. iv and vi
B. i and ii
TE
C. i and v
D. ii and iv
E. iii and vi
ANS: D EC
121. What is residual magnetism?
R
a. Magnetism in a solenoid coil
b. Magnetism in a natural magnet
R
c. Magnetism remaining after magnetic field is removed

O
ANS: C
C
122. Which of the following is / are true about earthing of high voltage
installations?
ET
a. High voltage installations should not be earthed at the star point of the
generator
b. Neutral earthing resonance can be used for earthing high voltage
installations
M
c. The value of the NER is usually selected to limit current to the full load
current value
d. NERs can be substituted with earthing arrangements at circuit breakers in
high voltage installations to achieve the same effect
ANS: B & C
123. The circuit efficiency of a class A amplifier can be increased by using

a. Low DC power input
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b. Direct coupled load

c. Low rating transistor
d. Transformer coupled load
ANS: D
124. The negative plate of a nickel cadmium battery after discharge consists
of __________
a. Nickel hydroxide
b. Cadmium hydroxide
D
c. Potassium hydroxide
d. Cadmium
TE
ANS: B
125. Which of the following is / are true about regulation concerning

shipboard storage batteries? EC
a. Construction should always be so as to prevent emission of spray
b. If voltage is above 220 V, insulation stands must be used
c. The deck below the cells should be protected with acid resisting or
R
alkaline resisting material
d. Battery banks above 2KW should be kept in the battery room
R
e. Emergency batteries should never be stored in the battery room

O
ANS: A C & D
C
126. Which of the following are TRUE with regards to Bi-metal strips? (MCQ)
a. Bi-metal strips are generally used for temperature sensing
b. During higher than normal current flows, the bi-metal strip will bend
ET
c. Bi-metal strips are generally used for voltage regulations

d. Bi-metal strips are generally used as thermal elements in an over current
protection relay
e. Bi-metal strips are generally used for power control
M
ANS: A B C & D
127. Which of the following system is normally used in high voltage (3.3 KV
and above) generation and primary distribution?
a. AC single phase two wire insulated
b. AC three phase three wire insulated
c. DC two wire insulated
d. AC three phase three wire, neutral earthed
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
128. Which of the following protection devices are not provided for motors
used in operation of electro hydraulic steering gears?
a. Fuses
b. Overload alarm
c. Overload trip
d. Power failure alarm
D
ANS: C
TE
129. Which of the listed devices may be installed on a large turbo electric
alternating current propulsion generator?
I. Temperature detector coils inserted in the stator slots for measuring
stator temperature
EC
II. Electric space heaters to prevent condensation of moisture
III. A CO2 fire extinguishing system
A. I, II and III
B. I and II
R
C. II and III
D. III only
R
E. I and III
O
ANS: A
C
130. The depletion region in semiconductor diode is due to

a. Reverse biasing
b. Forward biasing
ET
c. Crystal doping
d. Migration of mobile charge carriers
M
ANS: D
131. Which of the following statement is false?

a. An insulated distribution system needs two earth faults on two different
lines to cause a earth fault current
b. An earthed distribution system requires only one earth fault on one line to
cause a earth fault current
c. An insulated system is more effective in maintaining continuity of supply
to electrical equipment
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
132. Current flow in a semiconductor depends on the phenomenon of

a. Drift
b. Diffusion
c. Recombination
d. All of the above
D
ANS: D
TE
133. The purpose of a cage rotor winding placed on the rotor of a
synchronous motor is to
a. Provide excitation to the DC field
b. Start the machine as induction motor
EC
c. Contribute extra torque at synchronous speed
d. Prevent the machine from falling out of step
R
ANS: B
R
134. Which of the following is / are true of starters used for electric motors?
a. Capacitor start can be used only with slip ring motors
O
b. Rheostat starters are based on semiconductor

c. Frequency converters can also be used as starters
C
d. The effect of an auto transformer start is similar to that of reactor start
ANS: C & D
ET
135. A LED emits visible light when its ___________

a. PN junction is reverse biased
b. Depletion region widens
M
c. Holes and electrons recombine

d. PN junction becomes hot
ANS: C
136. Which of the following can cause “Grounds” occurring in electrical

machinery as a result of insulation failure?
I. Deterioration through extended use
II. Excessive heat
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
III. Operating in extremely cold conditions

IV. Extended periods of vibration
A. I and II only
B. II and IV only
C. I, II and III
D. I, II and IV
E. I, II, III and IV
ANS: E
137. For faithful amplification, a transistor must
D
a. Input forward biased
b. Output reverse biased
TE
c. Work in operating point
d. All of the above
ANS: D
138. EC
In a system of standby synchronizing lamps fitted in conjunction with a
synchronoscope to synchronize an AC Generator
Lamp #1 is connected between S line of live bus bars and S line of incoming
alternator,
R
Lamp #2 is connected between R line of live bus bars and T line of incoming
alternator,
R
Lamp #3 is connected between T line of live bus bars and R line of incoming
alternator.
Which of the following is the right trigger for choosing the circuit breaker?
O
A. When lamp #1 is dark and lamp #2 and #3 are equally bright

B. When lamp #1 is dark, lamp #2 is low in brightness and lamp #3 is very bright
C
C. When all three lamps are equally bright

D. When all three lamps are dark
ANS: A
ET
139. Proper storage battery maintenance would include

a. Maintaining a high charging current at all times
b. Maintaining connections tight
c. Checking weight of batteries from time to time
M
d. All of the above

ANS: B
140. The circuit efficiency of a class A amplifier can be increased by using
a. Low dc power input
b. Direct coupled load
c. Low rating transistor
d. Transformer coupled load
ANS: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
141. Maximum reverse voltage that can be applied to the PN Junction without
damage is termed as: -
a. Reverse bias voltage
b. Peak inverse voltage
c. Breakdown voltage
d. Zener voltage
ANS: B
142. The width of the depletion layer of a PN Junction

a. Decreases with light doping
b. Increases with heavy doping
D
c. Is independent of supply voltage
d. Is increased under reverse bias
TE
ANS: D
143. Power transformers are rated in

a) kilowatts
b) ampere-turns
c) kilowatt-volts
d) kilovolt-amperes
EC
ANS: D
R
R
144. The purpose of a main switchboard circuit breakers reverse-power trip is to

a) prevent main circuit overload
O
b) protect the circuit breaker blowout coil

c) prevent alternator motorization
d) prevent low voltage trip out
C
ANS: C
145. The charge of an alkaline battery is determined with a—

ET
a) hydrometer
b) ammeter
c) voltmeter
d) hygrometer
M
ANS: C
146. If the pointer fails to come back to zero when the megger is not in use it
means—
a) the megger is out of calibration
b) this is normal
c) the hairsprings are burnt out
d) the pointer is stuck
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
147. the power factor of an induction motor operating at full load is-
a) leading
b) lagging
c) unity
d) no change
ANS: B
148. In a 3 phase delta connection, the line current will be the product of phase
current and
a) 1.501
b) 2.216
c) 1.414
D
d) 1.732
ANS: D
TE
149. The principal difference between a 3 phase squirrel cage induction motor and
a single phase induction motor is-
a) one is a split phase motor using a capacitor, while the other uses an inductor
runs in step.
c) there is no difference
EC
b) one has a revolving field which drags the rotor slightly behind it, while the other
d) one needs DC excitation, the other need no excitation

R
ANS: A
R
150. Which of the following devices are used for protection of AC propulsion
motors and generators?
a) jamming relays
O
b) low voltage release

c) timing relays
d) phase balance relays
C
ANS: D
ET
151. 2 alternators are operating in parallel. If there is an increase in load and

decrease in voltage, the AVR will
a) cut out the field resistance
b) cut in the field resistance
c) cut in armature resistance
M
d) cut out armature resistance

ANS: A
152. A galvanometer is used to measure-

a) small voltages
b) small currents
c) large currents
d) large voltages
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
153. In a 3 wire system the earth wire is colored

a) red
b) black
c) white
d) green
ANS: D
154. A power factor meter in ECR shows-

a) true power
b) apparent power
c) relationship between volts and amperes
d) relationship between true power and apparent power
D
ANS: D
TE
155. Before synchronizing alternators, they must have
a) load equalized
b) same frequency
c) same voltage
d) same amperage
ANS: B
156.
EC
The advantage of DC motors over AC motors is that, they have-
a) higher speeds
R
b) handle heavier loads
c) have better speed control
R
d) have a longer life

ANS: C
O
157. Which of the following is not required for synchronizing alternators?

a) same voltage
C
b) same phase rotation

c) same speed expressed as frequency
d) same KW rating
ET
ANS: D
158. Temperatures in AC generators are indicated by-

a) imbedded thermocouples
b) deep well thermometers
M
c) pyrometers
d) standard thermometers
ANS: A
159. If the resistance of a circuit is doubled and the applied voltage kept constant,
the current will-
a) increase 4 times
b) be doubled
c) cut into half
d) no change
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: C
160. If the polarity of a DC line is reversed the connecting motors will-

a) stop
b) increase in speed
c) reverse
d) rotate as before
ANS: C
161. Which of the following parts of an AC motor corresponds to the armature of a

DC motor-?
a) field coils
D
b) stator
c) rotor
TE
d) armature
ANS: B
162. Which of the following parts of an AC motor corresponds to the field of a DC

motor?
a) stator
b) the field coils
c) rotor
EC
d) armature
R
ANS: C
R
163. The purpose of a commutator is to—

a) keep a constant voltage
b) rectify armature current
O
c) convert magnetic lines of force into flux

d) keep a constant amperage
C
ANS: B
ET
164. If a transformer was plugged into a DC circuit—

a) the fuse would blow
b) the primary would overload and the secondary would be dead
c) the secondary would burn out
d) any of above
M
ANS: B
165. A megger is used to measure

a) kilo ohms
b) mega ohms
c) milli ohms
d) micro ohms
ANS: B
166. A megger is a—
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
a) hand cranked instrument for measuring current

b) hand cranked AC generator
c) hand cranked DC generator
d) meter for measuring thickness of insulation
ANS: C
167. When megger testing a new armature coil to ground-the readings should be
at least-
a) 1 meg
b) 100 megs
c) 1000 megs
d) infinity
D
ANS: A
TE
168. an ammeter is connected to a circuit in
a) series-parallel
b) parallel
c) series
d) contact
ANS: C
169.
EC
60 cycles or Hertz means the cycle is repeated-
a) 60 times a minute
R
b) 60 times an hour
c) 60 times a second
R
d) none of above
ANS: C
O
170. Doubling the diameter of a wire –

a) increases the resistance 4 times
C
b) reduces the resistance 4 times

c) decreases the resistance 2 times
d) increases the resistance 2 times
ET
ANS: B
171. Field excitation when required is always supplied from

a) a source of DC
b) an alternator
M
c) a magnet
c) a selenium rectifier.
ANS: A
172. An oscilloscope can measure—

a) peak voltage
b) frequency
c) phase angle
d) all of the above
ANS: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
173. For charging a lead acid battery, you allow a current to flow from an external
EMF source through the battery
a) in the same direction
b) in the reverse direction
c) current in same and reverse direction alternately.
d) none of above
ANS: B
174. A 2 pole alternator running at 3600 rpm can be paralleled with a 4 pole
alternator running at—
a) 3600 rpm
D
b) 1800 rpm
c) 900 rpm
d) 7200 rpm
TE
ANS: B
175. What is the difference between a AC generator and a DC generator—

a) AC generator has a commutator
b) DC generator has slip rings
c) AC generator has slip rings
d) none of above
EC
ANS: C
R
176. What is the difference between a DC motor and a DC generator?
R
a) DC generator does not have residual magnetism when put off

b) there is no difference
c) DC motor does not have commutator
O
d) DC motors do not have interpoles

ANS: B
C
177. If an AC generator on load slows down –

a) current drops
b) frequency drops
ET
c) voltage drops
d) all of the above
ANS: D
M
178. An electrical device for converting DC to AC is called

a) transformer
b) inverter
c) rotary convertor
d) synchronous converter
ANS: B
179. If an AC generator was slowed down, the following would happen within
limits
a) voltage would increase
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b) amperes would increase

c) frequency would increase
d) all of the above
ANS: B
180. A 3 phase system

a) gives 3 distinct voltages out of step with each other
b) has a peak voltage 3 times every 360 degrees
c) is like comparing a single cylinder engine with a 3-cylinder engine
d) all of the above
ANS: D
D
181. Power factor is
a) true power divided by the product of amperes and volts
TE
b) true power divided by apparent power
c) KW divided by KVa
d) all of the above
ANS: D
auxiliaries is necessary to avoid:

EC
182. After main power is restored, a timed sequential restart of motor-driven
a) Generator overload due to many motors starting at simultaneously

b) Overloading creating earth faults
R
c) Overvoltage due to current surges
d) Over-frequency due to overspeed of generator
R
ANS: A
O
183. A 3-phase induction motor is rated at 200 Amperes. Its initial direct- on-line
starting current will be approximately:
a) 100A
C
b) 200A
c) 50A
d) 1000 A
ET
ANS: D
184. An earth fault exists on the blue line of a 100 A bilge pump circuit. A second
earth fault occurs on the yellow line of a 10 A ventilation fan circuit. The likely
outcome is that:
M
a) An open circuit occurs between earth fault and both motors trip out
b) Both motors trip out on overload
c) A short circuit occurs between earth faults and the ventilation fan fuse blows
d) A short circuit occurs between earth fault and the bilge pump fuse blows
ANS: C
185. The insulation resistance (IR) to earth of a new galley hot-plate is measured to
be 30 Mohm. When three identical hot-plates are tested together their combined IR
will be:
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
a) 90 M ohm
b) 30 M ohm
c) 10 Mohm
d) 6 M ohm
ANS: C
186. A motor is protected by a thermal overcurrent relay. After tripping on

overload it will not be possible to reset the overcurrent relay because the:
a) Bimetallic strips need time to cool down
b) Starter isolator automatically applies an interlock
c) Oil dash-pot has also to be reset.
d) Line contactor spring also has to be reset
D
ANS: A
TE
187. A 3-phase A.C. induction motor is running normally at its rated current of 150
A when a single phasing fault (open circuit) occurs in one line. The likely outcome
will be:
a) Line currents: 0 A, 150 A, 300 A. Trip condition: trip on overload.
EC
b) Line currents: 75 A, 75 A, 75 A. Trip condition: no trip but speed falls.
c) Line currents: 150 A,150 A,150 A. Trip condition: fuses blow on short circuit.
d) Line currents: 0 A, 180 A, 180 A. Trip condition: trip on overload.
ANS: D
R
R
188. The function of the fuses in a motor starter circuit is to provide:

a) Overload protection.
b) Under voltage protection.
O
c) Short circuit protection.

d) Open circuit protection.
C
ANS: C
189. If the A.C. line current in a generator is doubled, the heating effect in the
stator windings will be:
ET
a) 4 times
b) Same
c) Half
d) Twice
M
ANS: A
190. When a large motor load suddenly is disconnected from the switchboard and
the generator is AVR controlled, the voltage will:
a) Initially fall, then reset to the set value.
b) Initially rise, then reset to the set value
c) Remain approximately constant, due to governor action.
d) Remain approximately constant, due to AVR action
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
191. Unloading a generator, it is necessary to gradually decrease the load in order

to avoid:
a) Undue overload on the switchboard.
b) Undue overcurrent
c) Undue overspeeding.
d) Undue temperature rise.
ANS: C
192. The pair of instruments necessary for generator synchronizing are:

a) Voltmeter and synchro scope
b) kW meter and frequency meter
D
c) Amp-meter and volt-meter
d) Synchro scope and kVa-meter
TE
ANS: A
193. Prior to synchronizing, the generator voltage and frequency are respectively
controlled by:
a) Speed governor and load power factor
b) Synchro scope and speed governor
c) Voltmeter and frequency meter
d) AVR and speed governor
EC
ANS: D
R
R
194. For ideal synchronizing, the phase angle difference between the incomer
e.m.f. and the bus bar voltage should be:
O
a) 0°
b) 30° behind
c) 90° lag
C
d) 30° ahead
ANS: A
ET
195. During synchronizing, the incoming generator should be running slightly

"fast" compared to the bus bar frequency. This is to ensure that the:
a) Incomers reverse power trip is tested
b) Incomer picks up as a motor
c) Most rapid synchronizing action is achieved
M
d) Incomer picks up as a generator

ANS: D
196. The correct time to synchronize is usually taken to be when the synchro
scope reaches the "5 to 12" position. This to allow for:
a) Synchro scope pointer time lag
b) Circuit breaker operating time
c) Synchro scope error
d) Generator phase difference error
ANS: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
197. Generator 1 and 2 are working in parallel. Prime-mover 2 suffers a total fuel
loss. The likely outcome is:
a) No.2 generator trips on reverse power
b) Generator set 1 trips on reverse speed
c) No.1 machine overloads and trips out on overspeed
d) No.1 machine overspeeds and trips out on overload
ANS: A
198. You have just synchronized a second alternator onto the main switchboard,
and want to equally share the load between the "on" and incoming alternators. What
would you do first?
D
a) Adjust voltage rheostat for the incoming alternator on the front of the switchboard
b) Lower the governor speed controller of the incoming alternator and increase the
governor speed controller of the alternator already on the switchboard
TE
c) Trip the circuit breaker of the incoming alternator and check the voltage and
speed adjustments before trying again
d) Raise the governor speed controller of the incoming alternator and reduce the
governor speed controller of the alternator already on the switchboard
ANS: D
199. Advantage of Ni Cad battery

EC
a) no need to top up
R
b) no damage due to short circuit
c) no corrosive/ explosive vapors
d) all of the above
R
ANS: D
O
200. At which point do you engage the main circuit breaker of the incoming
alternator when paralleling two alternators?
C
a) With the pointer of the synchronoscope rotating fast and both synchronizing
lamps flashing on and off
b) In none of the mentioned alternatives
ET
c) With the pointer of the synchronoscope at 0° (12 O'clock) and both synchronizing
lamps dark (off)
d) With the pointer of the synchronizer stopped at any position and both
synchronizing lamps bright (on)
M
ANS: C
201. With no.1 and no.2 alternators running in parallel and the kW loads equally
shared, one alternator is drawing much higher current than the other. What does
this indicate?
a) Alternator frequencies are different and should be adjusted on the governor
speed controllers
b) Alternators are out of phase and should be tripped and paralleled again
c) One alternator has lost one of its phases
d) The alternators are not generating the same voltages and should be adjusted on
automatic voltage regulator rheostats
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
202. With two alternators running in parallel, you wish to stop one. The first step is
to:
a) Remove the load from the alternator to be stopped
b) Make sure the load is evenly shared
c) Trip the main circuit breaker
d) Increase the frequency on the switchboard
ANS: A
203. You are paralleling two alternators and the pointer of the synchronoscope
D
slowly stops rotating and remains stopped in one position before the circuit breaker
is closed. This would indicate:
TE
a) The frequency of the incoming alternator is the same as that of the main
switchboard
b) The synchronoscope is not functioning properly and should be checked
c) The voltage of the incoming alternator is the same as that of the main
switchboard
ANS: A
the same EC
d) The incoming alternator is in phase with the switchboard, but the frequency is not
R
204. A 450 volt, 859 kW rated generator has not been in operation for several
weeks. Prior to starting, insulation resistance readings are taken. The minimum
R
acceptable insulation resistance reading on the main stator winding to allow you to
proceed with running the generator is:
O
a) 10 000 000 Ohms

b) 10 0000 Ohms
c) 10 000 Ohms
C
d) 10 00 Ohms
ANS: A
ET
205. On regular inspections of alternator windings, it is found that windings are

always covered with a heavy oil film coming from the atmosphere surrounding the
auxiliary engine. After cleaning with an approved solvent, what do you do?
a) Take no additional action
M
b) Blank off intake air filters

c) Reinsulate the windings after each cleaning
d) Improve material of intake air filters
ANS: D
206. On routine daily inspection you notice that there is a light arcing between an
alternator's carbon brushes and rotor slip rings, with alternator operating at 70%
load. Should you:
a) Increase the tension on the brushes
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
b) Reverse the polarity of the excitation voltage at the brush holder connection
c) Move the position of the brushes around the slip rings to find the correct neutral
position
d) Check the surface of the slip rings, polish if necessary and bed in the brushes
ANS: D
207. What is the purpose of the alternator reverse power trip?

a) To prevent parallel operation if the excitation field voltage is reversed
b) To prevent the alternator from being paralleled if it is out of phase with the main
switchboard
c)To prevent the alternator from "motoring" by being supplied power from other
D
parallel alternator
ANS: C
TE
208. If you alter the field excitation voltage of one alternator operating in parallel,
this will cause change in that alternators:
a) Reactive load (kVAR)
b) Frequency
ANS: A
c) None of the mentioned alternatives
d) Active load (kW)
EC
R
209. The automatic voltage regulator is used to control the output voltage of the
alternator at varying load conditions by:
R
a) Varying the excitation field strength by regulating excitation voltage/current

b) Regulating the voltage signal to the engine governor to regulate the speed to the
desired load condition
O
c) Supplying variable current to compounding and no load transformers in the

alternator stator winding circuit
d) all of the mentioned alternatives
C
ANS: A
ET
210. The power requirements for the excitation winding/circuit for a 3-phase
alternator operating at rated output power are supplied by:
a) Independent battery supply
b) Independent power supply and rectifier unit
M
c) The main switchboard via a three phase rectifier

d) The alternators output itself via the automatic voltage regulator
ANS: D
211. A three phase alternator is connected singularly to the main switchboard. The
switchboard instruments show 440 Volts/950 amperes. With a power factor of 0.8
what will be the kW load?
a) 215.9 KW
b) 418 KW
c) 334.4 KW
d) 579.2 Kw
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
212. Before taking insulation resistance readings of generator windings the

automatic voltage regulators should be isolated and all semiconductor short
circuited or disconnected in order to:
a) Prevent charging of capacitive components within the automatic voltage regulator
causing false regulation when generator restarts
b) Prevent operation of automatic voltage regulator during insulation testing
c) Prevent damage to sensitive electronic components from high voltage tester
d) Protect insulation resistance tester from being damaged
ANS: C
D
213. Following circuits are NOT used in digital computers
TE
a) AND gate
b) NOT gate
c) IF gate
d) OR gate
ANS: C
EC
214. megger readings versus temperature – 1 mega ohm at 75 deg c is equivalent
to how much at 25 deg c.
R
a) 1 mega ohm -- no change
b) 30 mega ohms
c) 1.2 mega ohms
R
d) 0.7 mega ohms

ANS: B
O
215. the black terminal probe of the multimeter is

C
a) positive terminal
b) negative terminal
c) common terminal
ET
d) earth terminal
ANS: C
216. a star delta starter
a) used for large motors like bow thruster
M
b) starting torque and starting current reduced to 1/3

c) long starting time
d) all of the above
ANS: D
217. direct on line starter

a) less time taken
b) can be started at full load
c) starting current is 7 times more than full load current
d) all of the above
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
ANS: D
FILL IN THE BLANKS

1) In a P-Type Semiconductor, the majority current Carriers are Holes
2) In a P-Type Semiconductor, the minority current Carriers are Electrons
3) In an N-Type Semiconductor, the majority current Carriers are Electrons
D
4) In an N-Type Semiconductor, the minority current Carriers are Holes
5) In a Control Loop System, having Zero (0) Positive Real Values are called
TE
Unstable
6) Open loop function system having one zero with positive real value is called Non
Minimum phase function. EC

7) The value of open loop circuit 1.0 added with real value with curve Stable phase
R
8) Resistance of a wire is increased if the Length is increased and Area is
decreased
R
9) In squirrel cage induction motor speed depends upon Speed of the rotating stator
O
field
C
10)What is PIV – Peak Inverse Voltage
11)Why wires are multiple standard Flexibility

ET
12)Tightly knit metal braid wire can be used with a printed circuit board when DE
soldering components in the circuit

M
13)Break down diode effects are Zener effect, Avalanche effect and Reverse
biased
14)Semiconductors failed to over current reason Low breakdown voltage and
overheating
15)Series RLC voltage or impedance totals must be calculate by Voltage vectors.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
16)A semiconductor is damaged by a strong current, because of (3 fill in the blanks)
Short circuit, Overloading, Overheating
17)Semiconductor forwarding current will be Maximum if potential is overcome
18)A material having good no. of electron in outer most shell is called a Conductor
19)Unit of electric intensity is Volt / Meter (V/M)
20)MCCB (protections) – Thermal protective trip
21)Voltage and impedance of R-L-C circuit was found by Phasor Diagram
D
22)A semiconductor having no impurities and having no lattice crystalline defect is
TE
known as Intrinsic semiconductor or Undopped semiconductor
23)At zero Kelvin the semiconductor will be an Insulator
EC
24)A MCB provides protection against short circuit by using an Electromagnet
25)The rate of rise of current through an inductive coil is maximum at the rate of
current flow
R
26)Diode circuit which is used to clip off signal voltage is called a Clipper Circuit
R
27)Permanent magnets are generally made up of Alnico Alloys

O
28)The direction of induced emf can be found with the help of Lenz Law
C
29)The unit of absolute permittivity of a medium is Farad / Meter
30)For a given line voltage for heating coils will produce max heat when connected in
ET
Parallel
31)how to check ceramic type fuse Continuity Test
32)the value of VGS which makes ID current approximately zero is called Cutoff voltage
M
33)The output frequency of a full wave rectifier is twice or two times the input
frequency
34)Breakdown diode can also be used as a Voltage regulator, Motor protection
35)In practice, earth is chosen as a place of zero electric potential because it has
almost constant potential
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
36)Current carried by each of the two long parallel conductors is doubled. If their
separation is also doubled, force between them is Increase two fold
37)A material with very less flow of electrons is called Insulator
38)A sine wave consists of no of cycles One cycles
39)The output voltage of their phase alternator is regulated by DC Voltage to the
field
40)For a JFET small changes in drain current for a given change in gate to source
D
voltage with the drain to source voltage is referred to as Trans conductance &
TE
Pinch off voltage
41)If the barrier potential of a diode is exceeded, the forward current will be Maximum
FAQ NUMERICALS
EC
1) A half wave rectifier has resistive load 500 Ω and rectifier-alternating voltage
R
of 65V, diode forward resistance is 50 Ω. Calculate the peak value of current?
R
Given: -
Vrms = 65V
O
RL = 500 Ω
C
RF = 50 Ω
Solutions: -
IM = VM / [RL + RF]
ET
Vrms = VM / √2 => VM = Vrms * √2

IM = 65 X √2 / [500+50]
M
Answer: IM = 0.167A
2) What is the value of Z in series circuit where XL=9 Ω XC=5 Ω and R=8 Ω?
Solutions: -
Z= √ [R2 +(XL-XC)2]
Z= √ [82 +(9-5)2]
Answer: 8.944 Ω
3) Sine wave rms value 100V riding on 50 Vdc. Calculate maximum value of the
resulting waveform?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Given: -
Vrms = 100V
Vdc = 50V
Solutions: -
Vrms = VM / √2
VM = 100 * √2
VM = 141.42V
Resulting waveform = VM + Vdc = 141.42 + 50 = 191.42V
Answer: Resulting waveform = 191.42V
4) The conductive loop of the rotor of a simple two poles, single phase
D
generators at 400 rps. Calculate freq induced output voltage.
Given: -
TE
n = 400 rps = 400 * 60 rpm
p=2
Solutions: -
n = 120 f / p
f = 400 * 60 * 2 / 120 = 400 Hz
Answer: f = 400 Hz
EC
5) Calculate the avg value of 12V peak sine wave for one complete cycle.
R
Given: -
R
VM = 12V
Solutions: -
O
Vavg = 0.637 * VM
Vavg = 0.637 * 12 = 7.644V
C
Answer: Vavg = 7.644V

Related Formulas: Peak to Peak = VM + VM
6) An insulation resistance reading is taken at 20o C found to be 10 MΩ. What

ET
should be expected reading at 40o C?

Note: The insulation resistance readings are divided by two for every increasing
10 C
o
The insulation resistance readings are multiplied by two for every decreasing 10o C
M
Solutions: -
At 30o C IR is 10/2 = 5 MΩ
At 40o C IR is 5/2 = 2.5 MΩ
Answer: 2.5 MΩ
7) Convert 0.06 KV into ______ mV

Solutions: -
0.06 * 1000 = 60V
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
60 * 1000 = 60000 mV
Answer: 60000 mV
8) A fan is drawing 16KW at 800rpm. If the speed is reduced to 600 rpm the
power drawn by the fan would be?
Given: -
P1 = 16 KW
N1 = 800
N2 = 600
D
Solutions: -
[P1/P2] = [N1/N2]3
TE
[16/P2] = [800/600]3
P2 = 6.75 KW
Answer: P2 = 6.75 KW
9) What is the maximum allowable primary current of 2 KVA step down
Solutions: -
EC
transformer with a four to one turns ratio is connected across a 440-volt line?
V1/V2 = N1/N2 = I2/I1 = K (Transformer Ratio)

440/V2 = 4/1
R
V2 = 110V
The transformer rating in volt-amp = V2 * I2
R
2000 = 110 * I2
Secondary Current I2 = 18.18 A
I2/I1 = N1/N2
O
18.18/I1 = 4/1
I1 = 4.545 A
Answer: Primary current I1 = 4.545 A
C
10)If an AC motor is started and produces 25 horse power, the KW meter reading
will increase by
ET
Solutions: -
1HP = 0.746 KW
25 HP = 0.746 * 25 = 18.65 KW
Answer: 18.65 KW
M
11)A three-phase alternator is operating at 450 volts with the switchboard

ammeter indicating 300 amps. The kw meter currently indicates 163.6 KW,
with a power factor of 0.7. If the power factor increases to 0.8, the KW meter
reading would increase by ____________.
Given: -
V = 450V
I = 300A
Cos ø = 0.8
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Solutions: -
Power = √3 * V * I * Cos ø / 1000
= √3 * 450 * 300 * 0.8 / 1000
= 187.06 KW
Increased power = 187.06 – 163.6 = 23.4KW
Answer: 23.4KW
12)A turbocharger has a rated output of 1200 KW at 60 Hz, with a no load

frequency 61.5 Hz. What is speed drop?
Solutions: -
S.D = (No load speed – Full load speed) / No load speed
D
= (61.5 – 60) / 61.5 = 0.02439
Answer: S.D = 0.02439
TE
13)A certain appliances 750 W. if it is allowed to run continuously for 15 days
how many KW-hours of energy does it consumes?
Solutions: -
Answer: 270KWh
EC
Current consumes per hour = 750 W
For 15 days = 15 * 24 * 750 = 270000 W-h = 270KWh
14)If it takes 84J of energy to move a charge of 15C from one point to another.
R
What is the voltage between two points?
Given: -
R
W = 84
Q = 15
O
Solutions: -
V = W/ Q = 84 / 15 = 5.60V
C
Answer: V = 5.60V
ET
15)If three resistors of resistance of 30 Ω, 50 Ω, 20 Ω are connected in series and

an output voltage of 20V is applied to this circuit. Calculate the voltage drop
across the 50 Ω resistor?
M
Given: -
R1 = 30 Ω
R2 = 50 Ω
R3 = 20 Ω
V = 20V
Solutions: -
R = R1 + R2 + R3 = 30 + 50 + 20 = 100 Ω
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
V = IR
I = V / R = 20 / 100 = 0.2A
Voltage drop on R2 = I * R2
= 0.2 * 50 = 10V
Answer: Voltage drop on R2 = 10V
16)If resistance of any coil is 120 Ω. Calculate the resistance when its length is
increased by 20% and its dia is increased by 50%.
D
Given: -
TE
R1 = 120 Ω
L2 = 1.2 L1
D2 = 1.5D1
Solutions: -
R = ΡL/A9
EC
R2 = R1 * (A1 * L2) / (A2 * L1) = 120 * {() * 1.2 L1} / {() * L1}
R
= 120 * 1.2 / (1.5)2 = 64 Ω
R
Answer: R2 = 64Ω
O
17)What is the magneto motive force in a 75 turn coil of wire when are 4 amps of
current through it?
C
Given: -
N = 75
ET
I=4
Solutions: -
M
MMF = N * I
= 75 * 4 = 300
Answer: 300 At
18)If it takes 35 Jules of energy to move a charge of 6C from one point to

another. What is the voltage between the two points?
Given: -
Q = 35
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C=6
Solutions: -
Q=C*V
V = Q / V = 35 / 6 = 5.83V
Answer: V = 5.83V
19)Calculate the velocity of conductor if terminal voltage is 2.2V/m & the

magnetic field strength is 0.2T?
Given: -
D
E = 2.2
TE
L=1
B = 0.2
Solutions: -
E=B*L*v
v = E / B*L = 2.2 / 0.2 = 11m/s
EC
Answer: v = 11 m/s
R
20)Calculate the frequency of the motor if the speed is 4800 rpm & no of poles
R
are 2.
Given: -
O
n = 4800 rpm
p=2
C
Solutions: -
n = 120 f / p
ET
f = 4800 * 2 / 120 = 80 Hz
Answer: f = 80 Hz
21)What is the power in a mili watt having resistance of 12Ω having a potential
M
difference of 3V?
Given: -
R = 12Ω
V = 3V
Solutions: -
V = IR
I = V / R = 3 / 12 = ¼ A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
P = V * I = 3 * ¼ = 0.75 Watts = 750 mW

Answer: P = 750 mW
22)A 40 cm wire current of 20 amps is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 30

degrees. Calculate the force on wire?
Given: -
L = 40cm = 0.4 M
I = 20 A
B = 0.6
D
Ɵ = 30o
TE
Solutions: -
F = B I L SinƟ
F = 0.6 * 20 * 0.4 * Sin 30o = 2.4N

Answer: F = 2.4 N EC
23)Find the voltage of a motor of 200 rpm. When the flux changes from 1wb to 4
R
wb?
Given: -
R
N = 200
Solutions: -
O
E = N * (df/dt)
C
E = 200 * (4-1) = 600V

Answer: E = 600 V
ET
24)Inductance is 6mh current go from 0.4 to 2.5 amps in 0.6 sec. calculate
induced emf?
Given: -
M
L = 6 x 10-3 h
Solutions: -
E = L (di/dt)
E = 6 x 10-3 * (2.5 -0.4) / O.6 = 0.021V
Answer: E = 0.021 V
25)The voltage induced across a certain coil is 150mV. A 100Ω resistor is

connected to the coil terminal. Calculate the induced current in mili amps?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Given: -
R = 100Ω
V = 150mV = 0.150 V
Solutions: -
V = IR
I = V/R = 0.15/100 = 0.0015 A = 1.5 mA
Answer: I = 1.5 mA
D
26)If the flux through 120 turns coil changes from 2wb to 6wb in one sec. what is
the voltage induced?
TE
Given: -
N = 120
Solutions: -
E = N * (df/dt)
E = 120 * (6-2) = 480V
Answer: E = 480 V
EC
R
27)A 20m wire carrying a current of 10 amps magnetic field of 0.3T with an angle
R
of 40o with vector B. find the magnitude of force?

Given: -
O
L = 20cm = 0.2 M
I = 10 A
C
B = 0.3
Ɵ = 40o
ET
Solutions: -
F = B I L SinƟ
F = 0.3 * 10 * 0.2 * Sin 40o = 38.567 N

M
Answer: F = 38.567 N
28)If the resistance of the wire is 15Ω, if the length is doubled and dia is one third
then resistance of wire is?
R1 = 15 Ω
L2 = 2 L1
D2 = 1/3 D1
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Solutions: -
R = ΡL/A
R2 = R1 * (A1 * L2) / (A2 * L1) = 15 * {() * 2 L1} / {[] * L1}
= 15 * 2 / (1/3)2 = 270 Ω
Answer: R2 = 270 Ω
29)The resistors 40Ω, 50 Ω, 60 Ω are connected in series input 30V. calculate

voltage drop across 60Ω?
D
Given: -
TE
R1 = 40 Ω
R2 = 50 Ω
R3 = 60 Ω
V = 30V
Solutions: -
EC
R = R1 + R2 + R3 = 40 + 50 + 60 = 150 Ω
R
V = IR
R
I = V / R = 30 / 150 = 0.2A
O
= 0.2 * 60 = 12 V
C
Answer: Voltage drop on R3 = 12 V

ET
30)A half wave rectifier having resistive load of 600 Ω with supply voltage of 80V
and having forward resistance of 100 Ω. Calculate the peak current.
Given: -
M
Vrms = 80V
RL = 600 Ω
RF = 100 Ω
Solutions: -
IM = VM / [RL + RF]
Vrms = VM / √2 => VM = Vrms * √2
IM = 80 X √2 / [600+100] = 0.1616 A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Answer: IM = 0.1616 A
31)A certain appliances 700 W. if it is allowed to run continuously for 36 days

how many KW-hours of energy does it consumes?
Solutions: -
Current consumes per hour = 700 W
For 15 days = 36 * 24 * 700 = 604800 W-h = 604.8KWh
Answer: 604.8 KWh
32)Alfa particles enter an electromagnetic field where the electric intensity is
D
300V/m and the magnetic induction is 0.200T. what is the velocity of Alfa
particles?
TE
Given: -
B = 0.200T
E = 300 V/M
Solutions: -
v = E / B = 300 / 0.2 =1500 m/s
EC
Answer: v = 1500 m/s
R
33)What is the magneto motive force in a 100 turns coil of wire when there are 8A
R
of current through it?

Given: -
O
N = 100
C
I=8
Solutions: -
ET
MMF = N * I
= 100 * 8 = 800
Answer: 800 At
M
34)A resistance of 20 Ω, 15 Ω, 25 Ω are connected in series across a 36V line.

Calculating voltage drop across 25 Ω resistance.
Given: -
R1 = 20 Ω
R2 = 15 Ω
R3 = 25 Ω
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
V = 36V
Solutions: -
R = R1 + R2 + R3 = 20 + 15 + 25 = 60 Ω
V = IR
I = V / R = 36 / 600 = 0.6 A
= 0.6 * 25 = 15V
Answer: Voltage drop on R3 = 15 V
D
TE
35)The inductors of inductance 3H and 2H are connected in series. The mutual
inductance between them is 2H, which is aiding. Calculate the effective
inductance.
Given: -
L1 = 3
L2 = 2
EC
M=2
R
Solutions: -
R
Inductors are connected in aeries which aiding

L = L1 + L2 + 2M
O
L = 3 + 2 + (2*2) = 9
Answer: L = 9 H
C
36)The inductors of inductance 6H and 8H are connected in series. The mutual

inductance between them is 3H, which is aiding. Calculate the effective
ET
inductance.
Given: -
L1 = 6
M
L2 = 8
M=3
Solutions: -
Inductors are connected in aeries which aiding
L = L1 + L2 + 2M
L = 6 + 8 + (2*3) = 20
Answer: L = 20 H
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
37)Resistance of certain wire is 8Ω and second wire of the same materials are
same temp has a diameter half of the first wire and length is 3 times the first
wire. Find the resistance for second one.
Given: -
R1 = 8 Ω
L2 = 3 L1
D2 = 0.5 D1
Solutions: -
D
R = ΡL/A
R2 = R1 * (A1 * L2) / (A2 * L1) = 8 * {() * 3 L1} / {() * L1}
TE
= 8 * 3 / (0.5)2 = 96 Ω
Answer: R2 = 96 Ω
EC
38)45Ω resistor connected to a 3V battery. Calculate the power.
Given: -
R = 45Ω
R
V = 3V
R
Solutions: -
V = IR
O
I = V/R = 3/45 = 1/15 A

C
P = V * I = 3 * 1/15 = 0.2W = 200 mW

Answer: P = 200 m W
ET
39)Alfa particles enter an electromagnetic field where the electric intensity is

600V/m and the magnetic induction is 0.150T. what is the velocity of Alfa
particles?
M
Given: -
B = 0.150T
E = 600 V/M
Solutions: -
v = E / B = 600 / 0.15 =4000 m/s
Answer: v = 4000 m/s
40)600 rps 2 pole find frequency?

Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Given: -
n = 600 rps = 600 * 60 rpm
p=2
Solutions: -
n = 120 f / p
f = 600 * 60 * 2 / 120 = 600 Hz
Answer: f = 600 Hz
41)Electron having energy of 35J having a charge of 7C. what is the voltage?
D
Given: -
Q = 35
TE
C=7
Solutions: -
Q=C*V
V = Q / V = 35 / 7 = 5 V
Answer: V = 5 V
EC
R
42)The armature resistance of a 200V DC machine has 0.5Ω of the full load
armature current is 50A. what will be the induced emf when machine act as
R
(i) Generator (ii) Motor

O
Given: -
R = 0.5 Ω
C
V = 200 V
I = 50 A
ET
Solutions: -
For Generator E = V + (I * R)
E = 200 + (50 * 0.5) = 225 V
For Motor E = V – (I * R)
M
E = 200 – (50 * 0.5) = 175 V

Answer: (i) Generator E = 225 V (ii) Motor E = 175 V
43)electrons and protons of the same momentum enter normally into a uniform
magnetic field of flux density B. mass of the electron is me (m suffix e) and
mass of the proton is mp (m suffix p). if re (r suffix e) and rp (r suffix p)
represents the radii of the path of the electrons and the protons respectively.
calculate the ratio re/rp. your answer should be correct to 2 decimals
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Solutions: -
Charged particles describe an anti-clockwise circular path and magnetic
force work as centripetal force. Thus
F = qvB = mV2/R => mV/R
Here mpV and meV are same because of same momentum.
For electron qB = meV/Re
For proton qB = mpV/Rp
Dividing the both equations
D
Re / Rp = 1
Answer: Re / Rp = 1.00
TE
44)the certain instrument power is 4W and resistance is 100Ω. Calculate the
voltage?
Given: -
R = 100 Ω
EC
P = 4W
R
Solutions: -
V = IR
R
I = V/R = V/100 A
O
P=V*I
4 = V * V/100 = V2/100
C
V2 = 400 => V = √400 = 20 V

Answer: V = 20 V
ET
45)Find the current flow through a light bulb from a steady movement of 1022
electrons in one hour. Assume that the change of a single electron =
M
1.602x10-19
Given: -
n = 1022
e = 1.602x10-19
t = one hour = 60 * 60 Sec
Solutions: -
q = n * e = 1022 * 1.602x10-19
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
I = q / t = (1022 * 1.602x10-19 ) / (60 * 60) = 0.445 A

Answer: I = 0.445 A
46)The types of the system whose transfer function is given by (0 Decimal)

G(S) = (S2+3) / (S5+S4+S3+3S2+2S) is: -
Answer: 1
47)If V = 3v, R= 120ohms. Then find I in mili amp?
D
Given: -
R = 120Ω
TE
V = 3V
Solutions: -
V = IR
I = V/R = 3/120 = 0.025 A = 25 mA
Answer: I = 25 mA
EC
R
48)Find the current through a light bulb from a steady movement of 1022 electrons
in 0.25 hours. Assume the charge of single electron = 1.602x10^-19 coulombs
R
(correct to 3 decimal)
Given: -
O
n = 1022
e = 1.602x10-19
C
t = 0.25 hour = 0.25 * 60 * 60 Sec

Solutions: -
ET
q = n * e = 1022 * 1.602x10-19
I = q / t = (1022 * 1.602x10-19 ) / (0.25 * 60 * 60) = 1.78 A
M
Answer: I = 1.780 A
49)The total secondary voltage in a center tapped full wave rectifier is 125 Vrms.
neglecting the diode drop the rms output voltage is?
Solutions: -
Output voltage without diode drop = Vrms / 2 = 125/2 = 62.5 V
Answer: Vdc = 62.5 V
Some formulas
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Impedance (Z) = V / I
Resistors are connected in series (Current will be same in all resistors)

RS = R1 + R2 + R3
V = V1 + V2 + V3
V1 = I * R1 V2 = I * R2 V3 = I * R3
V = I (R1 + R2 + R3) = I * RS
Resistors are connected in parallel (Voltage will be same in all resistors)

1/RP = 1/R1 + 1 / R2 + 1 / R3
D
I = I1 + I2 + I3
I1 = V /R1 I2 = V / R2 I3 = V / R3
TE
I = V {1/ (R1 + R2 + R3)} = V / RP
Capacitors are connected in series

1 / CP = 1 / C1 + 1 / C2 + 1 / C3
Capacitors are connected in parallel

EC
CS = C1 + C2 + C3
R
Inductors are connected in series which is aiding
R
LS = L1 + L2 + 2M
O
Inductors are connected in series which is opposing

LS = L1 + L2 - 2M
C
Inductors are connected in parallel which is aiding

LP = (L1 * L2 – M2) / (L1 + L2 - 2M)
ET
Inductors are connected in parallel which is opposing

LP = (L1 * L2 – M2) / (L1 + L2 + 2M)
M
SOME IMPORTANT USCG QUESTIONS
523 The full torque electric brake on an 523 When troubleshooting most electronic
1 electric cargo winch functions to 2 circuits, "loading effect" can be
_____________. minimized by using a voltmeter with
a/an ___________________.
A. act as a backup brake in the event the A. input impedance much greater than
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
mechanical brake should the impedance across which the

fail voltage is being measured
B. automatically hold the load as soon as B. input impedance much less than the
current to the machine is shut off impedance across which the voltage
is being measured
C. automatically govern the lowering C. sensitivity of less than 1000
speed of the load ohms/volt
D. automatically govern the hoisting D. sensitivity of more than 1000
speed of the load volts/ohm
Ans: B Ans: A
523 An electric tachometer receives the 523 A semiconductor that decreases in
3 engine speed signal from a 4 resistance with an increase in
D
_______________. temperature is known as a
_____________.
A. small generator mounted on the A. resistor
TE
engine
B. bimetallic sensing device B. thermistor
C. stroboscopic sensing device C. diode
523
D. vibrating reed meter generating a
voltage proportionate to engine speed
Ans: A
Which of the listed devices may be 523
EC
D. thermopile
Ans: B
Moisture damage, as a result of
5 installed on a large turboelectric 6 condensation occurring inside of the
R
alternating current propulsion cargo winch master switches, can be
generator? reduced by __________________.
R
A. Temperature detector coils inserted in A. installing a light bulb in the pedestal

the stator slots for measuring stator stand
temperature.
O
B. A CO2 fire extinguishing system. B. coating the switch box internals with
epoxy sealer
C. Electric space heaters to prevent C. venting the switch box regularly
C
condensation of moisture.
D. All of the above. D. using strip heaters inside the switch
box
ET
Ans: D Ans: D
523 The output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 523 Any electric motor can be constructed to
7 hertz, AC generator is controlled by 8 be _____________.
the _____________.
M
A. prime mover speed A. short proof

B. exciter output voltage B. ground proof
C. load on the alternator C. explosion proof
D. number of poles D. overload proof
Ans: B Ans: C
523 The electrolyte used in a nickel- 524 Which of the damages listed can
9 cadmium battery is distilled water and 0 occur to the components of a winch
______________. master control switch, if the cover
gasket becomes deteriorated?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. diluted sulfuric acid A. Overheating of the winch motor.

B. potassium hydroxide B. Contamination of lube oil.
C. lead sulfate C. Sparking at the winch motor brushes.
D. zinc oxide D. Rapid corrosion of switch
components.
Ans: B Ans: D
524 While starting a main propulsion 524 The purpose of a short circuit forcing
1 synchronous motor, the ammeter 2 module (short time trip) installed in a
pegs out at maximum and then branch line is to provide
returns to the proper value after ____________.
synchronization. This indicates the
D
_____________.
A. high speed clearance of low
A. motor has started properly
TE
impedance short circuits in the branch
B. continuity of service on main bus
B. field windings are grounded under short circuit conditions in a
branch
C. slip rings are dirty C. isolation of short circuits by selective
D. power transmission cables are

grounded
Ans: A
EC
tripping of branch circuit breakers
D. all of the above
Ans: D
R
524 Autotransformer starters or524 In an AC synchronous motor electric
3 compensators are sometimes used with4 propulsion plant, propeller speed is
polyphase induction motors to controlled by varying the
R
_____________. _____________.
A. reduce the voltage applied to the
A. prime mover speed
O
motor during the starting period

B. increase the voltage for "across-the- B. electric coupling field strength
line starting"
C
C. provide a backup means of voltage C. number of energized main motor

regulation for emergency starting poles
D. allow the voltage to be either stepped D. propulsion generator field strength
up or down, depending on the
ET
application, to ensure full torque

Ans: A Ans: A
524 Grounds occurring in electrical524 The amount of voltage induced in the
5 machinery as a result of insulation6 windings of an AC generator depends
M
failure may result from on ____________.

_____________.
A. deterioration through extended use A. the number of conductors in series
per winding
B. excessive heat B. the speed at which the magnetic field
passes across the winding
C. extended periods of vibration C. the strength of the magnetic field
D. all of the above D. all of the above
Ans: D Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
524 The device that most commonly utilizes5248 A tubular fuse should always be
7 the principle of electromagnetic removed from a fuse panel with
induction is the _____________. _____________.
A. diode A. a screwdriver
B. transformer B. a pair of insulated metal pliers
C. transistor C. any insulated object
D. rheostat D. fuse pullers
Ans: B Ans: D
524 Which of the following statements5250 The number of cells in a 12 volt lead-
9 concerning analog and digital devices acid battery is ________________.
D
are correct?
A. The variables in digital systems are A. three cells
fixed quantities, and the variables in
TE
analog systems are continuous
quantities.
B. There are no basic differences B. four cells
between the two systems.
C. Analog devices are superior in
accuracy compared to digital devices.
D. Operations in a digital device are
performed simultaneously.
EC
C. six cells
D. twelve cells
Ans: A Ans: C
R
525 The current at which a magnetic-type 5252 Protection against sustained overloads
1 overload relay tends to trip may be occurring in molded-case circuit
R
decreased by raising the plunger breakers is provided by a/an

further into the magnetic circuit of the __________.
relay. This action ___________.
O
A. reduces magnetic pull on the plunger A. overvoltage release

and requires more current to trip the
relay
C
B. reduces magnetic pull on the plunger B. thermal acting trip

and requires less current to trip the
relay
ET
C. increases magnetic pull on the C. thermal overload relay

plunger and requires more current to
trip the relay
D. increases magnetic pull on the plunger D. current overload relay
and requires less current to trip the
M
relay
Ans: D Ans: B
525 Regarding an AC generator connected 5254 In an induction motor, rotor currents
3 to the main electrical bus; as the are circulated in the rotor by
electric load and power factor vary, a _____________.
corresponding change is reflected in
the generator armature reaction.
These changes in armature reaction
are compensated for by the
_________
A. governor speed droop setting A. slip rings and brushes
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. voltage regulator B. an armature and brushes

C. balance coil C. inductive reaction of the rotating
stator field
D. phase-balance relay D. external variable resistors
Ans: B Ans: C
525 Electrical leads and insulation on a 5256 Voltage generated by most AC
5 motor should be painted with generators is fed from the machine to
____________. the bus by means of ____________.
A. heat-resisting acrylic A. brushes on a commutator
B. heat-resisting aluminum B. brushes on slip rings
D
C. insulating varnish C. slip rings on a commutator
D. insulating white lead D. direct connections from the stator
TE
Ans: C Ans: D
525 The alarm system for an engine order 5258 As a general rule, the first
7 telegraph uses small Selwyn troubleshooting action to be taken in
motors attached to the indicators. The
alarm sounds when the rotors are
_____________.
A. in synchronous position, no current is
EC
checking faulty electric control devices
is to _____________.
A. draw a one line diagram of the

flowing, and the relays are open circuitry
R
B. in synchronous position, no current is B. test all fuses and measure the line
flowing, and the relays are closed voltage
C. not synchronized, current is flowing, and C. take megger readings
R
the relays are open

D. not synchronized, current is flowing, and D. insulate the apparatus from ground
O
the relays are closed

Ans: D Ans: B
525 Which of the following statements is correct 5260 The first requirement for logical
C
9 concerning the circuits in a sound powered troubleshooting of any system is the

telephone system? ability to ______________.
A. The ringing circuit is composed of only one A. collect all available data on a casualty
ET
common wire to ground.

B. The common talking circuit is composed of
B. recognize normal operation
two ungrounded wires.
C. The ringing circuit has two grounded C. identify the probable cause of a
wires connected to each station. symptom
M
D. The talking and calling circuits are D. isolate the faulty component
electrically dependent upon each other.
Ans: B Ans: B
526 AC circuits possess characteristics of 5262 A low voltage source is being
1 resistance, inductance, and capacitance. used for testing armature coils. A coil
The capacitive reactance of a circuit is short circuit will be indicated by a
expressed in _____________. _______.
A. ohms A. high voltage reading, while the other
coil readings will have an equal or
lower value
B. mhos B. low or zero voltage reading, while the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
other coils will have higher readings

C. henrys C. fluctuating voltmeter reading, while
the other coil readings are steady
D. farads D. steady voltmeter reading, while the
other coil readings are fluctuating
Ans: A Ans: B
526 The electrical energy necessary to 526 Which of the listed procedures
3 transmit a person's voice over a sound- 4 should be carried out to prevent
powered telephone circuit is obtained moisture damage to electrical
from _____________. apparatus during extended periods
of idleness?
A. dry cell batteries A. Fill the motor housing with CO2 to
D
inert the space.
B. the ship's service switchboard B. Strap silica gel around the
TE
commutator.
C. the emergency switchboard C. Place heat lamps in the motor
housings.
D. the speaker's voice D. Cover the equipment with a canvas
tarpaulin.
526
5
Ans: D
Which of the listed conditions is an526
advantage of a PN diode over a6
EC
Ans: C
The freezing point of the electrolyte in
a fully charged lead-acid battery will be
vacuum diode? _____________.
R
A. Longer life. A. higher than in a discharged battery
B. No warm up time. B. lower than in a discharged battery
R
C. Less delicate. C. the same as in a discharged battery

D. All of the above. D. higher than in a discharged battery,
O
but the specific gravity will be less

Ans: D Ans: B
C
526 A shading coil used in an AC magnetic 526 In a cartridge-type fuse, the metal
7 controller, functions to _____________. 8 element is contained in a
___________________.
A. reduce vibration and noise in the A. porcelain window
ET
contactor
B. prevent flux buildup in the operating B. thermal cut out
coil
C. eliminate arcing when the contacts C. fiber tube
M
close
D. energize the operating coil and "pull D. flasher device
in" the contacts
Ans: A Ans: C
526 Time delayed or delayed action-type 527 Silicon diodes designed for a specific
9 fuses are designed to _____________. 0 reverse breakdown voltage, become
useful as an electronic power supply
voltage regulator, called
_____________.
A. prevent grounds in branch circuits A. tunnel diodes
B. prevent opens in motor circuits B. hot-carrier diodes
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. permit momentary overloads without C. compensating diodes

melting
D. guard lighting and electronic circuits D. Zener diodes
Ans: C Ans: D
527 To effectively clean a commutator in 527 What will be the phase angle
1 good physical condition, you should 2 relationship of a six-pole, three-phase,
use ____________. rotating field generator?
A. trichloride ethylene A. 60°
B. kerosene B. 120°
C. a canvas wiper C. 180°
D
D. a commutator stone D. 360°
Ans: C Ans: B
TE
527 When charging lead-acid batteries, 527 Ammeters and voltmeters used in
3 you should reduce the charging rate 4 sinusoidal AC power systems indicate
as the battery nears its full charge which of the following values of the
capacity to ______________. waveforms measured?
A. prevent excessive gassing and
overheating
B. allow equalization of cell voltages
EC
A. Peak value
B. Root-mean-square value
C. reduce lead sulfate deposits C. Average value
R
D. increase lead peroxide formation D. Maximum value
Ans: A Ans: B
R
527 Since fuse elements are made of zinc 527 Which of the following statements
5 or any alloy of tin and lead, the melting 6 correctly applies to transistors?
O
point of the fuse element must be

_____________.
C
A. higher than that of copper A. NDN and PNP are the two basic
types of transistors.
B. lower than that of copper B. The three terminals are called the
emitter, base, and collector.
ET
C. equal to that of copper C. The emitter separates the base and

collector.
D. reached when the conductor it is D. The collector separates the emitter
protecting becomes "white hot." and base.
Ans: B Ans: B
M
527 Fuses are rated in _____________. 527 Which of the following statements
7 8 comparing transistors and vacuum
tubes is correct?
A. voltage A. Both transistors and vacuum tubes
have a cathode that must be heated to
give off electrons.
B. amperage B. A vacuum tube must have a heated
cathode, where transistors do not.
C. interrupting capacity C. Neither transistors nor vacuum tubes
require heat for electrons to flow.
D. all the above D. The anode of both transistors and
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
vacuum tubes must be heated to give

off electrons.
Ans: D Ans: B
527 A damper winding is designed as part 528 The type of control circuit that will
9 of a synchronous motor to 0 not permit automatic restarting after
____________. power is restored, following a power
failure is called _____________.
A. increase efficiency A. low voltage protection
B. provide starting torque B. low voltage release
C. provide excitation C. overload lockout
D
D. eliminate slippage D. reduced voltage restart
Ans: B Ans: A
TE
528 Which of the following types of motors528 Electric cables are formed of stranded
1 is often designed for use in correcting2 wire to ____________.
power factor?
A. Polyphase A. increase the current carrying
B. Wound-rotor
C. Induction
EC
capability for a given size wire
B. increase their flexibility
C. decrease the weight for a given size
wire
R
D. Synchronous D. assure good conductivity at junction
points
Ans: D Ans: B
R
528 The purpose of amortisseur windings in 528 A lead-acid battery is considered fully
3 a synchronous motor is to 4 charged when the ______________.
O
______________.
A. reduce eddy current losses A. electrolyte gasses freely
C
B. produce a higher power factor B. battery charger ammeter indicates a

positive reading
C. provide a means for starting C. terminal voltage reaches a constant
value at a given temperature
ET
D. specific gravity of all cells reaches the

D. eliminate arcing between the stator
correct value and no longer increases
and the rotor
over a period of 1 to 4 hours
Ans: C Ans: D
M
528 High vacuum diodes, gas-filled diodes,528 Local action in a dry-cell, or lead-acid
5 and germanium semiconductor diodes6 storage battery is the process whereby
may all be used as _____________. ________________.
A. potentiometers A. hydrogen gas is liberated
B. rectifiers B. the electrolyte compensates for
overcharging
C. power sources C. potassium hydroxide absorbs carbon
dioxide from the air
D. photocells D. the battery becomes discharged
without being connected to a load
Ans: B Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
528 Large cable sizes are formed as528 The conversion of the throttle
7 individual conductors that may be8 command voltage to the signal
comprised of several smaller strands to necessary to achieve the desired shaft
__________. RPM is accomplished by the
_____________.
A. obtain the flexibility required for easy A. ahead or astern function generator of
handling the throttle control circuit
B. reduce the overall weight of the wire B. feedback resistor of the summing
run amplifier circuit
C. reduce the number of supports C. operational amplifiers in the
needed for a horizontal overhead run autorotation circuit
D. all of the above D. long time constant amplifier circuit
D
Ans: A Ans: A
528 A hydrometer indicates specific gravity 529 The unit of apparent power in a purely
TE
9 by comparing the _____________. 0 inductive circuit is called the
_____________.
A. density of a substance in water with A. kva
the density of the same substance in air
B. differences in weight between water B. var
and the liquid measured
C. mass of substance measured with the
density of the same substance
D. buoyancy of an object in water with
EC
C. emf
D. watt
the buoyancy of the same object in the
R
liquid being measured
Ans: D Ans: B
R
529 A common type of protective covering 529 The main difference between an
1 used on electrical conductors is 2 electron tube and a transistor is the
O
_____________. _____________.
A. plain paper A. type of function they can perform
B. fibrous braid B. reaction of electron flow through a
C
gas or vacuum in a transistor

C. reaction of electron flow through a
C. silver sheathing
semiconductor when placed in a tube
ET
D. Babbitt sheathing D. reaction of electron flow through a

semiconductor used to form a
transistor
Ans: B Ans: D
M
529 An across-the-line starter is typically 529 The multiple prefix "kilo" means
3 used for which of the following 4 ____________.
applications?
A. Reduced-current starting of large A. thousand (10 to the 3rd power)
motors
B. Low torque starting of small motors B. million (10 to the 6th power)
C. Low resistance starting of DC motors C. billion (10 to the 9th power)
D. Full-voltage starting of motors D. trillion (10 to the 12 power)
Ans: D Ans: A
529 Before testing insulation with a 529 A double squirrel-cage motor is designed
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 megohm meter, the windings of large 6 to have__________.

machines should be grounded for
about 15 minutes just prior to the test,
because the ___________.
A. static charge of the machine may give A. low starting torque
a false reading
B. armature will have a greater number of B. low starting current
leakage paths
C. insulation may be damaged C. high starting voltage
D. insulation may be covered with D. low starting resistance
moisture
Ans: A Ans: B
D
529 Which of the methods listed is used 529 The rotor slots of a repulsion-type
7 to maintain equal load sharing 8 motor are generally skewed (placed
TE
between two compound wound DC nonparallel to the rotor axis) to
generators operating in parallel? _________.
A. The shunt fields are interconnected. A. produce a constant starting torque
B. The shunt field rheostats are B. permit a greater air gap with the
interconnected.
C. The series fields of both generators are
connected in series.
D. The series fields of both generators are
EC
starter
C. permit a smaller air gap with the
starter
D. reduce eddy current losses
connected in parallel.
R
Ans: D Ans: A
529 When using a megohm meter to test 530 A three-phase, induction-type motor
R
9 insulation, good insulation will be 0 experiences an open in one phase.

indicated by _____________. Which of the listed automatic
O
protective devices will prevent the

machine from being damaged?
A. slight kicks of the needle down scale A. Overspeed trip
C
B. a downward dip followed by a gradual B. Thermal overload relay

climb to the true resistance value
C. a gradual rise in the pointer reading at C. Three-pole safety switch
ET
the outset
D. the initial dip of the pointer D. Magnetic blowout coil
Ans: B Ans: B
530 The process, whereby electrons gain 530 Before testing insulation with a
M
1 sufficient energy to be released from 2 megohm meter, the windings of large

the surface of a thin, heated metal machines should be grounded for
plate, is known as _____________. about 15 minutes just prior to the test
as the ______________.
A. photo electric emission A. insulation may be damaged
B. secondary emission B. insulation may be covered with
moisture
C. thermionic emission C. armature windings will have a greater
number of leakage paths
D. regressive emission D. larger machines may acquire a
charge of static electricity during
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
operation
Ans: C Ans: D
530 The multiple prefix "tera" (T) means 530 Most conducting materials such as
3 ____________. 4 copper, aluminum, iron, nickel, and
tungsten _____________.
A. thousand (10 to the 3rd power) A. increase in resistance with increased
temperature
B. million (10 to the 6th power) B. increase in resistance with decreased
temperature
C. billion (10 to the 9th power) C. decrease in resistance with
increased temperature
D. trillion (10 to the 12th power) D. increase in conductance with
D
increased temperature
Ans: D Ans: A
TE
530 In a series circuit, which value will530 If the pointer fails to return to zero
5 remain unchanged at all places in the6 when a megger is disconnected, the
circuit? _____________.
A. Voltage A. pointer is stuck
B. Current
C. Resistance
D. Inductance
EC
B. hair springs are burned out
C. megger is out of calibration
D. megger is operating normally
Ans: B Ans: D
R
530 Which of the listed conditions describes 530 In electronic circuits, DC voltages can
7 the effect on intrinsic semiconductor 8 be positive (+) or negative (-) when
R
operation as a result of a temperature measured with respect to the

increase? _________.
O
A. Additional heat sinks will be required A. printed circuit board "common" trace
B. Conductivity will increase B. chassis, console frame or hull
C
"ground"
C. Conductivity will decrease C. analogue or digital circuitry
"common" bus
D. Resistivity will increase D. all of the above
ET
Ans: B Ans: D
530 To minimize magnetic field 531 Capacitors are used on the output of
9 interaction between electrical 0 the power supply in today's consoles
M
conductors in physical to _____________.

proximity, it is best to keep them
___________________.
A. parallel and as close as possible to A. filter out "ripple"
each other
B. at right angles and as close as B. prevent overloads
possible to each other
C. parallel to and as far as practicable C. act as a permanent load
from each other
D. at right angles and as far as D. decrease the average value of the
practicable from each other output voltage
Ans: D Ans: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
531 The purpose of a motor under voltage 531 Which of the following components
1 protection device is to _____________. 2 are used to assemble a fluorescent
lighting system?
A. prevent high armature current when A. Lamp
power is restored
B. start the motor at a very low voltage B. Starter
C. trip the load off the motor in case of fire C. Ballast
D. protect personnel from low voltage D. All of the above
shocks
Ans: A Ans: D
531 Low voltage releases as used in some 531 The schematic symbol for an
D
3 shipboard motor starter and control 4 operational amplifier in an analog
equipment will have which of the circuit is a _________.
following characteristics?
TE
A. They trip circuit contactors when the
A. circle
motor starts to overspeed.
B. They require manual resetting upon
B. square
restoration of normal voltage.
C. They use a phase sensitive relay to trip
contacts in series with the holding coil
of the starter.
D. They allow the motor to restart upon
EC
C. trapezoid
D. triangle
restoration of normal voltage.
R
Ans: D Ans: D
531 A motor controller contains three selector 531 For more complete vessel protection
R
5 push buttons labeled 6 when using an impressed current

"start", "jog", and "stop". When the cathodic system _____________.
"jog" button is pushed, the motor
O
_____________.
A. will run continuously after the "jog" A. all ship's service alternators have
C
button is released additional temperature sensing

devices and a thermal recorder
installed
B. will run until the "jog" button is B. machinery on deck and in the engine
ET
released room is first coated with zinc

chromate before final painting
C. will not start until both the "jog" and C. the hull's magnetic fields are aligned
"start" buttons are pushed with a solid-state degaussing circuit
M
using SCR's
D. will not stop unless the "stop" button is D. straps connect the rudder with the
pushed hull and the propeller shaft is
grounded through a slip ring/brush
arrangement
Ans: B Ans: D
531 When you are making a high 531 What is the function of the interpoles
7 potential test on a piece of repaired 8 installed in DC motors?
electrical machinery, a rise in
leakage current indicates
____________.
A. good insulation A. To provide greater torque by
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
strengthening the main field.

B. bad insulation B. To provide sparkles commutation
without having to shift the brushes.
C. high insulation power factor C. To limit the production of counter-
electromotive force.
D. a high slot discharge factor D. To limit the starting surge current.
Ans: B Ans: B
531 Regarding an induction motor, the532 You are testing the insulation in an AC
9 power developed by the rotor0 generator with a megohm meter. The
automatically adjusts itself to the resistance value of a dry, clean
_____________. winding will ____________.
A. power required to drive the load A. continue to rise as the test potential is
D
maintained, becoming fairly steady as
the leakage current stabilizes
TE
B. speed required to drive the load B. remain constant as the temperature
of the windings increases
C. continue to drop as the potential is
C. current flow in the motor stator maintained, becoming fairly steady
after 5 to 7 minutes
D. torque developed by the rotating field
Ans: A
EC
D. stabilize after approximately 2 to 4
minutes of fluctuation
Ans: A
532 Routine maintenance of dry-type 532 The sub-multiple prefix "micro" (Greek
R
1 transformers should include 2 letter 'mu') means ____________.
____________.
A. cleaning the windings, if accessible, A. thousandth (10 to the -3rd power)
R
with a vacuum cleaner or very low

pressure air
B. measuring and recording the winding B. millionth (10 to the -6th power)
O
temperature with an accurate mercury

thermometer
C
C. periodic cleaning of the winding C. billionth (10 to the -9th power)

insulation with an approved solvent
D. making sure that the units are close to
bulkheads or corners to protect them D. trillionth (10 to the -12th power)
ET
from damage
Ans: A Ans: B
532 The part of the shipboard electrical 532 The amount of current flow required
3 system used to control the distribution 4 for the cathodic protection of a vessel
M
of power to the branch circuits, is the is dependent upon the _________.

_____________.
A. bridge control panel A. amount of bare steel surface
B. disconnect links B. speed of the ship through the water
C. governor relay box C. temperature of the water
D. main switchboard D. all of the above
Ans: D Ans: D
532 A switchboard for an AC electrical 532 When replacing a power transistor
5 system requires the use of which of the 6 fitted with a heat sink in a circuit, a
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
following devices? coating of silicone grease is applied

between the transistor case and the
heat sink. This is done to
____________.
A. Frequency meter. A. lubricate the transistor
B. Ohmmeter. B. lubricate the heat sink
C. Induction voltage regulator. C. aid in the removal of the heat sink
D. Current transformer governor. D. provide maximum heat transfer
Ans: A Ans: D
532 One function of the movable cams in a 532 The point of operation for a saturable
D
7 drum-type motor controller is to 8 reactor in a power circuit is that at
_____________. which _______________.
A. regulate the speed of the motor A. a large change in control current
TE
results in small change in load current
B. maintain resistance contacts in clean B. a small change in load current results
condition in a large change in control current
C. insulate the operating handle C. a small change in control current
D. limit the amount of load put on the

motor
EC
results in a large change in load
current
D. a large change in load current causes
a small change in control current
Ans: A Ans: C
R
532 Magnetic controller contacts may 533 What precaution should be taken with
9 become welded together during 0 a vessel's impressed current cathodic
R
operation due to _____________. protection system after a dry-docking

period during which the hull has been
painted?
O
A. an open coil A. Output currents should be carefully

monitored to assure operation at
nearly 100 % capacity for proper
C
curing.
B. low contact pressure B. Reference cell voltages should be
maintained at half the normal range for
ET
approximately 48 hours.
C. excessive ambient temperature C. The unit should remain off for the
specified amount of time so as not to
disturb curing.
M
D. excessive magnetic gap D. A slight (10-15%) overcurrent to the

anodes should be allowed in order to
speed drying.
Ans: B Ans: C
533 Possible phase relationships between533 A suspected "open" in a motor field can
1 voltage and current in an alternating2 be tested by using a/an ____________.
current circuit include which of the
following conditions?
A. Current and voltage may be in phase. A. potentiometer
B. Current may lead the voltage. B. megger
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. Current may lag the voltage. C. wattmeter

D. All of the above. D. ammeter
Ans: D Ans: B
533 Which of the procedures listed could533 Basically, a magnetic amplifier is a
3 result in damaging a transistor beyond4 saturable reactor with the addition of
repair? _____________.
A. Applying incorrect polarity to the A. AC to the bias winding
collector circuit.
B. Applying excessive voltage to the input B. variable capacitance to all windings
circuit.
C. Careless soldering which would C. eddy current protectors
D
overheat the transistor.
D. All of the above. D. a rectifier in the load circuit
TE
Ans: D Ans: D
533 If the contacts of a motor starter or 533 A capacitor discolored due to excessive
5 controller fail to drop out when the 6 heat should be _____________.
"stop" button is depressed the
____________.
A. contacts are carrying excessive
current
B. contacts have become welded
EC
A. calibrated
B. replaced
together
R
C. shading coil is broken C. cooled
D. shading coil is loose D. soldered
R
Ans: B Ans: B
533 Grease coatings on electrical contact 533 A ground in an electrical circuit outside
O
7 surfaces increase contact resistance 8 the engine room _____________.

and should be removed with a/an
C
_______________.
A. small wire brush A. cannot be detected under normal
conditions
B. compressed air jet B. is of no consequence to engineering
ET
personnel
C. clean dry cloth C. is indicated at the branch circuit
breaker panel
D. 10% solution carbon solvent and water D. is indicated by the ground detecting
lamps on the main switchboard
M
Ans: C Ans: D
533 Controller contacts should be routinely 534 The third color band on a resistor is
9 cleaned by ________. 0 used to indicate the ______________.
A. blowing with compressed air A. tolerance of the resistor
B. filing with a bastard file B. number of zeros following the first two
significant figures in the resistance
value
C. wiping with a clean dry cloth C. first significant figure of the resistance
D. dressing with crocus cloth D. second significant figure of the
resistance
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: C Ans: B
534 When troubleshooting AC motors, a 534 Impressed current cathodic protection is
1 portable growler can be used for 2 used on vessels instead of
locating ____________. _________________.
A. open field coils A. fire alarm systems
B. grounded field coils B. repeated painting
C. grounded stator coils C. sacrificial zincs
D. shorted stator coils D. vacuum tube degaussing systems
Ans: D Ans: C
D
534 When charging a nickel-cadmium 534 Common basic applications for the
3 battery, ____________. 4 operational amplifier include
____________.
TE
A. the charging rate should be lessened A. counting, pulsing and clocking
when gassing commences amplifiers
B. overcharging should be avoided B. summing, scaling and difference
amplifiers
C. the specific gravity of the electrolyte C. step-up, step-down and rectifying
will be unaffected by the state of
charge
D. add distilled water just prior to
charging to insure proper mixing
EC
amplifiers
D. all of the above
Ans: C Ans: B
R
534 Which of the listed items will stop a534 The timer element found in a reverse
5 motor due to a reduction in voltage and6 power relay obtains its operating torque
R
restart it when the voltage is restored via _____________.

to normal?
O
A. Low voltage protection circuit A. line voltage

B. Non-renewable link fuse B. the main bus
C
C. Renewable link fuse C. electromagnets

D. Low voltage release circuit D. a separate battery source
ET
Ans: D Ans: C
534 The difference between the 534 The set point current at which a
7 synchronous speed of an induction 8 magnetic-type overload relay tends to
machine and its operating speed (slip) trip may be increased by turning the
M
may be correctly expressed dashpot in the "lower" direction. This

_____________. action _____________.
A. as a percent of synchronous speed A. reduces magnetic force on the plunger
and requires more current to trip the
relay
B. as a decimal fraction of synchronous B. reduces magnetic force on the plunger
speed and requires less current to trip the
relay
C. directly in revolutions per minute C. increases magnetic force on the
plunger and requires more current to
trip the relay
D. as all of the above D. increases magnetic force on the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
plunger and requires less current to trip

the relay
Ans: A Ans: A
5349 Which of the listed statements is correct5350 Kilowatt load is divided between two
when using an analog multimeter as an AC generators operating in parallel by
ohmmeter? _____________.
A. The pointer should be adjusted to zero A. adjusting the governor controls
each time a new resistance range is
selected.
B. The pointer will move to infinity when the B. varying the excitation voltage
meter is not in use.
C. Ohmmeters are not sufficiently sized to C. increasing both prime mover speeds
measure conductor insulation simultaneously
D
resistance.
D. All of the above. D. decreasing both prime mover speeds
simultaneously
TE
Ans: D Ans: A
5351 When a nickel-cadmium battery begins 5352 The frequency of an alternator at a
gassing while connected to the battery given RPM is determined by the
charging circuit, you should _____________.
_____________.
A. do nothing as this is a normal condition
when charging
B. add distilled water to each cell to
EC
A. number of turns of wire in the
armature coil
B. number of magnetic poles
reduce the specific gravity of the
R
electrolyte
C. add potassium hydroxide to each cell C. strength of the magnets used
to increase the specific gravity of the
R
electrolyte
D. decrease the charging rate D. output voltage
O
Ans: A Ans: B
5353 In a three-phase circuit, the phase 5354 A solid-state circuit is inoperative; the
voltages are _____________. FIRST action that should be taken is to
C
____________.
A.120 apart A. wiggle all the components to check for
loose connections
B.160 apart B. check all the resistors
ET
C. 180 apart C. change all transistors

D. 360 apart D. check the DC supply voltage
Ans: A Ans: D
535 When troubleshooting electronic535 When charging a 100 amp-hour lead-
M
5 equipment, the FIRST step to be taken6 acid battery, ___________.

before testing the circuit voltage is to
_________.
A. set the meter to the lowest range A. the temperature of the electrolyte
should not be allowed to exceed
32oC
B. check the voltage supply from the B. the charging rate should be no
power source greater than 125% of the battery amp-
hour rating
C. remove the suspected component C. the source of power for charging
should be 2.5 volts per cell
D. check the current flow through the D. gassing within the battery decreases
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
circuit when nearing full charge and it will be

necessary to reduce the charging
current to a low finishing rate
Ans: B Ans: C
535 The charging of lead-acid storage 535 When the current flow through a power
7 batteries will always result in 8 transmission line is doubled, the power
__________. loss _____________.
A. dangerous acid burns A. is halved
B. a dangerously explosive gas being B. is doubled
liberated
C. the danger of lead poisoning C. is quadrupled
D
D. all of the above D. remains the same
Ans: B Ans: C
TE
535 Transformers are used onboard ships 536 A full-wave rectifier has one diode
9 with AC generators to _____________. 0 burned out in an open condition, what
will be the output characteristic of the
device?
A. change frequency
B. increase power output to modulating
frequency controllers
EC
A. Zero
B. Half-wave rectified
C. decrease power output to modulating C. Full-wave rectified

R
frequency controllers
D. permit higher voltage for electric D. Equal to the AC input
motor operation and low voltage for
R
lighting circuits
Ans: D Ans: B
O
536 The function of the autotransformers 536 When lead-acid batteries are charging,
1 used with the starters of large AC 2 they always give off hydrogen gas that
motors is to provide _____________. is _____________.
C
A. increased voltage for starting A. considered inert

B. increased torque for starting B. highly explosive
ET
C. reduced voltage for starting C. extremely toxic

D. speed control D. heavier than air
Ans: C Ans: B
M
536 Reversing any two of the three rotor 536 Which of the following conditions is
3 leads on a wound-rotor induction motor 4 most likely to occur if a single
will _____________. element fuse were used to replace a
blown dual element fuse in a motor
controller circuit?
A. increase motor performance A. The fuse will blow when the motor is
started.
B. decrease motor performance B. The fuse works, but overheats at high
motor loads.
C. reverse the motor rotation C. The motor runs at reduced voltage.
D. have no effect on the direction of D. The motor runs normally.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
rotation or motor performance

Ans: D Ans: A
536 As load is added to an AC generator 536 A characteristic of an induction motor
5 provided with constant field 6 with a low resistance rotor winding is
excitation, the prime mover slows _____________.
down with the effect of
____________.
A. lowering frequency and lowering A. high starting voltage
generated voltage
B. increasing frequency and increasing B. high starting current
generated voltage
C. increasing frequency and lowering C. high slippage
D
generated voltage
D. lowering frequency and increasing D. low starting voltage
TE
generated voltage
Ans: A Ans: B
536 The most inefficient method of voltage 536 Which is a function of the voltage
7 reduction from the stand point of power 8 regulators used with AC generators?
loss, is a/an _____________.
A. capacitor in series with the load
B. inductor in series with the load

EC
A. To cut out generators when they are
no longer required.
B. To cut in additional generators
automatically as required.
R
C. capacitor and inductor in series with C. To divide the KW load equally
the load between generators operating in
parallel.
R
D. resistor in series with the load D. To divide reactive current between

generators operating in parallel.
Ans: D Ans: D
O
536 A transformer works on the basic 537 Before measuring an unknown

9 principle of ____________. 0 resistance with an ohmmeter, you
C
should _____________.
A. self-impedance A. adjust the meter's pointer to mid-
scale
ET
B. attraction and repulsion B. short the test leads and calibrate the
meter reading to "zero"
C. mutual induction C. change the meter's batteries
D. increasing power D. center the meter's pointer at infinity
M
Ans: C Ans: B
537 An ohmmeter can be used to measure 537 Under normal conditions, the speed of
1 ____________. 2 a two-speed squirrel cage induction
motor is changed by varying the
____________.
A. current flow in a circuit A. frequency of the applied voltage
B. voltage between two points in a circuit B. resistance in the rotor circuit
C. circuit continuity C. number of field poles
D. power D. amplitude of the applied voltage
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: C Ans: C
537 The basic operating principle of a 537 Which of the meters listed should only
3 transformer is attributed to 4 be used after a circuit has been
______________. electrically disconnected?
A. electromagnetic induction A. Wattmeter
B. variance of a conductor in a magnetic B. Frequency meter
field
C. mutual reaction C. Ammeter
D. thermionic emission D. Ohmmeter
Ans: A Ans: D
D
537 When using an ohmmeter to test a 537 The capacity of a storage battery is
5 semiconductor diode, you find a low 6 measured in ______________.
resistance in both the forward and
TE
reverse bias directions. This indicates
that the diode has a/an
____________.
A. open A. volts
B. short
C. good resistive quality
EC
B. ampere-hours
C. farads
D. good capacitive quality D. amps
R
Ans: B Ans: B
537 The pitting of controller contacts can be 537 A transformer in an electric circuit
R
7 caused by _____________. 8 serves to ____________.

A. excessive spring pressure A. generate its own electrical power
O
B. insufficient contact pressure B. transform electrical energy into

mechanical energy
C. continuous motor overload C. increase or decrease circuit voltage
C
as required
D. all of the above D. convert AC current to DC current
Ans: B Ans: C
ET
537 The main purpose of an electric space 538 The speed of a squirrel-cage induction
9 heater installed in a large AC 0 motor is determined by the
generator is to _____________. ____________.
A. prevent the windings from becoming A. diameter of the stator
M
brittle
B. prevent moisture from condensing in the B. number of stator poles
windings during shutdown
C. prevent acidic pitting of the slip rings C. rotor winding resistance
D. keep the lube oil warm for quick D. rotor conducting bars resistance
starting
Ans: B Ans: B
538 Prior to starting an AC generator prime 538 A loud buzzing noise at the contacts of
1 mover, the voltage regulator cutout 2 a magnetic controller could indicate
switch should be placed in the _____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
__________.
A. manual position A. weak contact spring pressure
B. bus neutral position B. misalignment of the magnet faces
C. raise voltage position C. excessive line current
D. transfer position D. mechanical binding
Ans: A Ans: B
538 When securing an AC generator, you 538 The speed of a squirrel-cage motor is
3 should FIRST___________. 4 usually changed by _____________.
A. open the generator circuit breaker A. varying the frequency to the machine
D
B. switch the voltage regulator to B. adding resistance in series with the
"manual" stator windings
C. decrease the field excitation to C. adding resistance in parallel with the
TE
minimum stator windings
D. reduce the load on the unit D. changing the number of connected
poles in the stator
Ans: D Ans: D
538
5
Which of the following actions must 538
be carried out before a voltage tester 6
can be used to test the three line
EC
The cycles per second developed by
the alternator aboard your vessel is
determined by _____________.
fuses to a three-phase motor?
R
A. The fuses must be removed from the A. the speed of the engine driving the
circuit. alternator
B. The starter must be placed in the B. the resistance applied to the field
R
STOP position to stop the motor. rheostat

C. The three line connections in the
motor terminal box must be C. the synchronous speed of induction
O
disconnected and tagged.

D. Nothing need be done as long as the D. the adjustments made to the voltage
C
motor is running under a light load. regulator

Ans: B Ans: A
538 The existing resistance of a conductor538 The frequency of an AC generator is
ET
7 is dependent upon its length, cross-8 adjusted by means of the

sectional area, _____________. ____________.
A. temperature and insulation A. main alternator field rheostat
B. material and insulation B. exciter field rheostat
M
C. resistive coefficient and material C. prime mover governor control

D. material and temperature D. equalizing reactor
Ans: D Ans: C
538 In a simple DC circuit, the resistance is 539 When measuring AC current flow, you
9 held constant while the applied voltage 0 must always connect the meter
is halved. Current flow, therefore, will _____________.
______________.
A. double A. in series with the power source and
load
B. remain the same B. in parallel with the power source and
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
load
C. be divided by two C. insuring correct polarity
D. be divided by four D. using the lowest range possible to
prevent instrument damage
Ans: C Ans: A
539 To conduct an in-circuit test of a 539 The specific gravity of the electrolyte
1 transistor, you should use a/an 2 solution in a lead acid battery
____________. _____________.
A. voltmeter or transistor tester A. is not effected during charging
B. impedance meter B. remains the same during discharge
D
C. ohmmeter or transistor tester C. would read close to 1.830 when
discharged
D. wattmeter D. gives an indication of the state of
TE
charge of the battery
Ans: A Ans: D
539 Normally, the FIRST step in 539 During discharge of a lead-acid
3 troubleshooting a transistor circuit card 4 storage battery, which of the following
is to _____________.
A. carefully remove the transistors from
the card
B. give the circuit an initial test with a
EC
actions occurs?
A. The acid becomes stronger.
B. Both plates change chemically to

signal generator ammonium chloride.
R
C. test for continuity with a low voltage C. The acid becomes weaker.
DC supply
D. visually inspect the card D. Hydrogen gas is liberated.
R
Ans: D Ans: C
O
539 If many turns of an alternating current539 A bus disconnect link is used to

5 coil for a contactor become short6 isolate _____________.
circuited, the coil _____________.
C
A. temperature will drop A. one bus bar from another

B. will probably burn out immediately B. the generator circuit breaker from
the bus
ET
C. will continue to operate C. different phases from the equalizer

connection
D. will operate on reduced current D. positive and negative buses from the
neutral
M
Ans: B Ans: B
539 Which of the following operating539 If a magnetic controller contactor fails
7 characteristics for DC motors is8 to pick up when the coil voltage is
considered to give high starting torque? applied to the contactor coil, the
cause may be _____________.
A. series A. overload
B. shunt B. misalignment of the affected
contactor contacts
C. cumulative-compound C. low spring pressure
D. differential-compound D. an open contactor coil
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: A Ans: D
539 Equal power factors on paralleled AC 540 If a lower than normal resistance is
9 generators are maintained by an 0 applied to the shunt field of a DC
automatic _____________. compound motor, the motor speed
will _____________.
A. voltage regulator A. decrease
B. reverse power relay B. increase
C. reverse current relay C. remain constant
D. governor control switch D. brake down to a stop
Ans: A Ans: A
D
540 As load is added to a shunt motor, the 540 Which of the processes listed occurs
1 motor will _________. 2 during the charging of a lead acid
TE
storage battery?
A. speed up A. Negative plates change to lead
peroxide.
B. continue to operate at the same speed B. Positive plates change to lead
C. slow down slightly

D. stop
EC
peroxide.
C. Both plates change to lead peroxide.
D. Both plates change to lead sulfate.
Ans: C Ans: B
R
540 Which of the listed devices may be 540 The total power consumed in a parallel
3 installed on a large diesel electric 4 circuit is __________.
R
alternating current propulsion

generator?
A. Temperature detector coils inserted in A. the sum of the powers used in each
O
the stator slots for measuring stator load (resistor) divided by the number
temperature. of loads
C
B. A CO2 fire extinguishing system. B. always less than the power used in
the smallest load
C. Electric space heaters to prevent C. the sum of the powers used in each
condensation of moisture. individual load
ET
D. All of the above. D. never more than the power used in

the largest load
Ans: D Ans: C
540 The arc resulting from the tripping of a540 When a lead-acid battery begins
M
5 circuit breaker is prevented from6 gassing freely while receiving a

damaging the contacts by normal charge, the charging current
_____________. should _____________.
A. designing the contacts to open slowly A. be increased
B. directing the arc into an arc chute B. remain unchanged
C. an inverse timed thermal trip for short C. be decreased
circuit currents
D. instantaneous magnetic trip for D. shut off
overload currents
Ans: B Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
540 When the voltage remains constant, 540 A DC ammeter is always connected
7 and the resistance increases in a 8 ______________.
series circuit, current flow
_____________.
A. decreases A. in series with a circuit
B. remains the same B. in parallel with a circuit
C. increases C. with internal shunts only
D. increases by the square D. without regard to polarity
Ans: A Ans: A
540 An operational amplifier, as used in 541 Under which of the following conditions
D
9 today's consoles, may have a 0 will a lead-acid battery be given a "test
calculated gain of 5. This means that discharge"?
as the input changes by
TE
______________.
A. 1 volt, the output changes 5 volts A. To determine its capacity.
B. 5 volts, the output changes 1 volt B. Whenever a cell cannot be brought
within 10 points of full charge specific
C. 5 volts, the output changes 10 volts

ECgravity.
C. When one or more cells is found to
have less than normal voltage after an
equalizing charge.
D. 10 volts, the output changes 5 volts D. All of the above.
R
Ans: A Ans: D
R
541 Nickel-cadmium batteries are superior541 When the operating handle of a

1 to lead-acid batteries at high discharge2 molded-case circuit breaker is in the
rates because they _______________. mid-position, the circuit breaker is
O
indicated as being ____________.

A. deliver a large amount of power and A. in the "closed" position
C
can be recharged in a shorter time

B. need fewer cells in connected series B. in the "opened" position
and less mounting space
C. have higher output voltages and C. tripped
ET
require no maintenance
D. all of the above D. reset
Ans: A Ans: C
M
541 Which of the following represents a541 What is the approximate voltage per
3 characteristic of an ungrounded4 cell produced by the nickel-iron
electrical distribution system? (Edison) battery?
A. Accidental contact between one line A. 0.85 volts
and ground does not cause an
outage.
B. Double ground faults on different B. 1.35 volts
phases will not cause an outage.
C. Ground detection systems are C. 2.20 volts
unnecessary.
D. Accidental contact between one line D. 6.05 volts
and ground will always cause an
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
outage.
Ans: A Ans: B
541 Part of the insulation of practically all 541 When the current in a power
5 electrical machinery is in the form of 6 transmission line is increased, the
organic compounds which contain power loss _____________.
some amount of ______________.
A. asbestos A. increases as the square of the current
B. water B. decreases as the square root of the
current
C. fiber C. remains the same, as it is
independent of current flow
D. plastic D. increases in direct proportion as the
D
current
Ans: B Ans: A
TE
541 The standard method of controlling the 541 The air gap provided in induction
7 output voltage of a 440 volt, 8 motors should be checked periodically
60 Hz, AC generator is accomplished with a feeler gage to detect an unequal
by adjusting the ____________. air gap and _____________.
A. prime mover speed droop
B. number of poles
C. alternator field excitation
EC
A. decreased motor magnetizing current
B. hysteresis loses
C. increased power factor
D. load on the alternator D. mechanical damage to the rotor
R
Ans: C Ans: D
R
541 An accidental path of low resistance542 A milli ammeter, with a full scale
9 which passes an abnormal amount of0 deflection reading of 100 milliamps, is
current is known as a/an known to have an accuracy of + or -
O
_____________. 2%. A meter reading of 10 milliamps

would indicate a line current of
C
between _____________.
A. polarized ground A. 8.0 and 10.0 milliamperes
B. short circuit B. 8.0 and 12.0 milliamperes
ET
C. ground reference point C. 9.8 and 10.0 milliamperes

D. open circuit D. 9.8 and 10.2 milliamperes
Ans: B Ans: B
M
542 An instantaneous-trip-type fuse will 542 Basic electrical motor action depends
1 _____________. 2 on _______________.
A. open as soon as the load current A. a conductor rotated within a magnetic
exceeds its set point field
B. allow a preset delay between B. a current carrying conductor placed in
overcurrent and melting a magnetic field
C. open a circuit by using a time delay C. the relative force of the commutator
element with a magnetic trip and commutating poles
D. reset itself when the overcurrent is D. the relative force of the armature and
corrected interpoles
Ans: A Ans: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
542 Upon failure of the normal power 542 Routine maintenance of a ship's
3 supply, the emergency generator is 4 service alternator should include
placed on the line by the ______________.
_____________.
A. main bus tie feeder A. changing the pedestal bearing
insulation yearly
B. automatic bus transfer device B. megger testing of all rectifying diodes
C. line connection feeder C. lubricating excitation slip rings
D. power failure alarm bus D. periodic cleaning of the air filters or
screens
Ans: B Ans: D
D
542 The speed of a multi-speed, 542 In the construction of D.C. motors,
5 squirrel-cage, induction motor 6 parts of both the series and shunt
TE
operating in a fixed frequency fields are wound on the
system can be changed by _____________.
_____________.
A. reconnecting stator windings for A. opposite main pole
different numbers of poles
B. changing the RPM of the rotor flux
C. changing the phase sequence of the
applied voltage
EC
B. rotor core
C. interpole
D. reconnecting the stator so that no poles D. same main pole

have the same polarity
R
Ans: A Ans: D
542 Inductance is the property of an electric 542 An important factor in reducing D.C.
R
7 circuit that 8 motor commutator wear is

_____________. _______________.
O
A. opposes any change in the applied A. keeping the ambient humidity as low
voltage as possible
B. opposes any change in the current flow B. ensuring a very low brush current
C
through the circuit density

C. aids any changes in the applied voltage C. establishing the copper oxide surface
film
D. aids any changes in the current through D. all of the above
ET
the circuit
Ans: B Ans: C
542 Capacitance is the property of an 543 A megohmmeter is connected to each
9 electric circuit opposing a change in the 0 end of an individual motor winding. A
M
_____________. low ohm reading indicates

____________.
A. current in the circuit A. an open coil
B. voltage in the circuit B. a loose coil
C. inductance in the circuit C. good continuity
D. resistance in the circuit D. a dirty coil
Ans: B Ans: C
543 At high discharge rates, nickel-cadmium 543 A megohmmeter can be used to test
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
1 storage batteries are superior to lead- 2 for _____________.

acid batteries because they
__________.
A. require fewer cells for the same voltage A. an open field coil
and less mounting space
B. are able to produce higher voltages and
B. a shorted field pole
do not have to be charged as often
C. can be charged and discharged many C. undercut mica
times without much damage
D. have no individual cells to replace at D. reversed polarity
the end of useful life
Ans: C Ans: A
D
543 In an AC circuit, the inductive reactance 543 Complete maintenance of electrical
3 of a coil varies with the 4 motors should include periodic checks
_______________. for machine _____________.
TE
A. resistance of the circuit A. vibration
B. frequency of the circuit B. watertight integrity
C. voltage of the circuit C. speed droop
543
D. current of the circuit
Ans: B
Sparking of D.C. motor brushes can be 543
EC
D. reactive power
Ans: A
A hydrometer is used to measure the
5 caused by __________. 6 ____________.
R
A. an open commutating winding A. specific gravity of a battery electrolyte
B. many mechanical, electrical or B. water pressure in a deck pipeline
R
operating faults
C. an open interpole C. amount of potable water a vessel is
O
taking on
D. all of the above D. power developed by a salt water
service pump
C
Ans: B Ans: A
543 Electrical insulation is classed by the 543 In D.C. motor construction,
7 _____________. 8 commutating windings are wound on
ET
_________________.
A. International Association of Electrical A. opposite main poles
Manufacturers
B. approximate operating voltage and B. interpoles
current expected
M
C. IEEE C. adjacent main poles

D. temperature stability of the D. the rotor core
manufacturing material(s)
Ans: D Ans: B
543 Electric current is the flow of electrons 544 If the pointer on a megger fails to
9 through a conductor. The rate of this 0 return to "zero" when not being used,
flow is measured as ___________. the _____________.
A. volts/watt A. megger is out of calibration
B. amperes/centimeter B. megger is operating normally
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. coulombs/second C. hairsprings are burned out

D. ohms/volt D. pointer probably stuck in that position
Ans: C Ans: B
544 Voltage will always lead current in a/an 544 The need for insulation cleaning may be
1 ______________. 2 determined by _____.
A. capacitive circuit A. visual inspection for dirt accumulation
B. inductive circuit B. high megger readings
C. magnetic circuit C. low operating temperature
D. resistive circuit D. the time period since the last cleaning
Ans: B Ans: A
5443 When troubleshooting a console circuit 5444 Four lamps are connected in parallel in
D
card suspected of being faulty, first a single circuit. If one of the lamp
check operating voltages, clean the burns out, the others will
card and then _________________. _____________.
TE
A. make sure wired connections and push- A. all go out
on connectors are tight
B. test each resistor and capacitor on the
B. become dimmer
card with an ohmmeter
C. check the continuity of all printed circuit
traces with an ohmmeter
D. measure the gain of each transistor or
integrated circuit
EC
C. burn with their original intensities
D. become brighter
Ans: A Ans: C
R
5445 Discharge switches are often located on 5446You are attempting to parallel two AC
hand-driven meggers. The purpose of these generators and the synchro scope pointer
switches is to discharge capacitive charges stops at apposition after than 0, prior to
R
stored closing the circuit breaker. This indicates

in the _____________. ___________.
O
A. megger hand generator A. the frequency of the incoming machine

is the same as the bus frequency
C
B. megger movement coils B. the incoming machine is in phase with

the bus, but the frequency is not the
same
C. tested equipment while conducting test C. the circuit breaker may be closed after
ET
breaker has been reset

D. tested equipment after testing D. there is an existing cross current
between generators
Ans: D Ans: A
M
544 A megohmmeter can be used to test for 544 You are attempting to parallel two AC
7 ____________. 8 generators and the synchro scope
pointer is revolving slowly in the fast
direction. You should _____________.
A. an open field coil A. use the governor control switch to
adjust the incoming voltage so it is
equal to the bus voltage
B. synchronous speed B. use the governor control switch to
increase the speed of the machine on
the line only
C. undercut mica C. close the circuit breaker when the
synchro scope pointer approaches the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
0° position
D. reversed polarity D. use the field rheostat to adjust the
speed of the incoming machine
Ans: A Ans: C
544 When changing fuses and the spring 545 Which of the substances listed should
9 clips are found to have lost their grip, 0 be applied to battery terminals to help
they should be replaced or prevent corrosion?
_____________.
A. tightened firmly with insulated pliers A. Zinc chromate
B. clip clamps should be used B. Naval jelly
C. wired closed with uninsulated, C. Lead peroxide
D
varnished copper wire
D. carefully bent back to their original D. Petroleum jelly
shapes
TE
Ans: B Ans: D
545 The direction of rotation of a DC 545 Motor controllers are seldom troubled
1 propulsion motor can be reversed by 2 by grounds because
__________. ________________.
A. reversing the field connections
B. reversing the field and the armature

connections
EC
A. cabinet heaters always keep internal
components dry
B. special insulation is used on wire for
vital circuits
C. wiring the field and armature in parallel C. shock mounts on controller panels
R
greatly reduce vibration
D. wiring the field and armature in series D. contactors and relays are mounted on
R
no conducting panels
Ans: A Ans: D
O
545 When the voltage and the current 545 Which of the instruments listed is used
3 developed in an AC circuit reach their 4 to check insulation resistance?
peak values at the same time, the
C
power factor is considered to be

_____________.
A. lagging A. Magneto
ET
B. leading B. Megohmmeter
C. unity C. Dynamometer
D. infinity D. Rheostat
M
Ans: C Ans: B
545 The direction of propeller shaft 545 When voltage and current developed in
5 rotation in a turbo-electric 6 an AC circuit reach their peak values at
synchronous propulsion drive motor the same time, the power factor is
is changed by reversing the _____________.
_____________.
A. polarity of the propulsion motor A. lagging
B. polarity of the propulsion generator B. leading
C. phase sequence of power to the motor C. maximum
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. phase sequence of power to the D. minimum

generator
Ans: C Ans: C
545 Compressed air should not be used to 545 Which of the following problems is
7 clean motor controller equipment 8 indicated if a lead-acid battery begins to
because ________________. gas violently when it is first placed on
charge?
A. it may force metallic particles into coil A. Insufficient compartment ventilation is
insulation being provided.
B. the surrounding area may need B. A short circuit exists in one of the
additional cleaning battery cells.
C. the air blast dries out insulation quickly C. The battery is undergoing its normal
D
charging rate.
D. a mask and respirator would be D. An excessive charging rate is being
required applied to the battery.
TE
Ans: A Ans: D
545 Temporary repairs to an open DC 546 When shore power is being connected
9 propulsion armature coil can be made 0 to a ship in dry dock, _____________.
by _____________.
A. connecting the coil ends directly to a
pair of negative brushes
B. disconnecting coil ends, insulating

EC
A. the ship's generators are paralleled
with the shore power to provide
continuous power
B. proper phase sequence must be
each, and short circuiting the two established
R
commutator bars
C. grounding the coil ends and short C. exactly 450 volts must be supplied
circuiting the commutator bar from the shore
R
D. removing the sparking brushes D. exactly 60 Hz must be provided by

the terminal
O
Ans: B Ans: B
546 You are attempting to parallel two AC 546 The timer element of a reverse power
C
1 generators and the synchro scope 2 relay cannot be energized

pointer stops at position other than 0, if
you close the circuit breaker at this
moment
ET
unless _____________.
_____________.
A. the incoming machine will accept all of A. the power flow is the same as the
the load tripping direction
M
B. the incoming machine will trip out on B. the power flow is the opposite to the
low voltage release tripping direction
C. a hazardous condition will be created C. the movement of the disk is damped
by the cross current between the by a permanent magnet
machines
D. a hazardous condition will be created D. one generator is motorized
by the incoming machine being at a
higher frequency than the bus
Ans: C Ans: A
546 You are attempting to parallel two AC 546 A "dielectric" is a/an
3 generators, and the synchro scope 4 ________________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
pointer is revolving fast in the

clockwise direction. This indicates that
the frequency of the incoming machine
is _____________.
A. higher than the bus frequency A. electrical insulator
B. lower than the bus frequency B. current flow
C. the same as the bus frequency and C. good conductor
the circuit breaker may be closed at
any pointer position
D. the same as the bus frequency but out D. semiconductor material
of phase with it
Ans: A Ans: A
D
546 A galvanometer is an instrument used to 546 Using a fuse whose rating is higher than
5 measure ___________. 6 necessary ________.
TE
A. thickness of galvanized metal A. endangers the apparatus it is
supposed to protect
B. resistance of electrical wiring B. reduces the possibility of short
insulation circuits
C. very small amounts of current or
voltage
D. quantity of galvans in an electric circuit

EC
C. increases the efficiency of the
equipment by allowing more current to
be used
D. wastes money because they are
more expensive
R
Ans: C Ans: A
546 A device which can be used to check 546 Propulsion DC motor brush pressures
R
7 the calibration of a circuit breaker is a 8 can be calculated by _____________.

_________________.
A. 500 volt megohmmeter A. dividing the brush contact area by the
O
spring pressure
B. portable low voltage high current B. subtracting the brush contact area
testing unit from the spring pressure
C
C. standard digital multimeter C. dividing the spring force by the brush

contact area
D. clamp-on voltmeter D. subtracting the spring pressure from
ET
the brush contact area

Ans: B Ans: C
546 The operating torque of the upper 547 Which of the following statements
9 induction disc-type element, or timer 0 represents the action of a
M
element, of an AC reverse power megohmmeter when testing a small

relay is obtained from capacitor in good condition?
____________.
A. the main bus A. The meter pointer should immediately
swing to the maximum resistance
value for the capacitor.
B. a separate battery source B. The meter pointer should first swing
quickly to zero and then gradually
move up the scale as the capacitor
charges.
C. line voltage C. The meter pointer should immediately
swing to infinity and then drop in sharp
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
jerks as the voltage increases.

D. electromagnets D. The meter pointer should immediately
swing to a high reading and gradually
decrease.
Ans: D Ans: B
547 Which of the listed transformer uses a 547 A capacitor is to be tested with a
1 single winding to produce voltage 2 megohmmeter. If the meter is
transformation? connected to a shorted capacitor, the
meter pointer should _____________.
A. Step-up transformers A. immediately swing to the maximum
resistance value
B. Stepdown transformers B. deflect to zero and remain at that
D
position
C. Autotransformers C. swing to a high reading and gradually
decrease
TE
D. Isolation transformers D. swing to zero then gradually increase
with slight pointer movements down
scale
Ans: C Ans: B
547
3
The hook-on AC volt-ammeter consists 547
essentially of a split-core and a
rectifier-type instrument connected to
the secondary winding of a
4 EC
Which type of flux should be used
when soldering electrical wire
connections and electronic
components?
_____________.
R
A. potential transformer A. Silver flux
B. control transformer B. Rosin flux
R
C. current transformer C. Solid flux

O
D. reactance transformer D. Acid flux

Ans: C Ans: B
C
547 An internal resistance is placed in 547 When paralleling two alternators

5 series with the meter movement of 6 using three synchronizing lamps, the
which of the following instruments? flickering of all three lamps becomes
ET
progressively slower and slower. This

means the ______________.
A. AC ammeter A. frequency of the incoming generator is
approaching that of the bus
B. frequency of the incoming alternator is
M
B. DC ammeter
less than that of the bus
C. phase rotation of the incoming
C. DC voltmeter alternators is opposite to that of the
bus
D. Frequency meter D. terminal voltage of the incoming
alternator is approaching that of the
bus
Ans: C Ans: A
547 AC voltmeters are generally calibrated 547 When paralleling two AC
7 to read the ________. 8 generators, the synchro scope
selector switch and frequency meter
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
switch should be set upto sense the

frequency of the _____________.
A. instantaneous voltage A. bus
B. average voltage B. generator on the line
C. RMS voltage C. oncoming generator
D. peak voltage D. bus transfer relay
Ans: C Ans: C
547 If a small electric motor has been 548 How will a molded-case circuit breaker
9 submerged in saltwater for a short 0 react after it has tripped, as a result of
period of time, you should an overloaded circuit?
D
_____________.
A. send it ashore for rewinding A. The breaker will trip again if
immediately reset.
TE
B. rinse it with warm freshwater and bake B. The breaker handle will lock in the
it dry in an oven OFF position.
C. soak it in a bucket of commercial C. The breaker handle will lock in the
solvent and bake with internal heat tripped position until the thermal
D. clean it with carbon tetrachloride and

blow it out with compressed
air
EC
element cools down.
D. The breaker handle cannot be moved
to the OFF position until the thermal
element cools down.
Ans: B Ans: A
R
548 When a fluorescent lamp has 548 One of the generator or motor bearings
1 reached the end of its useful life, it 2 is generally insulated from the end
R
should be replaced immediately, or housing in order to prevent ________.

the resultant flashing may
_____________.
O
A. blow the lamp's circuit breaker A. rapid brush wear

B. explode, causing glass to fly in all B. current leakage from the shaft
C
directions
C. short circuit the ballast transformer C. excessive field winding heat
D. damage the starter and the ballast D. circulation of shaft currents induced in
ET
the machine's frame

Ans: D Ans: D
548 Electrostatic forces in high voltage 548 If a circuit breaker that utilizes built-in,
3 circuits cause indicating instruments 4 current limiting fuses (CLF's) cannot
M
to give ____________. be closed, the problem may be traced

to __________.
A. parallax readings A. a blown CLF plunger holding the trip
bar in the open position
B. highly intuitive readings B. a missing CLF
C. highly accurate readings C. a misaligned limiter housing assembly
D. inaccurate readings D. all of the above
Ans: D Ans: D
548 Which of the following procedures 548 In replacing a defective transformer
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 should be used to maintain a large 6 with a new one, which of the following
electric motor during periods of actions must be carried out to insure
inactivity? proper operation of the equipment it
serves?
A. A thin layer of air-drying varnish A. The secondary leads must be
should be applied on the windings. grounded for 10 minutes to remove
static charges.
B. Compressed air should be blown over B. The transformer connections must be
areas where dust is deposited. made as before with regard to the
indicated polarity.
C. Spraying a solvent periodically to C. The iron core of the transformer must
remove carbon dust. be flashed to pre-magnetize it.
D. Space heaters should be used to D. The iron core must be grounded for
D
prevent condensation of moisture. 10 minutes to remove any residual
magnetism.
Ans: D Ans: B
TE
548 The speed of a synchronous motor is 548 When working on electrical circuits
7 varied by _____________. 8 containing large capacitors, in
addition to de-energizing the circuit,
which of the listed precautions should
A. interchanging any two of the three live

leads
B. changing the voltage of the system
EC
also be taken?
A. Keep all radio equipment away.
B. Measure capacitor insulation

resistance.
R
C. changing the input frequency C. Ground the capacitor terminals.
D. increasing the field excitation D. Check capacitor circuit polarity.
R
Ans: C Ans: C
O
548 Seating the brushes on a D.C. motor is 549 The basic type of D.C. motor speed
9 first accomplished using 0 control where a generator armature
________________. directly feeds the motor armature and
C
the motor and generator fields are

excited by a separate D.C. source is
called ___________________.
ET
A. a file for cutting the approximate A. Burmeister-Wain

curvature followed by sandpaper
for the final fit
B. sandpaper with the motor not B. Ward-Leonard
operating and then a seating stone
M
while running the machine

C. emery paper for the initial cut and C. Sperry-Rand
crocus cloth for the finishing cut
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Marine Electro Technology77
D. course lapping compound, followed by D. Atlas-Copco

a medium and then a fine grade
Ans: B Ans: B
549 Which of the following problems will 549 When insulation failure produces a
1 most likely occur if the starting winding 2 low resistance current path
of a split-phase induction motor failed between two conductors, the
to cutout once the motor was in resulting condition is known as
continuous operation? ____________.
A. The motor will overspeed. A. an open
D
B. The motor will run at a reduced speed. B. a short circuit
C. A time delay will stop the motor. C. a ground
TE
D. The winding will burn out. D. a surge
Ans: D Ans: B
549 A single-phase induction motor fails to 549 When disassembling motors for
3
line switch closed. Having started by
this method it is noted that the motor
fluctuates between a very slow speed
and half speed. The problem probably
EC
start. The rotor is spun rapidly with the 4 maintenance or overhaul,
________________.
R
lies in the _________.
A. punch mark frame and end bells for
A. starting winding proper assembly
R
B. centrifugal mechanism B. wrap bearings in lint free cloths if they

are to be reused
O
C. centrifugal switch C. tag and store small parts in a box

D. running winding D. all of the above
C
Ans: D Ans: D
549 The true power indicated by a 549 When paralleling two AC generators,
5 wattmeter depends on the current flow 6 the frequency of the machine coming
ET
through the load, the magnitude of the on-line, immediately prior to closing
potential across the load, and the its breaker, should be ____________.
_____________.
A. power factor of the load A. slightly less than the oncoming
M
generator frequency
B. angle of coil displacement B. the same as the bus frequency
C. inertia of the movable coil C. slightly greater than the bus
frequency
D. high resistance from the load D. the same as the bus voltage
Ans: A Ans: C
549 A multimeter can be used to directly 549 The kilowatt load can be adjusted on a
7 measure _____________. 8 paralleled generator by using the
_____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. watts A. field rheostat

B. field flux B. governor control
C. current C. automatic voltage regulators
D. all of the above D. hand tachometer
Ans: C Ans: B
549 A volt-ohm-millimeter can be used to 550 When paralleling two AC generators,
9 check for ____________. 0 the frequency (cycles) of the incoming
generator, just prior to closing the
D
circuit breaker, should be
_____________.
TE
A. continuity A. slightly less than the frequency of the
generator on the line
B. grounds B. the same as the frequency of the
generator on the line
C. voltage C. slightly more than the frequency of
550
D. all of the above
Ans: D
When paralleled, AC generators must 550
EC the generator on the line
D. all of the above
Ans: C
Discoloration of the rotor bars in a
R
1 have the same _________. 2 squirrel-cage motor is typical evidence
of _____________.
A. frequency A. moisture
R
B. number of phases B. overheating

O
C. phase rotation C. vibration

C
Ans: D Ans: B
550 A voltmeter located on a control panel 550 Which of the following should be the
3 has been operating correctly for six 4 FIRST step in removing a generator
ET
months, suddenly burns out. After from parallel operation?

removing it, it is found that neither
side of the meter has been grounded.
When installing the new meter it
M
should be __________.
A. Trip the generator off the
A. grounded to the negative side switchboard.
B. connected to a large resistor between B. Turn off all electrical equipment.
the positive side and the ground
C. installed exactly as the old installation C. Remove the load from the "off going"
generator.
D. grounded to the positive side D. Increase the cycles of the generator
staying on the line.
Ans: C Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
550 If a synchronous motor begins to 550 Accidental grounds in a shipboard

5 vibrate severely and pull out of 6 electrical system must be repaired as
synchronism, the cause may be soon as possible as they will
____________. ____________.
A. an overload A. result in immediate power outages
B. an open in the field coils B. damage circuit breakers
C. no exciter voltage C. appear on the ground detection
system
D. all of the above D. damage insulation and may cause
outages
D
Ans: D Ans: D
550 A device used in an electrical circuit to 550 Two AC generators of the same
TE
7 change alternating current to direct 8 capacity are operating in parallel. One
current, is known as a _____________. with a zero speed droop setting and
the other with a 5% speed droop. If its
capacity is not exceeded, the unit
A. current transformer
rectifier
EC whose governor has the zero speed
droop setting will _____________.
A. assume the smaller share of the load
maintain the frequency of the system
R
condenser have poor sensitivity characteristics
shunt have poor power response
R
B B
O
550 An alternator is being paralleled 551 If a three-phase induction motor is

9 with one on the line. At the 0 operated under a light load and it
INSTANT the circuit breaker is develops an open in one of its supply
C
closed, the frequency of the lines, the motor will _____________.

incoming alternator will normally
_____________.
ET
A. increase A. continue to run, but will vibrate and

have reduced torque
B. not change B. speed up due to the reduced number
of poles
C. decrease C. run cooler due to reduced current flow
M
D. be exactly 60 hertz D. stop

Ans: C Ans: A
551 Battery capacities are given in 551 When a low input voltage is imparted to
1 _____________. 2 a device which then delivers a high
output voltage, the device is known as
a _____________.
A. volts A. primary transformer
B. volt-amperes B. secondary transformer
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. volt-hours C. stepdown transformer

D. ampere-hours D. step-up transformer
Ans: D Ans: D
551 The twisting force developed by a motor551 If field excitation is suddenly lost to an
3 and applied to a shaft is called 4 alternator operating in parallel, that
_____________. alternator will _____________.
A. magnetism A. supply excessive current to the bus
B. electromotive force B. operate at the same load, but with
D
reduced voltage
C. torque C. lose its load and tend to overspeed
TE
D. voltage D. become overloaded and slow down
Ans: C Ans: C
551 The unit of electrical power is the 551 If the energy input is significantly
5 _____________. 6 reduced to the prime mover of one
A. ampere
EC shipboard alternator operating in
parallel with others, that alternator will
_____________.
A. continue to operate at no load
R
B. kilovolt B. lose its load and overspeed
C. watt C. begin to motorize and then trip out
R
D. farad D. slow down and operate at reduced

load
O
Ans: C Ans: C
551 Some large A.C. motors are equipped 551 The unit of electrical resistance is the
7 with with heaters. 8 _____________.
C
These could be ___________. I.

resistance heaters bolted directly to
the frame II. low voltage windings
ET
embedded in the motor windings

A. I only A. ampere
B. II only B. volt
C. either I or II C. watt
M
D. neither I or II D. ohm
Ans: C Ans: D
551 A current-carrying conductor making 552 Maintenance of alkaline batteries
9 electrical contact with a wiring conduit 0 should include _________.
will be indicated by a _____________.
A. high switchboard wattmeter reading A. checking the electrolyte weekly using
a hydrometer
B. totally dark switchboard ground B. replacing the electrolyte every 5 years
detecting light
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. low switchboard wattmeter reading C. trickle charging

D. all of the above D. replacement when the volts per cell
drops below 1.8 VDC
Ans: B Ans: C
552 If air gap readings for an electrical 552 In the event of a power failure during
1 generating machine have changed 2 cargo loading operations, the
significantly from the last reading, you movement of an electric powered cargo
should check _________. winch will be stopped by
____________.
A. the bearings A. a manual override switch
D
B. insulation readings and machine B. the weight of the load on the boom
cleanliness
TE
C. the prime mover thrust bearing C. a spring set brake
D. the field coil bolts for the proper torque D. a hand operated band brake
values
Ans: A Ans: C
552
3
A circuit that has one of two wires in
EC
552
contact with the hull of a ship, is called 4
a _____________.
Attempting to parallel an AC generator
which is out of phase with the bus will
result in which of the following
problems?
R
A. grounded circuit A. The breaker should trip.
B. short circuit B. The KVA will decrease.
R
C. series circuit C. The synchronizing lamps will burn out.

D. closed circuit D. The power factor will be unitized.
O
Ans: A Ans: A
C
552 Which of the following statements is 552 To remove an alternator operating in

5 true concerning transformer operation? 6 parallel with another unit from the main
electrical bus, you must FIRST
_________.
ET
A. The inductance on the primary side is A. adjust the power factor on both units
the same as the inductance on the
secondary side.
B. The voltage to the primary side is the B. set the desired voltage on the outgoing
M
same as the voltage from the alternator

secondary side.
C. The current to the primary side is the C. open the circuit breaker on the
same as the current from the secondary outgoing alternator
side.
D. The power to the primary side is D. remove the load from the outgoing
greater than the power from the alternator
secondary side.
Ans: D Ans: D
552 Maintenance of alkaline batteries 552 One item listed on the name plate of a
7 should include _________. 8 cargo pump motor is
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
"degrees centigrade rise." This

number is based on
_____________.
A. checking the electrolyte weekly using a A. normal temperature change from cold
hydrometer to hot
B. replacing the electrolyte every 5 years B. an ambient temperature of 40°C
C. top off with sulfuric acid as needed C. minimum heat rise from no load to full
load
D. making certain connections are tight D. maximum degrees centigrade rise
and clean from absolute zero
D
Ans: D Ans: B
552 If your multimeter gives a reading in 553 What is the rotor speed of a four pole,
TE
9 ohms when testing each end of each 0 60 cycle, induction motor operating at
conductor of a three-conductor cable, full load with 3% slip?
this indicates ______________.
A. continuity of the conductor A. 270 RPM
B. an infinite resistance
C. the presence of a partial ground EC
D. that the conductor is not short circuited
B. 540 RPM
C. 873 RPM
D. 1746 RPM
R
Ans: A Ans: D
553 Which of the methods listed is used to 553 When a megohmmeter is being used
1 start a AC generator turning? 2
R
on an alternating current machine, the

meter pointer will dip toward "zero"
and then gradually rise to the true
O
resistance value if the motor insulation

is
_____________.
C
A. Residual magnetism remaining in the A. grounded

field poles.
B. Residual magnetism remaining in the B. good
ET
field coils.
C. Residual magnetism remaining in the C. shorted
armature.
D. Rotation by a mechanical prime D. dirty
mover.
M
Ans: D Ans: B
553 The most effective method of locating a553 An open armature connection in a DC
3 loose commutator bar in a D.C. motor is4 propulsion motor could be caused by
by _____________. ____________.
A. visual inspection A. low-load operation
B. jiggling each by hand B. clogged ventilation ducts
C. sounding each bar with a light weight C. sparking at the brushes
hammer
D. checking with a calibrated torque D. a grounded shunt field coil
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
wrench
Ans: C Ans: B
553 An equalizing connection between two 553 If a D.C. motor hums, but does not run
5 compound-wound DC generators when 6 when energized, which of the listed
paralleled, serves to _____________. conditions could exist?
A. reverse the polarity of the incoming A. Incorrect lead connections
generator as the series field weakens
B. automatically equalize the power B. Incorrect brush setting
factors
C. reverse the direction of current in the C. A dirty commutator
D
series field of the incoming generator
D. parallel the series fields of the D. All of the above are correct.
generators
TE
Ans: D Ans: D
553 Which of the following represents the 553 A shorted armature coil in a DC motor
7 corrected specific gravity of a lead acid 8 can be detected by
battery with a temperature of 90F and a
hydrometer reading of 1160?
A.1150
_____________.
EC A. sparking at the brushes
R
B.1156 B. shiny armature coil
C.1160 C. worn grooves in the armature
R
D.1164 D. undercut mica

O
Ans: D Ans: A
553 A short in the shunt field of a DC motor 554 In a three-wire, 230/115 volt DC
C
9 is best located by _____________. 0 system, the potential between neutral

and negative is _____________.
A. visual inspection of the commutator A. 0 volts
ET
B. applying AC voltage to each field coil B. 115 volts

and measuring the voltage drop across
each field coil
C. using a growler and hacksaw blade C. 230 volts
M
D. isolating each coil from the others and D. 460 volts

using a megohmmeter
Ans: B Ans: B
554 Sparking at the brushes of a running 554 Electrical failures in motors are caused
1 motor could be an indication of 2 by the breakdown of insulation, which
_____________. may be caused by _____________.
A. normal operation A. penetration of moisture
B. a dirty commutator B. accumulation of dirt
C. increased brush capacity C. overheating
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. water vapor absorption D. all of the above

Ans: B Ans: D
554 A four-pole 60-hertz induction motor 554 The speed of a squirrel-cage, multi-
3 has a synchronous speed of 1800 4 speed, induction motor, as used
RPM and a slip of 4 percent at full aboard ship, is varied by changing the
load. What will be its full load __________.
speed?
A. 1728.0 RPM A. number of connected poles in the
stator
B. 1730.7 RPM B. frequency to the motor
D
C. 1800.0 RPM C. excitation voltage
TE
D. 1872.0 RPM D. resistance of the rotor circuit
Ans: A Ans: A
554 What is the main function in the use of 554 The most practical method of
5 a capacitor for starting a single phase 6
motor?
A. Reduce radio interference
Split the phase to establish a rotating
magnetic field
EC controlling the RPM of a step-speed
AC motor is to _____________.
A. change input voltage
vary the number of poles
R
Reduce the phase angle vary power factor
R
Prolong the life of the starting contacts change the number of brushes
B B
O
554 Which of the following is a554 A vessel is equipped with two ship's
7 characteristic of fractional horsepower8 service generators. Generator #1 is
repulsion start motors? rated at 900 kw and generator #2 is
C
rated at 600 kw. During parallel

operation, with a load of 1,000 kw,
what should be the kw load on
ET
generator #2?
A. They start with a rotating stator field. A. 100 kw
B. The short circuiting ring is removed B. 400 kw
from the commutator while starting.
M
C. The brushes are removed from the C. 500 kw

commutator while starting.
D. They have a low starting torque. D. 600 kw
Ans: B Ans: B
554 Which statement is true concerning a 555 Which of the following statements,
9 split-phase induction motor? 0 concerning the general maintenance of
a brushless generator, is correct?
A. Motor rotation can be reversed without A. Paint should be applied to insulating
changing the windings or leads. surfaces on an annual basis.
B. Motor speed can be readily adjusted B. Alcohol should be used to remove dust
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
from zero to full speed. and grime from windings.

C. The motor will run as a generator with C. High pressure air should be used to
the proper wiring. blow out carbon dust.
D. Motor rotation can be reversed by D. Accessible generator parts should be
reversing the leads on the starting wiped with a clean dry rag on a
winding. periodic basis.
Ans: D Ans: D
555 A lead-acid battery can deliver 20 555 An advantage of DC motors over AC
1 amperes continuously for 10 hours 2 motors is that they _____________.
with an ampere-hour rating of
D
____________.
A.20 A. are less expensive
TE
B.40 B. require less maintenance
C.200 C. offer infinite speed variation
D.400 D. all of the above
555
3
Ans: C
An increase in the amount of current 555
flow through the armature of a shunt 4
motor is the final result of a/an
EC Ans: C
The torque produced by a DC motor
armature is the product of the force
acting at the armature surface
R
_____________. multiplied by _____________.
A. increase in the load on the motor A. work done by the armature in one
revolution
R
B. decrease in the load on the motor B. effective armature diameter at which

the force acts
C. increase in counter EMF C. maximum moment arm at the center
O
of rotation of the armature

D. decrease in armature torque D. perpendicular distance to its center of
rotation
C
Ans: A Ans: D
555 A four pole, 60 Hz, three-phase 555 In preparing to take insulation
5 synchronous motor comes up to 1760 6 resistance readings on a main
ET
RPM when started as an induction generator, the windings should be

motor. What is the percent slip after grounded for about 15 minutes prior
the rotor field is energized? to the test to _____________.
A.0 A. allow accurate zeroing of the meter
M
B.1.1 B. help the windings to cool to ambient

temperature
C.2.2 C. release any residual capacitive
charge from the windings
D.3.3 D. help the windings to cool to the same
temperature as the ground test
connection
Ans: A Ans: C
555 Chattering of the collector ring brushes555 When the current flow in a power
7 on a generator may be remedied by8 transmission line is halved, the power
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
_____________. loss _____________.

A. lubricating brush holders A. is halved
B. reinsulating the brushes B. is doubled
C. cleaning the collector rings C. is divided by four
D. increasing length of pigtail D. remains the same
Ans: C Ans: C
555 If the excitation of an alternator556 Motorization of an alternator is
9 operating in parallel is decreased below0 undesirable because _____________.
D
normal, its _____________.
A. power factor will change in the lagging A. the alternator will be damaged
TE
direction
B. power factor will change in the leading B. it puts an additional load on the bus
direction
C. ampere load will be greatly increased C. high voltage pulses are induced in the
bus
556
1
D. kilowatt load will be greatly decreased
Ans: B
Which of the following statements is 556
true concerning the operation of two 2
EC D. all of the above
Ans: B
An alternator switchboard has a
synchro scope and synchronizing
R
alternators in parallel? lamps. If the synchro scope is broken,
which of the steps listed is the most
essential before an alternator can be
R
paralleled with the bus?

A. The breaker should be closed when
A. The cycles per second of each
O
one synchronizing lamp is dark and the

alternator are the same.
other is bright.
B. Both alternator governors must be set B. The breaker should be closed when
C
with the same amount of speed droop. both synchronizing lamps are bright.
C. The number of field poles must be the C. The frequency meter should be used
same on each alternator. to determine that the incoming
alternator frequency is slightly higher
ET
than the bus.

D. The load must always be divided D. A portable phase sequence indicator
equally between alternators. must be used to verify the information
from the lamps.
M
Ans: A Ans: C
556 Sparking at the brushes of a DC 556 When using a megohmmeter to

3 propulsion motor can be the result of 4 determine which shunt field coil is
____________. grounded in a DC machine, you must
____________.
A. improper brush pressure A. insulate the field frame from the
ship's hull
B. improper brush seating B. disconnect each shunt field coil
before testing
C. reversed interpole polarity C. use a motor driven high capacity
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
megohmmeter
D. all of the above D. remove all main line lead
connections before testing
Ans: D Ans: B
556 The main purpose of an electric space 556 In a 60 Hz AC system, the current will
5 heater installed in a large AC 6 pass through one complete cycle in
generator is to _____________. _____________.
A. keep the lube oil warm for quick A. 60 seconds
starting
B. prevent moisture from condensing in B. 6 seconds
D
the windings when the machine is
shutdown
C. prevent the windings from becoming C. 1 second
TE
brittle
D. prevent acidic pitting of the slip rings D. .016 of a second
Ans: B Ans: D
556
7
The most common type of AC service 556
generator found aboard ship is the 8
stationary _____________. EC The load sharing characteristics of
two diesel alternators operating in
parallel are directly related to the
setting of their governors'
____________.
R
A. electromagnetic field, revolving A. load limit
armature type
B. electromagnetic field, oscillatory B. idle speed
R
armature type
C. armature, oscillatory electromagnet C. speed limit
O
field type
D. armature, rotating electromagnetic D. speed droop
field type
C
Ans: D Ans: D
556 Regulations state that a continuous 557 Regulations require manual
9 trickle charge, supplied from the 0 contactors for operating the general
ET
ship's service power system, is emergency alarm on tank vessels

required for batteries supplying power tobe located in the navigating bridge,
to the ___________. engine room and the____________.
A. emergency diesel starting system A. deck officers' quarters furthest from
the engine room
M
B. emergency power system for the radar B. galley / dining room areas
C. portable radios for the lifeboats C. crew accommodations and sleeping
spaces
D. radios installed in the lifeboats D. engineering officers' quarters furthest
from the bridge
Ans: A Ans: A
557 The shipboard general alarm system 557 All electric cables passing through
1 must receive its main source of power 2 watertight bulkheads must be
from _____________. _____________.
A. a storage battery A. installed with watertight stuffing tubes
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. the emergency generator B. grounded on both sides of the

bulkhead
C. an auxiliary generator C. fitted with unions on each side of the
bulkhead
D. the ship's service generator D. welded on both sides of the bulkhead
Ans: A Ans: A
557 When maintenance personnel are 557 When changing fuses, you should
3 working on electrical equipment, all 4 always _____________.
supply switches should be secured in
D
the open position and tagged
specifically by the _____________.
A. watch engineer A. wear rubber boots
TE
B. chief engineer or first assistant B. use a fuse puller
C. chief electrician C. stand on a rubber mat
557
5
D. person performing the repair
Ans: D
Wire in general, when used aboard557
vessels must meet
EC
minimum6
D. wear safety glasses
Ans: B
Which of the following is/are true
concerning electric power operated
R
requirements. Which of the following watertight door systems?
statements is/are correct?
A. Each wire must be 14 AWG or larger, A. Each motor driven door must use the
R
regardless of locations and use. main bus as its source of power.

B. Wire must be stranded. B. Each distribution panel for the
system must be on the lowest level
O
where berthing quarters are located.

C. The only wire that does not have to be C. Distribution panels must not be
C
in a suitable enclosure or cover is the provided with a means of locking in

ground wire used with portable tools order to permit quick activation of the
and lights. system.
D. All of the above. D. Each system must have a separate
ET
branch circuit.
Ans: B Ans: D
557 Which of the following statements 557 An emergency generator, driven by
7 is/are true regarding requirements for 8 an internal combustion engine, shall
M
receptacle outlets aboard vessels? be tested under load for a minimum of

2 hours at least once every
_____________.
A. Each receptacle outlet operating at A. week
100 volts or more must have a
grounding pole.
B. Outlets connecting a lifeboat and the B. 2 weeks
vessel's electrical system must have
threaded plugs.
C. Machinery spaces must contain C. month
sufficient outlets for lighting all
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
machinery with a portable light having a

50 foot flexible cord.
D. All of the above. D. 3 months
Ans: A Ans: C
557 Which of the following methods of finish558 When working on a high voltage
9 applications is/are considered to be0 circuit, you should always have
satisfactory for resisting corrosion? another person present with you.
This person should have a good
working knowledge of
_____________.
D
A. Electroplating with cadmium A. the circuit being worked on and the
location of all switches and circuit
TE
breakers controlling it
Sherardizing first-aid techniques for treating
electrical shock
Galvanizing cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
558
All of the above
D EC
Which of the listed features open the 558
all of the above
D
In accordance with Regulations ,
R
1 power circuit to a motor due to low 2 each diesel engine driven generator
voltage and re-close when the voltage prime mover must have an
is restored to normal? overspeed device, independent of
R
the normal operating governor, and

adjusted so that the speed cannot
exceed the maximum rated speed by
O
more than
A. Low voltage protection A.0.1
C
B. 6 volt non-renewable link fuse B.0.15

C. 12 volt renewable link fuse C.0.2
ET
D. Low voltage release D.0.25

Ans: D Ans: B
558 Transformer windings must be resistant 558 If a steering motor becomes overloaded,
3 to ___________. 4 the _____________.
M
A. moisture A. overload condition of 5% will trip the

motor off the line immediately
B. overload condition will be indicated
B. sea atmosphere
visually in the engine room
C. motor running indicator will begin to
C. oil vapor flash "on" and "off" in response to the
sustained overload condition
D. all of the above D. standby steering pump will start
automatically and come on the line
Ans: D Ans: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
558 Regulations state that a normal source558 A storage battery for an emergency
5 for emergency loads and power on a6 lighting and power system must have
cargo vessel must be supplied from the capacity to _____________.
____________.
A. emergency generator supply to the A. close all watertight doors twice
emergency switchboard
B. emergency generator supply to the B. open all watertight doors four times
main switchboard
C. battery supply to the main switchboard C. open and close all watertight doors in
six consecutive cycles within a 20
second period
D
D. ship's service generator via the D. none of the above
TE
Ans: D Ans: A
558 Regulations require the emergency 558 While on watch in the engine room at
7 diesel generator on a cargo vessel of 8 sea with only one ship’s service
over 1600 gross tons sailing turbine alternator on line, the entire
international voyages to be able to
supply power to the _____________.
EC plant suddenly blacks out without
warning. After restoring power, the
cause for this casualty was attributed
to which of the following faults?
A. The micro switch at the generator
R
throttle trip vibrated open, allowing the
A. smoke detector system
main breaker to open via the under
voltage trip.
R
B. emergency loudspeaker system B. Someone pushed the trip button to

the "shore power" breaker.
C. daylight signaling light system
O
C. The main air compressor suddenly

stopped.
D. all of the above D. The standby generator started
C
automatically and became motorized.

Ans: D Ans: A
558 On a vessel with turbo-electric drive, 559 On some diesel-electric ships, the DC
ET
9 which of the following conditions 0 propulsion motor will only attain half
would indicate that the propulsion speed when the generator fields are
motor had dropped out of fully excited. Speeds above this are
synchronization with the propulsion obtained by _____________.
generator?
M
A. Excessive vibration of the vessel A. rotating brush alignment

B. Tripped main motor interlocks B. raising the generator engine speed
C. Overheated crosstie busses C. lowering the generator engine speed
D. Closed contact in the field circuits D. decreasing excitation
Ans: A Ans: B
559 The shunt used in an ammeter should 559 Brushless generators are designed to
1 be connected in ____________. 2 operate without the use of
___________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. series with the load and in parallel with A. brushes

the meter movement
B. parallel with the load and in series with B. slip rings
the meter movement
C. parallel with the load and in parallel C. commutators
with the meter movement
D. series with the load and in series with D. all of the above
the meter movement
Ans: A Ans: D
559 Which of the following conditions will 559 Which of the listed battery charging
D
3 occur if the solenoid coil burns out on a 4 circuits is used to maintain a wet-
cargo winch with an electrical brake? cell, lead-acid, storage battery in a
fully charged state during long
TE
periods of disuse?
A. The brake will be set by spring force. A. Normal charging circuit
B. The motor will overspeed and burn up. B. Quick charging circuit
C. The load suspended from the cargo
boom will fall.
D. Nothing will happen; the winch will
continue to operate as usual.
Ans: A
EC C. Trickle charging circuit
D. High ampere charging circuit
Ans: C
R
559 Which of the following statements559 Which of the following statements is
5 represents the main difference6 true concerning a polyphase
R
between a relay and a contactor? synchronous propulsion motor?

A. Contactors control current and relays A. The motor is started as an induction
control voltage. motor.
O
B. A relay is series connected and a B. Resistance is gradually added to the

contractor is parallel connected. rotor circuit.
C
C. Contactors can handle heavier loads C. The starting current is held below the
than relays. rated current.
ET
M
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. Contactors are made from silver and D. The field winding is energized for
relays are made from copper. starting purposes only.
C A
559 An accidental path of low resistance,559 A resistance in a circuit of unknown
7 allowing passage of abnormal amount8 value is to be tested using the
of current is known as a/an voltmeter/ammeter method.
____________. Therefore, the meters should be
connected with _____________.
A. open circuit A. both meters in series with the
resistance
B. short circuit B. both meters in parallel with the
D
resistance
C. polarized ground C. the ammeter in series and the
TE
voltmeter in parallel with the
resistance
D. ground reference point D. the ammeter in parallel and the
voltmeter in series with the resistance
Ans: B Ans: C
559
9 would be the safest and most reliable 0
to use on the main deck of a vessel in
foul weather conditions?
EC
Which of the following electric motors 560 A direct current passing through a wire
coiled around a soft iron core is the
description of a simple ____________.
R
A. Sealed motors A. magnetic shield
B. Drip proof motors B. electromagnet
R
C. Enclosed motors C. piezoelectric device

D. Watertight motors D. electromagnetic domain
O
Ans: D Ans: B
C
560 A molded-case breaker provides 560 The method used to produce electron
1 protection against short circuits by 2 emission in most vacuum tubes is
using a/an ____________. known as ____________.
A. shading coil A. photoelectric emission
ET
B. arc quencher B. secondary electric emission

C. electromagnet C. cold cathodic electric emission
D. holding coil D. thermionic emission
M
Ans: C Ans: D
560 A motor using a rheostat in the motor560 Which of the following precautions
3 circuit to vary the speed is called a4 should you take when securing
____________. propulsion generators and motors for
an extended period of time?
A. Disconnect the brush pigtails from
A. squirrel-cage induction motor their contacts and circulate air
through the units.
B. regenerative braking motor B. Disconnect the brush pigtails from
their contacts and discharge carbon
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
dioxide into the units to keep them dry.

C. wound-rotor induction motor C. Lift the brushes from commutator
collector rings and use the built-in
heater to prevent moisture
accumulation.
D. synchronous motor D. Lift the brushes from commutator
collector rings and circulate cool dry
air through the units.
Ans: C Ans: C
560 One factor that determines the 560 The variable resistance placed in the
5 frequency of an alternator is the 6 rotor circuit of a wound-rotor induction
D
____________. motor provides for __________.
A. number of turns of wire in the armature A. speed control
coil
TE
B. number of magnetic poles B. frequency control
C. strength of the magnets used C. voltage control
D. output voltage D. use as a split-phase motor
560
7
Ans: B
The Wheatstone bridge is a precision560
measuring instrument utilizing the8
principle of changes in
EC Ans: A
The greatest detrimental effect on idle
electrical equipment, such as cargo
pump motors, is the _____________.
R
_____________.
A. inductance A. loss of residual magnetism
R
B. capacitance B. absorption of moisture in the

insulation
C. resistance C. insulation varnish flaking
O
D. amperage D. dirt collecting on the windings

C
Ans: C Ans: B
560 Which of the listed logic gates is 561 When choosing a battery for a
9 considered to be a BASIC building 0 particular application, major
ET
block (basic logic gate) used in logic consideration should be given to the
diagrams? battery's ____________.
A. NAND A. amp-hour capacity
B. OR B. terminal polarity
M
C. NOR C. stability under charge

D. All of the above. D. ambient temperature rise
Ans: B Ans: A
561 An electrical device which prevents an 561 A circuit breaker and a fuse have a
1 action from occurring until all other 2 basic similarity in that they both
required conditions are met is called _____________.
a/an ___________.
A. limit A. can be reset to energize the circuit
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. monitor B. should open the circuit when

overloaded
C. modulator C. will burn out when an over current
flow develops
D. interlock D. all of the above
Ans: D Ans: B
561 A degree of control over the speed of a 561 A circuit breaker differs from a fuse in
3 slip ring induction motor can be 4 that a circuit breaker
obtained by _____________. _____________.
A. adjusting governor linkage A. melts and must be replaced
D
B. changing the number of phases to the B. is enclosed in a tube of insulating
motor material with metal ferrules at each
end
TE
C. inserting resistance into the stator C. gives no visual indication of having
circuit opened the circuit
D. inserting resistance into the rotor D. trips to break the circuit and may be
circuit reset
561
5
Ans: D
An electrical device which employs a
stationary armature and a rotating
electromagnetic field is used aboard
EC
561
6
Ans: D
The main purpose of the auxiliary
winding on a split-phase, single-phase
motor is to _____________.
R
ship as a ____________.
A. magnetic amplifier A. limit the starting voltage
R
B. ship's service alternator B. increase the starting current

C. three-wire DC generator C. start the motor
O
D. saturable core reactor D. keep the motor running in the event

the main winding should fail
C
Ans: B Ans: C
561 The load sharing characteristics of two 561 What type of rotor is used in split-
7 diesel generators operating in parallel 8 phase motors?
ET
are mostly dependent on their

governor ____________.
A. load limit settings A. Drum
B. idle speed settings B. Salient pole
M
C. speed limit settings C. Squirrel-cage

D. speed droop settings D. Wound-rotor
Ans: D Ans: C
561 In an AC generator, direct current from 562 The purpose of a cage rotor winding
9 a separate source is passed through 0 placed on the rotor of a synchronous
the windings of the rotor motor is to _____________.
_____________.
A. by means of slip rings and brushes A. provide excitation to the DC field
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. by means of a commutator B. start the machine as an induction

motor
C. by means of rotating bar magnet C. contribute extra torque at
synchronous speed
D. to minimize the danger of arc over D. prevent the machine from falling out
of step
Ans: A Ans: B
562 A constant output voltage from an AC 562 A mortisseur windings are installed in
1 generator is maintained by the 2 a synchronous motor to
_____________. _____________.
A. prime mover governor A. reduce eddy current losses
D
B. exciter generator B. produce a higher power factor
C. voltage regulator C. provide a means for starting
TE
D. reverse power relay D. eliminate arcing between the stator
and the rotor
Ans: C Ans: C
562
3 resistance in a distribution circuit4
causes a power loss expressed as
_____________.
EC
The heating of conductors as a result of562 To repair a small electrical motor that
has been submerged in saltwater, you
should _____________.
A. wash it with fresh water and apply an

A. line droop
R
external source of heat
B. line loss B. renew the windings
R
C. IR drop C. send it ashore to an approved service

facility
D. hysteresis D. rinse all electrical parts with a carbon
O
tetrachloride cleaning solvent and

then blow dry the motor with
C
compressed air
Ans: B Ans: A
562 In process control terminology 562 The proper way to apply plastic
ET
5 values which can change without 6 electrical tape to an electric cable

distinct increments, such as splice is to _____________.
temperature, pressure, or level are
called ____________.
A. binary values A. apply tape to the braided cover, but
M
avoid touching it
B. digital values B. wind the tape so that each turn
overlaps the turn before it
C. bumpless values C. apply the tape in one non-
overlapping layer only
D. analog values D. heat the tape with a soldering iron for
good bonding
Ans: D Ans: B
562 Which of the following statements best 562 A synchronous motor maintains
7 describes the material known as 8 synchronism with the rotating field
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
varnished cambric? because _____________.

A. Felted asbestos sealed with varnish. A. field strength varies directly with rotor
slip
B. Cotton cloth coated with insulating B. DC current applied to the rotor coils
varnish. causes the rotor magnets to lock in
with the rotating flux of the stator
C. Rubber insulation coated with a layer C. the stator poles are dragged around
of tin. due to the flux created by the
excitation current
D. Paper impregnated with mineral oil, D. the stator flux rotates in the opposite
specially wrapped with nonmetallic direction
tape, and coated with varnish.
D
Ans: B Ans: B
562 The function of amortisseur, or damper 563 The main difference between a motor
TE
9 windings in a synchronous motor is to 0 control circuit containing low voltage
_____________. protection and low voltage release is
that the latter contains
_____________.
A. eliminate slippage
B. provide excitation
C. provide starting torque
EC A. a magnetic operating coil
B. normally open line contacts
C. thermal-overload protection
D. increase efficiency D. a momentary-contact start button
R
Ans: C Ans: D
R
563 Before reassembling any machinery, you 563 The purpose of the commutator and
1 should _____________. 2 brushes on a DC generator is to
_____________.
O
A. replace all bearings regardless of A. transfer generated direct current

length of service voltage from the armature to the line
C
B. apply a heavy coat of oil to all mating B. convert the alternating voltage
surfaces generated within the armature to a
direct voltage
C. clean any corroded surfaces and file C. provide a sliding contact method to
ET
all burrs smooth excite the field

D. coat all parts with alemite grease D. reduce sparking between the
armature and the carbon brushes
C B
M
563 The basic measuring unit of inductance 563 Which of the listed precautions should
3 is the _________. 4 be taken when cleaning the internals
of a motor with compressed air?
A. coulomb A. Open the machine on both ends so
as to allow the air and dust to escape.
B. ohm B. Be certain that the circuit breaker is
opened and tagged on the feeder
panel.
C. farad C. Be certain that the air is clean and as
dry as possible.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. henry D. All of the above.

Ans: D Ans: D
563 Which of the following statements 563 Power transformers are rated in
5 concerning nickel-cadmium batteries is 6 _____________.
true?
A. When mixing electrolyte always add A. kilowatts
acid to the water.
B. Nickel-cadmium batteries can be B. ampere-turns
charged and discharged only a limited
number of times without damage to the
cells.
D
C. Nickel-cadmium batteries can be C. kilowatt-volts
stored for a long time and still keep a
TE
full charge without additional charging.
D. The electrolyte of an idle nickel- D. kilovolt-amperes
cadmium battery must be replaced
monthly to maintain battery condition.
Ans: C Ans: D
563
7
Local action in a nickel-cadmium
battery is offset by _____________. EC
563
8
Alternating current circuits develop
resistance, inductance and
capacitance. The inductance of a coil
is expressed in _____________.
R
A. separating the positive and negative A. ohms
plates with plastic spacers
B. separating the positive and negative
R
B. mhos
plates with resin impregnated spacers
C. adding a small amount of lithium C. henrys
hydroxide to the electrolyte
O
D. trickle charging D. farads

Ans: D Ans: C
C
563 A device which prints out a permanent564 Alternating current circuits develop
9 record of the plant operating conditions0 resistance, inductance, and
is known as the _____________. capacitance. The capacitance of
ET
individual capacitors is expressed in

_____________.
A. analogger A. ohms
B. bell logger B. mhos
M
C. alarm logger C. henrys

D. data logger D. farads
Ans: D Ans: D
564 The opposition to the establishment of 564 The insulation resistance of electric
1 magnetic lines of force in a magnetic 2 equipment and machinery should
circuit is called the circuit's_______. be tested for the lowest normal
insulation values _____________.
A. resistance A. immediately after shutting down the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
machine
B. reluctance B. every time the brush rigging is
adjusted
C. impedance C. immediately after starting up the
machine
D. inductance D. every 30 days whether the machine
is in use or not
Ans: B Ans: A
564 The RMS value of a sine-wave current 564 On tank vessels with an electrically-
3 may also be expressed as the 4 driven capstan, the motor should be
_____________. meggered periodically to test
D
_____________.
A. average value A. insulation resistance
TE
B. maximum value B. eddy currents
C. effective value C. capacitance
D. instantaneous value D. armature reactance
564
5
Ans: C
The apparent power in a purely
inductive circuit is also known as
_____________.
EC
564
6
Ans: A
The multiple prefix "giga" (G) means
____________.
A. true power A. thousand (10 to the 3rd power)

R
B. lead power B. million (10 to the 6th power)
R
C. induced power C. billion (10 to the 9th power)

D. reactive power D. trillion (10 to the 12th power)
O
Ans: D Ans: C
564 A grounded switch or cable will be564 Regarding battery charging rooms,
C
7 indicated by a megohmmeter reading8 ventilation should be provided

of _____________. __________.
A. infinity A. at the lowest point of the room
ET
B. "zero" B. horizontally near the batteries

C. being unsteady in the high range C. at the highest point of the room
D. being unsteady in the low range D. only when charging is in progress
M
Ans: B Ans: C
564 Which of the following statements 565 The ratio of the effective value of the
9 concerning the specific gravity of a 0 counter EMF in volts, to the effective
battery electrolyte is true? value of the current in amperes is
called _____________.
A. The electrolyte becomes less dense A. impedance factor
when it is cooled.
B. The specific gravity reading is lowered B. capacitive reactance
when the electrolyte is heated.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. The most accurate hydrometer C. inductive reactance

reading is obtained immediately after
water is added.
D. The temperature does not affect the D. root mean square
specific gravity of the electrolyte.
Ans: B Ans: C
565 An adjustable resistor, whose565 The purpose of a heat sink, as
1 resistance can be changed without2 frequently used with transistors, is to
opening the circuit in which it is ____________.
connected, is called a
_____________.
D
A. bleeder resistor A. prevent excessive temperature rise
B. rheostat B. compensate for excessive doping
TE
C. bridge C. increase the reverse current
D. variable shunt strip D. decrease the forward current
Ans: B Ans: A
565
3
In a DC series circuit, all the
conductors have the same
____________.
A. power expended in them
EC
565
4
Battery charging rooms should be well
ventilated because the charging
process produces_____________.
A. highly poisonous gas
R
B. voltage drop across them B. highly combustible oxygen
C. resistance to current flow C. explosive gases
R
D. current passing through them D. corrosive gases

O
Ans: D Ans: C
565 Shading coils are installed on AC full- 565 A silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) is a
C
5 voltage starters to _____________. 6 solid state device used to change

________________.
A. eliminate contact chatter A. DC to AC and control relatively low
load current
ET
B. dissipate opening contact arcs B. AC to DC and control relatively high

load current
C. delay current build up in the holding C. DC to AC and control relatively high
coil load current
D. protect the motor windings from D. AC to DC and control relatively low
M
momentary starting current overload load current

Ans: A Ans: B
565 Most three-phase induction motors 565 When electrical cables penetrate
7 used for driving engine room auxiliaries 8 watertight bulkheads,
are started by _____________. _______________.
A. resistor starters A. they should be grounded on either
side of the bulkhead
B. across-the-line starters B. they must be bent to a radius of six
diameters
C. impedance starters C. a watertight stuffing tube capable of
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
accepting packing should be

employed
D. reactor starters D. they should be secured by a clamp
Ans: B Ans: C
565 A variable shunt, connected across 566 Across-the-line starters are used with
9 the series field coils of a DC 0 AC motors to provide _____________.
compound wound generator, to
permit adjustment of the degree of
compounding, is called a
_____________.
A. divider A. reduced starting current
D
B. diverter B. regulated starting current
TE
C. converter C. high starting torque
D. rheostat D. controlled starting acceleration
Ans: B Ans: C
566
1
The electrician reports to you that he 566
has obtained low (but above 1
megohm) megger readings on the
windings of a deck winch motor. Upon
checking the records of that motor,
2
EC In a faceplate-type motor starter, the
starting arm is held in the "OFF"
position by a/an _____________.
R
you find the readings have
consistently been at that level for the
R
last six years.

A. motor be replaced A. cotter pin
O
B. windings be dried B. magnet

C. windings be cleaned C. electrical circuit
C
D. readings are acceptable D. strong spring

Ans: D Ans: D
ET
566 Which of the following components are 566 In electronic circuitry, the abbreviation
3 used to convert alternating current 4 "PCB" commonly means
produced in the generator windings to ______________.
direct current?
A. Armature and equalizer A. pulse coded binary
M
B. Commutator and brushes B. printed circuit board

C. Rotor and interpoles C. poly-coated braid
D. Field and exciter D. personal computer bits
Ans: B Ans: B
566 The final step in testing a circuit for a 566 Which of the following statements is
5 ground involves the use of a 6 true concerning the cleaning of
megohmmeter. A grounded switch or electrical contacts?
cable will be indicated by a
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
megohmmeter reading of
____________.
A. "zero" A. Compressed air should be used to
blow out metallic dust.
B. infinity B. Magnetic brushes should be used to
remove metallic dust.
C. steady in the high range C. The contact surfaces should be
greased to increase contact
resistance.
D. unsteady in the low range D. Delicate parts should be cleaned with
a brush and an approved safety
solvent.
D
Ans: A Ans: D
566 A nickel-cadmium battery is receiving a 566 Reduced voltage applied to a motor
TE
7 normal charge and gases freely. The 8 during the starting period will
charging current should _____________.
_____________.
A. be increased A. result in decreased acceleration time
B. be decreased
C. be cut off and the battery allowed to

cool
EC only
B. lower the starting current and
increase accelerating time
C. cause a greater starting torque
R
D. remain the same D. increase the starting current and
pump capacity
R
D B
566 A saturable-core reactor operates on567 Operational amplifiers, used primarily
O
9 the principle of controlling a load0 in analog circuits, are characterized by

winding's inductance by varying the ____________.
core's _____________.
C
A. dielectric A. high input impedance, high gain and

low output impedance
B. permeability B. high input impedance, high gain and
high output impedance
ET
C. reactance C. low input impedance, low gain and

high output impedance
D. inductance D. low input impedance, high gain and
low output impedance
M
Ans: B Ans: A
567 The total resistance of a parallel circuit is 567 Which of the following expresses the
1 always ____________. 2 relationship of the input and output
frequencies in a full wave rectifier?
A. larger than the greatest branch A. The output frequency is the same as
resistance input frequency.
B. smaller than the lowest branch B. The output frequency is one-half the
resistance input frequency.
C. equal to the sum of the individual C. The output frequency is twice the
branch resistances input frequency.
D. one-half the sum of the individual D. The output frequency is four times the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
branch resistances input frequency.

Ans: B Ans: C
567 A "dead front" switchboard is one 567 Mercury filled thermometers should
3 _____________. 4 never be used to determine the
temperature of the battery electrolyte
because accidental breakage of the
thermometer can cause
__________________.
A. without switches on it A. severe sparking and explosions
B. with insulated switches and no B. rapid oxidation of battery plates
exposed terminals
D
C. without circuit breakers C. contamination of the electrolyte
D. without safety hand rails nor rubber D. corrosion on the battery terminals
TE
mats
Ans: B Ans: A
567 The purpose of a main switchboard 567 A temperature instrumentation system
5 circuit breakers reverse power trip is 6 for an engine room console consists of
to _____________.
EC a resistance temperature detector
(RTD), a measuring bridge circuit, and
a meter (or alarm circuit).Which of the
following statements is true concerning
the measuring bridge circuit
R
A. The input voltage varies in a linear
A. prevent main circuit overload fashion with temperature.
R
B. protect the circuit breaker blowout coil B. The voltage across the center of the
resistance bridge is always constant.
C. prevent alternator motorization C. The resistance bridge is said to be
O
balanced when its output voltage is

zero.
D. prevent low voltage trip out D. The input voltage of the resistance
C
bridge is the constant temperature

signal.
Ans: C Ans: C
ET
567 Modern DC generators are fitted with 567 The purpose of a magnetic relay is to
7 commutating poles to _____________. 8 _____________.
A. prevent motorizing A. open a circuit only in the event of
overload
M
B. reduce sparking B. remotely open and close contacts

C. reduce the load on the main poles C. provide overcurrent protection during
starting
D. reduce spring pressure on the brushes D. relay voltages at increased power
Ans: B Ans: B
567 A semiconductor is a material with a 568 A capacitor can be tested using a
9 _____________. 0 megohmmeter or an ohmmeter. If the
meter is connected to a shorted
capacitor, the meter pointer should
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
_____________.
A. conductivity higher than a normal A. immediately swing to the maximum
conductor resistance value for the capacitor
B. conductivity higher than a normal B. first swing quickly to "zero", then
insulator gradually move up the scale as the
capacitor charges
C. high conductivity at low temperatures C. immediately deflect to and remain at
zero
D. low conductivity at high temperatures D. immediately swing to a high reading
and then gradually decrease
Ans: B Ans: C
D
568 When mixing electrolyte for a lead-acid568 To carry out an insulation resistance
1 storage battery, you should pour the2 test, one terminal of the megohmmeter
___________. should be connected to the winding,
TE
with the other terminal being
connected to the
____________________.
A. distilled water into the acid in a zinc- A. power supply
plated container
B. distilled water into the acid in a glass
container
C. acid into the distilled water in a zinc-
plated container
ECB. variable resistor
C. frame of the machine
D. acid into distilled water in a glass D. armature

R
container
Ans: D Ans: C
R
568 The charge of a lead-acid battery can 568 The resistance of a conductor varies
3 be restored by ______. 4 _____________.
O
A. passing an alternating electric current A. directly as its length and inversely as

through the cell its cross-sectional area
B. passing a direct electric current B. inversely as its length and directly as
C
through the cell its cross-sectional area

C. adding acid to the electrolyte C. directly as its length and directly as its
cross-sectional area
D. all of the above D. inversely as its length and inversely
ET
as its cross-sectional area

Ans: B Ans: A
568 In order to check the performance of a 568 To test the state of charge of a nickel-
M
5 transistor removed from its circuit, the 6 cadmium battery, you should use a/an
instrument to be used should be a/an ____________.
____________.
A. voltmeter or transistor tester A. ammeter
B. impedance meter B. voltmeter
C. ohmmeter or transistor tester C. hydrometer
D. sensitive potentiometer D. potentiometer
Ans: C Ans: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
568 On a switchboard, if all three ground 568 Which of the following actions can be
7 detection lamps remain burning at 8 carried out in order to prevent thermal
half intensity when the test button is runaway in a transistor?
depressed, which of the listed
conditions is indicated?
A. No grounds exist. A. Increase the current through the
collector-base junction.
B. All three phases are grounded. B. Install a heat sink.
C. The test switch is grounded. C. Shift the "Q" point to increase
collector current.
D. The current transformers are shorted. D. Increase the potential difference
D
between the emitter and the base.
Ans: A Ans: B
TE
568 Insufficient brush pressure on a DC motor 569 Burning of controller contacts, when
9 may cause _______. 0 opening, is prevented by
_____________.
A. generator overload A. coating the contact surfaces lightly
with petroleum jelly
B. excess residual magnetism
C. water vapor absorption
D. sparking of the brushes
EC B. magnetic blowout coils
C. an overvoltage release
D. an overcurrent release
R
Ans: D Ans: B
569 Which of the electrical properties listed 569 Which of the listed instruments can be
R
1 will always be the same for each 2 best used to locate a grounded field
component in a parallel circuit? coil in a synchronous motor?
A. Impedance A. Frequency meter
O
B. Current B. Megohmmeter
C
C. Resistance C. Voltmeter
D. Voltage D. Multimeter
Ans: D Ans: B
ET
569 The standard procedure for 569 A replacement wire having twice the
3 maintaining the charge in an 4 length and one-half the cross-sectional
emergency diesel starting battery is to area of the original wire will have a
trickle charge the battery resistance that is
M
_____________. _____________.
A. continuously A. four times that of the original wire
B. at least once each week B. twice that of the original wire
C. whenever the charge falls to 75% of C. the same as that of the original wire
full charge
D. whenever the electrolyte specific D. one-half that of the original wire
gravity falls to 1.250 or lower
Ans: A Ans: A
569 If a delicate component must be 569 If you disconnect and arrange both
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 soldered into a circuit, the component 6 ends of a three conductor cable,

may be protected from the heat of the without any contact between the
soldering process by _____________. individual conductors, an indicated
ohmic value between the ends of a
single conductor would indicate
______________.
A. operating the soldering gun not more A. continuity of the conductor
than 60 seconds at a time
B. using a thermal shunt B. an infinite resistance
C. pre-oxidizing the leads to be soldered C. the presence of a partial ground
D. coating the leads to be soldered with a D. that the conductor is not short
D
light oil film circuited
Ans: B Ans: A
TE
569 Why is it a poor practice to use a high 569 Which of the following temperatures
7 wattage soldering iron when soldering 8 represents the maximum allowable
or DE soldering components on a temperature for the electrolyte of a
printed circuit board? lead-acid battery?
A. The circuit board will blister and warp.
B. The foil wire bonded to the board may
come loosened from the board.
C. The circuit board has a low melting
temperature.
EC A. 100°F
B. 125°F
C. 145°F
R
D. The solder is kept to a dull heat D. 212°F
dissipating finish.
R
Ans: B Ans: B
569 Which of the following methods should570 A lead-acid battery may become hotter
O
9 be used to dress the face of silver-0 than normal during a charge if the
plated contacts? _________.
A. Filing A. battery has a shorted cell
C
B. Burnishing B. charging voltage is too low

C. Sanding with 0000 sandpaper C. specific gravity is too high
ET
D. All of the above are correct. D. battery room door is secured

Ans: C Ans: A
570 Which of the substances listed can be 570 Handheld phase sequence indicators
M
1 used to shield sensitive equipment 2 are useful when ________.

from static magnetic fields?
A. Glass A. preparing to parallel alternators
B. Mica B. connecting lighting branch circuits
C. Bakelite C. troubleshooting DC motors
D. Permeable iron D. connecting shore power lines to the
ship
Ans: D Ans: D
570 When soldering a printed circuit board570 To determine the state of charge of a
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
3 component, you should be careful to4 nickel-cadmium battery, you should

prevent damage by _________. ___________.
A. quickly heating the joints, using a high A. check the electrolyte with a
wattage iron hydrometer
D
TE
EC
R
R
O
C
ET
M
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. using the soldering iron tip sparingly B. use the constant specific gravity
method
C. using only acid cord solder C. use a non-breakable mercury
thermometer
D. applying mechanical pressure to the D. connect a voltmeter to the battery
joints being soldered terminals
Ans: B Ans: D
570 The timer element of a reverse power 5706 Before touching a small capacitor
5 relay cannot be energized unless connected to a de-energized
_____________. circuit, or even one that is
D
completely disconnected, you
should ____________.
A. one generator is fully motorized A. gently tap the body with a screwdriver
TE
B. the movement of the disk is damped B. tag it with a de-energized tag
by a permanent magnet
C. the power flow is the same as the C. be equipped with an insulated fuse
tripping direction puller
EC
D. the power flow is the opposite to the D. short circuit the terminals to make
tripping direction sure that the capacitor is discharged
Ans: C Ans: D
570 An increase in which of the listed 5708 Before working on an electric cargo
R
7 conditions will increase the speed of a winch master switch or controller, you
synchronous motor? should _____________.
A. Frequency A. spray the gasket surface with a
R
solvent
B. Voltage B. drain condensate from the box
O
C. Armature current C. open the circuit breaker in the power

supply and tag
C
D. Inductance D. heat the switch box to remove any

moisture
Ans: A Ans: C
ET
570 Which of the following methods should be If a three-phase induction motor

9 used to test for an "open" 5710 malfunctions and drops to a single
coil in an AC motor stator? phase (one supply line open)
____________.
A. Test with an ohmmeter, one test lead A. the motor will continue to run if it is
M
on the shaft, and the other test lead to not heavily loaded
the stator leads.
B. Test with an ohmmeter with the test B. more torque will be developed
leads between the stator leads.
C. Use a growler, listening for noise and
C. the motor will immediately stop and
vibration to diminish when over an
not be able to be restarted
open coil.
D. Use a growler, listening for noise and D. the motor will immediately stop and
vibration to increase when over an can only be restarted at no load
open coil.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: B Ans: A
571 Which of the problems listed will occur 5712 The division of the kilowatt load
1 if a lead-acid battery is allowed to between two AC generators operating
remain in a discharged condition for a in parallel is controlled by the settings
long period of time? and characteristics of the
_____________.
A. The battery may be unable to accept a A. voltage regulators
full charge.
B. The electrolyte will change to lead B. field rheostats
sulfate.
C. The concentrated sulfuric acid will C. reverse power relays
D
attack the lead peroxide plates.
D. The separators will harden. D. prime mover governors
TE
Ans: A Ans: D
571 When testing a capacitor with an5714 The division of kilowatt load between
3 analog type ohmmeter, a good two paralleled alternators is
capacitor will be indicated when determined by the _____________.
EC
_____________.
A. there is no meter deflection A. amount of field excitation of the
leading machine
B. the meter deflects to a low resistance B. load-speed characteristics of the
value and remains there governors
R
C. the meter deflects to a low resistance
C. amount of field excitation to the
value and slowly increases towards
lagging machine
R
infinity
D. the meter deflects to a low resistance D. type of alternator
value and increases rapidly to a higher
O
value, but stays fairly low

Ans: C Ans: B
C
571 While troubleshooting a circuit in an 5716 Which of the following procedures

5 engine room central control console, a should be used to determine the load
resistor is suspected of being faulty. of a three-phase, delta wound, AC
Which of the following precautions generator?
ET
must be observed if an ohmmeter is to

be used to check its value?
A. Correct polarity must be observed A. Multiply the amperage in one phase
because reverse bias will damage the by three.
M
component.
B. Meter leads must not be twisted so as B. Divide the total amperage in all
to cancel out the individual magnetic phases by three.
fields.
C. Resistor's circuit must be de-energized C. Multiply the amperage in one phase
and at least one end of the component by the square root of three.
isolated.
D. The meter case must be grounded D. Divide the total amperage in all
prior to attaching the leads. phases by the square root of three.
Ans: C Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
571 The full load torque of an electric motor 5718 Prior to using an analog type
7 is the __________. ohmmeter, the leads are purposely
shorted together. Which of the
following actions should be taken if,
when adjusting to "zero" ohms, the
indicating needle cannot be returned
to "zero" on the scale?
A. minimum torque developed by the A. The lead clips should be replaced.
motor accelerating from stop to full
speed
B. turning moment exerted by the motor B. The batteries should be replaced.
D
at rated load and speed
C. maximum torque developed by the C. The test reading should be added to
motor with rated voltage and frequency each final reading.
TE
D. turning moment exerted by the motor D. The test reading should be
from any rotor angular position at any subtracted from each final reading.
load
Ans: B Ans: B
EC
571 The transmit and receive elements of a572 The resistance of most conducting
9 sound-powered telephone handset are0 materials will change as a result of
_____________. temperature change. The resistance
of copper will _____________.
R
A. identical and can be used for either A. increase as temperature decreases
function
B. of similar construction but different B. decrease as temperature decreases
R
enough to be used only for its own
function
O
C. of very different construction and C. remain the same between -7°C and
MUST be used only for its own function 44°C
D. constructed so that each can fit only in D. remain the same between 20°C and
C
its own recess 110°C

Ans: A Ans: B
572 The function of a stepdown potential572 To avoid damaging the components of
ET
1 transformer is to reduce the load2 a printed circuit board when testing it

_____________. with a DC volt-ohmmeter, you should
_______.
A. voltage and current A. ground the board
M
B. voltage and increase line current B. avoid reversing the polarity of the
leads
C. current and increase line voltage C. isolate sensitive components with
heat sinks
D. power D. all of the above
Ans: B Ans: B
572 A loud buzzing noise in an AC 572 Increasing the load to the secondary
3 controller is probably caused by 4 windings of a transformer will cause
_____________. a/an ____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. poor contact with the overload relay A. decrease in the primary voltage
B. an incorrectly sized heater B. increase in the primary voltage
C. a broken shading coil C. decrease in the primary current
D. abnormal starting current D. increase in the primary current
Ans: C Ans: D
572 If an induction motor were to be 572 When troubleshooting a magnetic
5 operated at 90% rated voltage, 6 controller, it is found that the contacts
_____________. are welded together. The most
D
probable cause is _____________.
A. there would be an increase in starting A. excessive operation at low load
torque
TE
B. starting current would increase slightly B. high ambient temperature
C. synchronous speed would decrease C. low voltage on the operating coil
slightly
D. the slip would increase D. high voltage on the operating coil
EC
Ans: D Ans: C
572 The instantaneous reduction in voltage 572 A characteristic of a wound-rotor
7 of an AC generator, resulting from an 8 induction motor, with a high resistance
increase in load, and prior to the rotor winding, is _____________.
R
automatic voltage regulator correcting
the situation, is called voltage
R
____________.
A. droop A. low starting torque
O
B. drop B. high starting torque

C. dip C. high speed
C
D. regulation D. low starting voltage

Ans: C Ans: B
ET
572 Magnetic controller contacts may 573 If a transformer is connected to a DC

9 become welded together during 0 source, the transformer will overload
operation because of _____________. at the ____________.
A. excessive magnetic gap A. contacts
M
B. low contact pressure B. primary coil

C. an open coil C. secondary coil
D. excessive ambient temperature D. core
Ans: B Ans: B
573 The output voltage of a 440 volt, 60 Hz 573 In a three-phase, squirrel-cage type,
1 AC generator is controlled by the 2 induction motor the rotating magnetic
______________. field is established by the
_____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. load on the alternator A. current induced in the rotor windings

B. load on the prime mover B. application of a three-phase voltage
supply to the stator windings
C. speed of the prime mover C. laminated steel core and aluminum
conductors in the rotor
D. exciter output voltage D. interaction of the magnetic field
caused by the induced current in the
squirrel-cage bars with the magnetic
field of the stator
Ans: D Ans: B
D
573 When placed in a magnetic field, which 573 Before measuring an unknown
3 of the materials listed will maintain the 4 resistance with an ohmmeter, you
highest permeability? should _____________.
TE
A. Glass A. adjust the meter's pointers to mid-
scale
B. Bakelite B. change the meter's batteries
C. Soft iron C. center the meter's pointer at infinity
EC
D. Aluminum D. short the test leads and calibrate the
meter
Ans: C Ans: D
R
573 One diode of a full-wave rectifier has 573 The charge of a lead-acid battery is
5 burned out in a shorted condition. 6 checked with a/an ____________.
Therefore, the output will be
R
____________.
A. zero A. manometer
O
B. a rectified half-wave B. hydrometer

C. a rectified full-wave C. voltmeter
C
D. equal to the AC input D. ohmmeter

Ans: D Ans: B
ET
573 Magnetic controller contacts may573 When a transformer is used to step

7 become welded together during8 down voltage, the low voltage winding
operating conditions as a result of is _____________.
_____________.
M
A. high spring pressure A. part of the core

B. high ambient temperature B. the primary coil
C. an open coil C. not insulated
D. low voltage on operating coil D. the secondary coil
Ans: D Ans: D
573 An AC circuit has capacitance 574 The total voltage of a series circuit is
9 arranged in series. If the line voltage 0 the _____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
remains constant, the capacitive

reactance value can be varied by
changing the _____________.
A. line frequency A. sum of the individual voltage drops
B. resistance B. total resistance divided by the total
current
C. number of commutating poles C. sum of the individual currents
multiplied by the number of resistors
D. number of interpoles D. total current divided by the total
resistance
Ans: A Ans: A
D
574 Excessive humming of AC contactors 574 Decreasing the frequency in a
1 may be caused by ______________. 2 capacitive circuit while maintaining a
TE
constant circuit voltage, will result in
a/an _____________.
A. burnt arc shields A. increase in apparent power
B. shorted armature coils B. decrease in circuit current
EC
C. a broken shading coil C. decrease in capacitive reactance
D. high voltage D. decrease in total impedance
Ans: C Ans: B
R
574 The counter EMF produced in the 574 A loud buzzing noise coming from the
3 windings of a DC motor is "zero" when 4 contacts in a magnetic controller can
R
the ____________. be caused by ____________.
A. armature has just begun to turn A. excessive current
O
B. armature is not turning B. excessive magnet gap

C. motor is almost up to rated speed C. bouncing of contacts
C
D. motor is at rated speed D. dirt on magnet faces

Ans: B Ans: D
ET
574 The function of the commutator in a DC 574 Humming or buzzing of electric

5 motor is to ________. 6 contacts is a symptom of
____________.
A. reverse the flow of current through the A. low voltage on the operating coil
M
armature
B. reverse the flow of current in the field B. power failure to the operating coil
poles
C. reduce the reluctance of the magnetic C. a control circuit ground
path through the motor
D. shift the neutral running plane of the D. a control circuit overload
brushes to prevent sparking
Ans: A Ans: A
574 To increase the frequency of an 574 The counter EMF of a DC motor is
7 operating AC generator, you should 8 maximum when the _________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
____________.
A. increase the field excitation A. motor is at rated speed
B. decrease the field excitation B. armature is not turning
C. increase the number of magnetic poles C. motor is almost up to rated speed
D. increase the speed of the prime mover D. armature has just begun to turn
Ans: D Ans: A
574 In the flow of one cycle of single 575 AC and DC generators are similar in that
9 phase AC current past any given 0 they _____________.
D
point in a circuit, the maximum
current peak occurs
_____________.
TE
A. one time A. both generate alternating voltages
B. two times B. both rectify the voltage before
delivery
C. three times C. are constructed at the same physical
EC
size for the same kilowatt rating
D. four times D. both supply three-phase power
Ans: B Ans: A
575 If the length of a wire is halved and the575 Prior to taking a resistance reading
R
1 cross-sectional area is doubled, the2 with a volt-ohm-millimeter, the
resistance will be _____________. "zero" setting must be adjusted. After
R
clipping the two leads together, you
find the adjustment knob will not
return the pointer to "zero". This is
O
most likely an indication of _

A. an improper resistance range setting
A. quartered
C
B. unchanged B. weak batteries

C. doubled C. a faulty zero ohms knob
ET
D. quadrupled D. a faulty meter movement

Ans: A Ans: B
575 When correcting specific gravity 575 Relative to the secondary winding of a
3 readings of a lead-acid battery for 4 step-up transformer, the primary
M
existing temperature conditions, you winding will have _____________.

should ______________.
A. add 10 points for each 2.2° above A. more turns
26.7°C
B. subtract 10 points for each 2.2° above B. fewer turns
26.7°C
C. add 4 points for each 4.5° above C. half as many turns
26.7°C
D. add 4 points for each 4.5° below D. twice as many turns
26.7°C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: C Ans: B
575 The total power used up in a series 575 When the operating handle of a
5 circuit is ___________. 6 molded-case circuit breaker is in the
mid-position, this indicates that the
circuit breaker is
_____________.
A. the sum of the powers used in each A. on
load (resistor) divided by the number of
loads
B. the sum of the powers used in each B. off
D
load
C. always less than the power used in the C. reset
TE
smallest load
D. never more than the power used in D. tripped
largest load
Ans: B Ans: D
EC
575 If a magnetic controller contact fails to 575 Which of the listed forms of water
7 pick up when the operating coil is 8 should be added to a lead-acid
energized, one possible cause may be battery?
_______________.
A. low spring pressure A. saltwater
R
B. low voltage to the coil B. brackish water
C. the residual magnetism of the contact C. distilled water
R
faces
D. dirty contact faces D. light water
O
Ans: B Ans: C
575 The primary function of an electric 576 Current measuring instruments must
C
9 motor is to ___________. 0 always be connected in

_____________.
A. develop torque A. series with a circuit
ET
B. generate high voltages B. parallel with a circuit

C. produce a magnetic field C. series-parallel with a circuit
D. generate high electrical resistance D. delta with the shunt
M
Ans: A Ans: A
576 The resistance of electric wire will 576 Which of the instruments listed should
1 decrease as its _______________. 2 always be connected in series with a
circuit?
A. length increases A. Ammeter
B. cross-sectional area increases B. Megohmmeter
C. temperature increases C. Wattmeter
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. percent of metallic purities increases D. Voltmeter

Ans: B Ans: A
576 When the voltage remains constant 576 An ammeter should be used to
3 and the resistance is increased in a 4 measure ___________.
series circuit, the flow of current
_____________.
A. increases by the square of the original A. the voltage between two points in a
value circuit
B. increases B. circuit continuity
D
C. remains the same C. current flow in a circuit
D. decreases D. total or partial circuit resistance
TE
Ans: D Ans: C
576 The voltage output of an AC generator 576 In a compound-wound motor, a portion
5 is accurately controlled by 6 of the line current flows through the
_____________. _____________.
EC
A. changing the sensitivity of the prime A. inertial poles
mover to large changes in voltage
B. varying the reluctance of the air gap B. stator
C. varying the DC exciter voltage C. shunt field coils
R
D. shorting out part of the armature D. frame
windings
R
Ans: C Ans: C
576 Which of the formulas listed is correct 576 Which of the listed meters uses a
O
7 for determining power? 8 shunt connected in series with the

load, but parallel with the meter
movement?
C
A. P = (E)(E)/R A. Voltmeter
B. P = (I)(R)(R) B. Power factor meter
ET
C. P = (I)(I)/R C. Ammeter
D. P = E/R D. Wattmeter
Ans: A Ans: C
M
576 When a console indicating lamp 577 The rate at which heat is produced in
9 burns out, attempts to renew it 0 a direct current circuit is equal to
should not be made while ____________.
maneuvering because
_______________.
A. the new lamp may be of a higher A. P divided by R
wattage and cause heat damage to the
lens
B. removing a faulty lamp usually causes B. I squared times R
an alarm to sound on the bridge
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. attention should be paid only to engine C. E divided by I

orders
D. a socket/wiring fault may cause a D. I times R divided by T
ground or short circuit to shut down a
vital function
Ans: D Ans: B
577 One horsepower is equal to 577 An ammeter reads slightly above
1 _____________. 2 "zero" when its leads are
disconnected, this is a result of
___________.
A. 500 watts A. mechanical misalignment of the meter
D
pointer
B. 663 watts B. a poor ground for the meter case
TE
C. 746 watts C. static electricity in the air
D. 1,000 watts D. resistors inside the meter storing
charges
Ans: C Ans: A
EC
577 Modern handheld digital tachometers577 To determine the state of charge of a
3 operate by counting light pulses4 nickel-cadmium battery, you would
returned to the unit by use a/an _____________.
______________.
R
A. the tach generator A. voltmeter
B. either the coupling or shaft B. hydrometer
R
C. a small bulb attached to the shaft C. ammeter
O
D. a piece of reflective tape D. potentiometer

Ans: D Ans: A
C
577 When troubleshooting a lead-acid 577 Common nickel-cadmium and nickel-

5 storage battery, a weak or dead cell is 6 iron storage batteries utilize
best detected by _________________. _______________.
ET
A. measuring and comparing all cells' A. acid primary cells

specific gravity
B. taking an open circuit voltage test of B. alkaline primary cells
individual cells
C. visually inspecting the electrolyte C. acid secondary cells
M
levels of each cell

D. taking each cell's temperature with a D. alkaline secondary cells
calibrated mercury thermometer
Ans: A Ans: D
577 The amount of voltage induced in the 577 Which of the following materials is a good
7 windings of an AC generator depends 8 electrical insulator?
mainly on _____________.
A. the number of field poles energized A. wood
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. the speed at which the stator windings B. silver

rotate through the magnetic field
C. the strength of the magnetic field C. copper
D. all of the above D. gold
Ans: C Ans: A
577 When mixing electrolyte, which of the578 Which of the following statements
9 following precautions should always be0 represents the correct method of
observed? connecting the shunt of an ammeter
prior to taking a reading?
D
A. In series with the load and in series
A. Add the acid to the water.
with the meter movement.
B. In series with the load and in parallel
TE
B. Use a heavy duty aluminum pail.
C. In parallel with the load and in series
C. Add the water to the acid.
D. In parallel with the load and in parallel
D. Mix the solution outdoors.
EC
Ans: A Ans: B
578 Nickel-cadmium storage batteries are578 The force that causes free electrons to
1 superior to lead-acid batteries because2 move in a conductor as electric current
they __________. flow is called a/an _____________.
R
A. put out higher voltages and require no A. resistant force
maintenance
B. can remain idle and keep a full charge B. electromotive force
R
for a long time
C. need fewer cells in series and use less C. inductive force
O
mounting space
D. all of the above D. dielectric force
C
Ans: B Ans: B
578 A handheld digital tachometer could 578 Which of the listed sections of an
3 give a bad reading if 4 emergency switchboard is used to
ET
___________________. supply power for alarm signals under

emergency conditions?
A. aimed directly at the shaft A. The generator and bus transfer
section
B. partially aimed at a 60 Hz. fluorescent B. The 450 volt, 60 cycle, 3 phase bus
M
light
C. positioned 10-25 cms from the shaft C. The 120 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle bus
D. the tape is too shiny D. The 24 volt DC bus
Ans: B Ans: D
578 When removing ball or roller bearings578 The rotation of a three-phase induction
5 from the shaft of a motor, you should6 motor can be reversed by
use a _____________. _____________.
A. rawhide hammer A. interchanging any two of the three line
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
leads to the stator

B. brass mallet B. disconnecting one of the three line
leads to the stator
C. wheel puller C. switching the shunt field coil leads
D. soft iron pry bar D. permanently disconnecting any two of
the three line leads to the stator
Ans: C Ans: A
578 The frequency of an AC generator is 578 The 24 volt DC bus on the emergency
7 controlled by the _____________. 8 switchboard is used to supply power to
the _____________.
D
A. rheostat A. general alarm system
B. governor B. gyrocompass power failure alarm
TE
system
C. exciter C. smoke detection system
D. capacitor D. all of the above
EC
Ans: B Ans: D
578 The frequency of an alternator is579 The reversal of an AC, three-phase,
9 controlled from the main switchboard by0 induction motor is accomplished by
adjusting the _____________. ______________.
A. frequency meter A. changing all three motor leads
R
B. voltage regulator B. reversing the position of the slip rings
R
C. governor control C. interchanging any two of the three
motor leads
D. sychroscope switch D. interchanging any two brushes
O
Ans: C Ans: C
C
579 In order to take a current reading with a 579 The number of cycles per second
1 "clamp-on" ammeter, the instrument's 2 occurring in AC voltage is known as
jaws _________________. the _____________.
A. should remain open A. phase angle
ET
B. cannot touch the adjacent conductor B. frequency

C. must be fully closed C. wave form
D. will act as a transformer primary D. half mode
M
Ans: C Ans: B
579 When troubleshooting an alkaline 579 When a megohmmeter is used to test
3 storage battery a weak or dead cell is 4 the dielectric strength of wire
best located by ____________. insulation, the initial dip of the pointer
toward "zero" is caused by
_____________.
A. checking the specific gravity of each A. good insulation
cell
B. visually inspecting each cell's B. the leakage of current along the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
electrolyte level surface of dirty insulation

C. testing each cell with a voltmeter C. the capacitance of the circuit
D. measuring the electrolyte temperature D. the dielectric absorption effect of the
with an accurate mercury thermometer insulation
Ans: C Ans: C
5795 Which of the following statements 5796 When troubleshooting motor
concerning AC circuits is correct? controllers, a shorted relay or contactor
coil is often indicated by
_______________.
A. The power factor of a resistive circuit is A. a resistance reading of "infinity" on an
always zero. ohmmeter
D
B. True power in an inductive circuit B. charred insulation and/or a blown
always equals apparent power. control fuse
TE
C. Inductive reactance varies directly with C. a reading of "zero" on a megger from
the frequency and the inductance. one of the coil's leads to ground
D. Total opposition to the flow of D. a higher-than-normal voltage reading
alternating current depends upon the across the winding
amount of reactive power.
EC
Ans: C Ans: B
5797 If the driving torque, such as that 5798 Which of the following statements
produced by a diesel engine, creates represents the FIRST step in seating
pulsations when coupled with a new brushes on slip rings?
synchronous generator operating in
R
parallel; the generator rotor may be
periodically pulled ahead or behind its
R
normal position as it rotates. This hunt
A. Wrap sandpaper around the slip rings
A. amortisseur windings and slide it back and forth between the
O
brushes and the slip rings.

B. direct coupling B. Press the brushes against the slip ring with
a wood block.
C
C. increase governor speed droop C. Increase brush pressure and run at no load
for 3 to 4 hours.
D. decreasing governor speed droop D. Apply seating compound under the
ET
brushes and run at no load for 2 hours.

Ans: A Ans: A
5799 5800When using a megohmmeter to test the dielectric
strength of wire
_____________. insulation, a continuous series of
M
slight downscale kicks by the pointer

is result of ____________.
A. actual running temperature of the A. good insulation
winding from no load to full load
B. permissible temperature rise of the
B. the leakage of current along the
windings above the designed ambient
surface of dirty insulation
temperature
C. maximum allowable temperature rise C. the capacitance of the windings
above normal full load operating
temperature
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. maximum allowable temperature rise for D. the dielectric-absorption effect of the

continuous no load service insulation
Ans: B Ans: B
580 A commutator's protective oxide film 580 When the electrolyte level of a
1 can be destroyed by 2 lead-acid storage battery has
_________________. decreased due to normal
evaporation, the level should be
reestablished by adding
_____________.
A. periods of low humidity A. distilled water only
D
B. very low brush current density B. sulfuric acid only
C. improper brush grade C. a weak solution of sulfuric acid and
TE
distilled water
D. all of the above D. a strong solution of sulfuric acid and
distilled water
Ans: D Ans: A
EC
580 When shipboard electrical 580 Which of the listed classes of
3 distribution circuits are connected 4 electrical insulation is suited for the
in parallel, additional parallel circuits highest operating temperature?
will cause the total circuit resistance
to _____________.
R
A. increase, causing a drop in the line A. Class 90 (O)
current
B. increase, causing a decrease in the B. Class 105 (A)
R
line voltage
C. decrease, causing an increase in the C. Class 130 (B)
O
line voltage
D. decrease, causing an increase in the D. Class 180 (H)
line current
C
Ans: D Ans: D
580 When the control handle is in the "off" 580 In D.C. motor construction, the
5 position, the solenoid actuated brake 6 armature coils' ends are
ET
of the electric winch is _________. _______________.

A. de-energized and the brake is A. soldered to the commutator bar
released risers
B. energized and the brake is released B. imbedded into core slots
M
C. energized and the brake is set by a C. crimped together with brush pigtails
spring
D. de-energized and the brake is set by a D. spliced with the field windings
spring
Ans: D Ans: A
580 When troubleshooting a console circuit580 The armature cores of the D.C.
7 card suspected of being faulty, the last8 motors are constructed with
step would be to _______________. laminations to ___________.
A. check the fuses and voltage levels of A. eliminate hysteresis
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
all power supplies in the console

B. clean dust and debris from the card B. minimize brush sparking
and burnish the sliding connections
C. make sure all connections are tight C. reduce eddy current losses
including wire wrappings and push-on
types
D. substitute a new or repaired spare D. compensate for armature reaction
card and check the operation of the
circuit
Ans: D Ans: C
580 Which of the listed groups of electrical581 Capacitors can be used in electric
D
9 insulation materials is best suited for0 distribution systems to improve
the highest operating temperatures? power factor. This is accomplished
TE
by seesawing energy between the
capacitor and the _____________.
A. impregnated cotton and silk A. generator
B. impregnated paper and cotton B. inductive loads
EC
C. pure glass and quartz C. resistive loads
D. mica and porcelain with bonding agents D. all of the above
Ans: C Ans: B
5811 You are paralleling two alternators. The 5812 If you reverse both the field and the
synchronizing lamps grow dim and are armature connections to a DC
R
totally darkened as the synchro scope propulsion motor, _____________.
pointer
R
A. A. the direction of motor rotation will change

O
B. circuit breaker can be closed B. the brushes will become overheated

C. incoming alternator is running too C. a magnetic lock will occur in the
slowly motor
C
D. synchro scope is defective or broken D. the direction of motor rotation will

remain the same
Ans: B Ans: D
ET
581 The leads from a megohmmeter are581 The direction of rotation of a DC

3 attached to the leads of an AC motor4 propulsion motor can be changed by
field coil. A reading of infinity is reversing the _____________.
obtained indicating a/an
M
____________.
A. open field coil A. brush holder position
B. shorted field coil B. polarity of the field poles
C. grounded field coil C. brush staggered order
D. shunted field coil D. motor interpole connections
Ans: A Ans: B
581 Moisture absorbed in the windings or 581 The voltage developed by an AC
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 condensed on the surface of electrical 6 generator is controlled by varying the

machinery insulation ________. ____________.
A. is good for long term preserving since A. speed of the prime mover
most insulation is organic and contains
some amount
B. lowers the insulation value and is a B. AC excitation to the field
common cause of fault grounds in idle
machines
C. will enhance insulation resistance only C. DC excitation to the field
if it is fresh water and contains no salt
D. reduces the amount of current D. DC excitation of the voltage regulator
D
supplied or drawn by the machine so
horsepower is limited
Ans: B Ans: C
TE
581 If a fuse of correct size and type blows 581 If violent gassing occurs when a lead-
7 frequently, ________________. 8 acid storage battery is first placed on
charge, the _____________.
A. try the next higher amperage rating A. battery must be given an emergency
EC
charge
B. try the next lower amperage rating B. charging rate is too low
C. look for trouble within the circuit C. charging rate is too high
D. reduce the applied voltage 10% D. specific gravity of the electrolyte
R
solution is too low
Ans: C Ans: C
R
581 What type of electric motor is582 Violent gassing developed by a lead-
9 commonly used to start small auxiliary0 acid battery during charging indicates
O
diesel engines? that the ____________.

A. synchronous A. plate separators are grounded
C
B. series B. cell voltages are excessive

C. shunt C. specific gravity in insufficient
D. cage D. charging rate is excessive
ET
Ans: B Ans: D
582 All of the following items can be used in 582 A reverse-current relay will prevent AC
1 the maintenance of a D.C. 2 generator motorization by
M
propulsion motor's commutator ____________.

EXCEPT _______________.
A. a canvas wiper A. automatically redirecting the load
B. safety solvent B. automatically speeding up the prime
mover
C. abrasive dressing stones C. tripping the panel board main switch
D. sandpaper D. tripping the generator circuit breaker
Ans: B Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
582 Complete controller maintenance 582 If a loaded shunt motor's field were
3 includes _____________. 4 weakened by rheostat resistance or by
an open circuit, the motor would
_________.
A. periodic testing of protective devices A. overspeed due to reduced CEMF
B. checking for loose or worn contacts B. stop because of low flux
and weak springs
C. maintaining a sufficient supply of spare C. continue to run at base speed
parts
D. all of the above D. slow down and overheat
D
Ans: D Ans: A
582 How is a wattmeter electrically 582 An AC generator panel is fitted with
TE
5 connected in a circuit? 6 both synchronizing lamps and a
synchro scope. When the synchro
scope pointer reaches the noon
position, one synchronizing light is
bright and the other is dark. This
EC
means _____________.
A. In series A. there is a ground on the phase with
the dark lamp
B. In parallel B. the phase sequence is incorrect
R
C. In series-parallel C. the phase sequence is correct
D. Inductively D. the generator breaker may be closed
R
Ans: C Ans: B
O
582 A wattmeter is used to determine 582 Which of the following statements is

7 ____________. 8 true concerning a stepdown
transformer in an operating AC power
C
circuit?
A. the power being consumed by A. Voltage and current will both be
electrical equipment increased.
B. partial circuit resistance B. Voltage and current will both be
ET
decreased
C. current flowing in a circuit C. Voltage decreases as current
increases.
D. voltage existing between two points in D. Voltage increases as current
M
a circuit decreases.
Ans: A Ans: C
5829The RPM of an AC generator can be measured 5830 The "dielectric constant" is a numerical
value indicating the with a/an _____________.
effectiveness of a dielectric material in comparison to that of a
standard, which is _______________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. ammeter A. paper or cloth
B. voltmeter B. glass or mica
C. vibrating reed meter C. plastic or Teflon
D. synchro scope D. dry air or a vacuum

Ans: C Ans: D
5831If the pointer of the synchro scope is rotating in the 5832 The air gap in an induction motor should
be
D
slow direction when you are preparing to parallel two checked periodically_____________.
TE
alternators, the with a feeler gage to detect ________.
A. incoming machine is turning faster than the load alternator A. rotor contact with the laminations
B. loaded alternator is turning faster than the incoming machine B. changes in armature magnetic
EC
strength
C. load on the loaded alternator is ready to split C. excessive bearing wear
D. incoming machine is beginning to pick up some of the load D. electrical damage to the rotor
Ans: B Ans: C
R
5833The following air gap readings were obtained from a 5834The "dielectric constant" of dry air or a
vacuum is horizontally mounted, bilge pump, induction motor, _______.
R
equipped with sleeve bearings:
O
FWD END AFT END Top

.045 .049Right Side .045 .047Left Side
C
A. The aft bearing should be realigned or replaced. A. 1
B. Shims should be removed from the aft bearing. B. 10

ET
C. The forward bearing should be lowered. C. 100
D. The aft bearing should be lowered. D. 1000

Ans: A Ans: A
M
5835When the operating handle of a molded case 5836 During maintenance of

circuit breakers, circuit breaker is in the mid-position, it indicates the circuit breaker
_______________.
is _____________.
A. in the "opened" position A. always smooth roughened contact

surfaces with a file
B. in the "closed" position B. never pass more than rated breaker

current through the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. tripped overload heater element
D. reset C. inspect for wear and misalignment of main

contacts
D. assume heater elements installed are of correct
size
Ans: C Ans: C
5837In a three-phase, open-delta connected 5838Most AC voltmeters are calibrated to indicate
________.
D
transformer, the line current is equal to _________.
A. the phase current A. peak-to-peak voltage
TE
B. three times the phase current B. root-mean-square voltage
C. the sum of any two phase currents C. average voltage
D. the difference of any two phase currents D. peak voltage only
EC
Ans: A Ans: B
5839To limit the current flow through a DC 5840Encrusted dirt accumulated inside a motor
should be
R
voltmeter to as low a value as possible, the moving removed with a _____________.
coil circuit is provided with a/an _____________.
R
A. high series resistance A. fiber scraper
high parallel resistance B. pointed welding rod
O
B.
C. series inductor C. hammer and chisel

C
D. external shunt D. paint scraper

Ans: A Ans: A
5841 To check the three line fuses of a three-phase 5842 If the voltage applied to a moving disk
ET
frequency
system consisting of a three-phase motor, you must meter decreases, while the applied frequency
remains
M
_____________. the same, the frequency indication will

_____________.
A. increase
A. place the starter in the "stop" position
B. make sure the motor is operating at full load a B. decrease

to guard against false reading
C. place the leads across the "hot" ends of the fuses C. remain the same
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. place the leads across the bottom ends of the fuses D. oscillate
Ans: A Ans: C
5843Which of the listed conditions could indicate the 5844The reactive power drawn by a motor from an
AC
need for cleaning electrical insulation? generator is the power which is _____________.
A. Low ambient temperature A. used to establish the magnetic field of the motor
B. Low operating temperature B. lost in overcoming friction in the bearings

High dielectric strength C. strictly converted to heat generated by current
D
C.
flow
through the windings
TE
D. Low megger readings D. transmitted directly through the rotor shaft
to perform
useful work
EC
Ans: D Ans: A
5845The most inefficient method of voltage reduction, 5846When using a multimeter for resistance
measurements,
R
from the standpoint of power loss, even when placed it should be calibrated by clipping the loose
ends of
R
in series with the load, is the use of a/an__________? the leads together and _____________.
A. capacitor A. setting the instrument pointer at "zero" ohms

O
B. inductor B. adjusting the line voltage to calibrate the

instrument
C
C. plugging each end of one test lead into the plus

and
minus terminals
ET
C. resistor D. using a special purpose resistance measuring

instrument
D. transistor (a bridge)
M
Ans: C Ans: A
584 Which of the following statements584 How many possible states does a
7 regarding the use of a current8 binary logic circuit have?
measuring instrument is correct?
A. It must be connected in series with the A. One
circuit.
B. You should always start with the B. Two
lowest range until a suitable reading is
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
obtained.
C. The indicating needle is deflected from C. Three
left to right regardless of polarity.
D. An external shunt is generally utilized D. Four
where current is less than 10 amperes.
Ans: A Ans: B
584 Which of the listed pairs of materials 585 In a logic circuit, the NOT gate function
9 make the best insulators? 0 _____________.
A. copper and aluminum A. does not alter a logical input
B. glass and mica B. serves to amplify a given signal level
D
C. dry air and a vacuum C. must be accomplished with a
common collector transistor
TE
arrangement
D. doped silicon and germanium D. reverses an input logic condition
Ans: B Ans: D
EC
585 In a logic circuit the NOR and NAND 585 Conductor resistance may be
1 gate functions ____________. 2 INDIRECTLY measured by using a/an
_____________.
A. must be accomplished with a A. voltmeter only
common base transistor arrangement
R
B. are available in diode form B. ammeter only
C. are exact opposites with the same C. voltmeter and an ammeter
R
NOR and NAND inputs
D. have output conditions that are exact D. ohmmeter only
opposites to the output condition for
O
OR and AND, respectively

Ans: D Ans: C
C
585 A three-phase, squirrel cage, induction 585 The ground indicating light on the main
3 motor will run hot due to 4 electrical switchboard is indicating a
_____________. ground. The best procedure for
locating the grounded circuit is to
ET
_____________.
A. open stator coils A. trace the circuit paths while looking
for burned spots
B. high power factor B. check circuit resistances with a
M
megohmmeter connected between

the grounded line and the distribution
panel framework
C. open the circuit breakers on the
C. dirty or corroded slip rings distribution panel, one at a time, until
the lights no longer indicate a ground
D. reversed commutating poles D. check all circuits for continuity
Ans: A Ans: C
585 A three-phase, squirrel cage, induction 585 Which of the listed pairs of materials
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 motor will run hot due to a/an 6 make the best insulators?
______________.
A. improper brush position A. dry air and a vacuum
B. reversed commutating pole B. tin and lead
C. shorted stator C. doped silicon and germanium
D. high power factor D. paper and oil
Ans: C Ans: D
585 A split-phase induction squirrel-cage 585 A ground is indicated by the ground-
D
7 motor will not come up to speed, even 8 detecting system on the main
though the rated voltage, rated electrical switchboard. The FIRST
frequency, and rated load are applied. step in locating the actual ground is to
TE
The suspected trouble could be due to _____________.
_____________.
A. a faulty centrifugal switch A. close all circuit breakers in the
distribution panel until the ground
EC
detector indicates normal
B. broken rotor bars B. open the individual circuit breakers,
one by one until the ground detection
system indicates normal
C. worn bearings C. change over generators
R
D. all of the above D. check each circuit with a
megohmmeter
R
Ans: D Ans: B
585 Multiple grounds have developed and 586 To protect the rotor of a motor
O
9 were initially indicated by the ground- 0 disassembled for maintenance or

detecting system as one ground. The overhaul, it should be
FIRST step in locating the grounds is ___________________.
C
to _____________.
A. examine the main bus bars for signs of A. suspended by wire slings in one
overheating corner of the shop
B. eliminate the individual circuits one by B. wrapped in several layers of heavy
ET
one until the ground detecting system paper or cardboard

no longer indicates any grounds
C. change over generators C. supported by flat wood blocks on the
workbench
M
D. check each circuit with a D. returned to the frame as soon as the

megohmmeter bearings are removed
Ans: B Ans: B
586 An overload in which of the listed 586 A current-carrying conductor makes
1 motors will result in the illumination of 2 accidental contact with a wiring
an indicating light at the propulsion conduit. This will be indicated by a
control station alarm panel? _____________.
A. Fuel pump motor A. low switchboard wattmeter reading
B. Steering motor B. high switchboard wattmeter reading
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. Condensate pump motor C. darkened switchboard ground

detecting lamp
D. Forced draft blower motor D. darkened switchboard synchronizing
lamps
Ans: B Ans: C
586 A change in field excitation of an 586 The effect of carrying field excitation
3 alternator operating in parallel will 4 excessively high on a synchronous
cause a change in its _____________. motor will result in a _____________.
A. alternator frequency A. tendency for the motor to fall out of
D
step
B. kilowatt load B. tendency for the motor to overspeed
TE
C. voltage output C. tendency for the motor to overheat
D. all of the above D. loss of motor speed regulation
Ans: C Ans: C
EC
586 A fuse will "blow" if _____________. 586 The inductance of a coil is measured
5 6 in _____________.
A. an electric motor is stopped suddenly A. ohms
by opening a switch
B. the flow of current to the protection B. volts
R
device is reversed
C. the electrical current exceeds the rated C. henries
value of the fuse
R
D. unequal resistors are connected in D. amperes
parallel
O
Ans: C Ans: C
586 When a fluorescent lamp fails to light, 586 Electric current is the flow of electrons
7 the trouble can be in the 8 through a conductor; the rate of this
C
_____________. flow is measured in ___________.

A. lamp A. volts
B. starter B. amperes
ET
C. ballast C. coulombs
D. all of the above D. ohms
Ans: D Ans: B
M
586 Which of the following conditions can 587 A circuit with a blown fuse would be
9 lead to the failure of a resistor? 0 described as a/an _____________.
A. Excessive vibration A. short circuit
B. Insufficient ventilation B. open circuit
C. Corrosion C. bonded circuit
D. All of the above D. grounded circuit
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: D Ans: B
587 Which of the conditions listed will587 Which of the listed devices may be
1 indicate the need to clean the insulation2 used as a digital device?
on the windings of an electric motor?
A. Higher than normal operating A. variable resistor
temperature.
B. Excessive vibration at normal speed. B. diode
C. Sparking at the brushes. C. strain gauge
D. High megger readings. D. thermistor
D
Ans: A Ans: B
587 Which of the listed procedures is the 587 If a small electric motor is immersed in
TE
3 best way to tell if a motor has become 4 salt water it should be
overloaded? _________. I. washed in fresh water
II. dried in an oven
A. Measure the current flow and compare A. I only
EC
it with the motor full load current flow as
shown on the nameplate.
B. Feel the motor and judge by the B. II only
temperature.
C. Watch for telltale signs of smoke C. both I and II
R
coming from the motor.
D. Periodic opening of the O/L relay coil D. neither I or II
R
Ans: A Ans: C
587 On some electrical generating 587 When an AC or a DC motor fails to
O
5 equipment one outboard bearing 6 start, the FIRST step in

pedestal is insulated from the troubleshooting should be to check
bedplate. To check this insulation the ____________.
C
with the machine assembled you

should use a____________.
A. ohmmeter with the machine secured A. motor windings for obvious opens
ET
B. millivolt meter and a jumper with the B. motor controller leads for continuity
machine running
C. megohm meter with the machine C. fuse or circuit breaker
running
D. voltmeter and ammeter with the D. motor controller leads for grounds
M
machine running
Ans: B Ans: C
587 If deck machinery is expected to be idle587 Ambient temperature is the
7 for an extended period of time you8 _____________.
should____________.
A. have electrical safety gloves available A. amount of temperature rise with no
in case of electrical shock before load
running
B. perform a "high pot" test to determine B. amount of temperature developed by
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
the condition of the insulation an operating motor

C. water wash the motor and controller to
C. temperature of the compartment
remove any salt that may interfere with
where the motor is located
smooth operation
D. check run at regular intervals to insure D. normal operating temperature, less
correct operation and to renew the the room temperature
internal coating of lubrication
Ans: D Ans: C
587 A switchboard ammeter indicates a 588 Air gap readings should be
9 reading slightly above "zero" when 0 periodically taken for electrical
the leads are disconnected, this is generation equipment. The best tool
D
caused by _____________. to use to take these measurements is
a ___________.
TE
A. mechanical misalignment of the meter A. cloth (non-metallic) tape measure
pointer
B. a poor ground for the meter case B. dial indicator
C. static electricity in the air C. inside micrometer
EC
D. capacitors inside the meter storing D. tapered, long blade, feeler gage
charges
Ans: A Ans: D
588 Brush sparking during commutation may 588 Air gap readings for electrical
R
1 be caused by ________. 2 generating equipment should be
taken periodically. This is to
_______. I. determine the condition
R
of the bearings II. prevent damage to
the rotor and stator
O
A. eddy currents in the armature core A. I only

B. laminations in the generator field B. II only
C
pieces
C. induced current opposite to coil C. both I and II
inductance
D. coil inductance discharge occurring at D. neither I or II
ET
commutation
Ans: D Ans: C
588 The following air gap readings were obtained A ground on a particular phase of a
M
3 from a horizontally 5884 mounted, three-phase low voltage distribution

bilge pump, induction motor, equipped with system would be indicated by a
sleeve bearings: _____________.
FWD END AFT END Top
.045 .049Right Side .045 .047Left
Side .
A. both the aft and forward bearings A. high switchboard wattmeter reading
should be replaced.
B. Shims should be removed from the aft B. low switchboard wattmeter reading
bearing.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. The forward bearing should be C. dark or dim switchboard ground

lowered. detecting light
D. The aft bearing should be lowered. D. bright switchboard ground detecting
light
Ans: A Ans: C
588 As part of a routine maintenance 588 Which of the listed conditions will
5 program for deck machinery, you 6 occur if the polarity of the field
should ___________. poles and the direction of current to
the brushes of a DC motor were
both reversed?
A. inspect electrical wiring and A. The motor would not start.
D
pushbutton switches for evidence of
corrosion or burned insulation
TE
B. disassemble pushbutton switches and B. The direction of rotation of the
drain water each week armature would be reversed.
C. remove motor covers and ventilate as C. The direction of rotation of the
weather permits armature would be unchanged.
D. Check drum switch contact pressure D. The field pole windings would
EC
every three months become overheated.
Ans: A Ans: C
588 The armature cores of the D.C. motors 588 Equalization of the power factors of
7 are constructed with laminations to 8 two alternators operating in parallel is
R
___________. accomplished _____________.
A. eliminate hysteresis A. manually, by adjusting the governor
controls
R
B. minimize brush sparking B. automatically, by automatic voltage
regulators
O
C. reduce eddy current losses C. manually, adjusting the output of

current transformers
D. compensate for armature reaction D. automatically, by the designed action
C
of the governors
Ans: C Ans: B
588 DC generator voltage is decreased by 589 In a three-phase electrical system,
ET
9 cutting _____________. 0 three ground detecting lamps are

provided. If all three lamps REMAIN
at half-brilliance when the ground
detecting test switch is operated,
______________.
M
A. in field resistance A. there is a slight ground on all three

phases
B. outfield resistance B. the switch must be replaced
C. in armature resistance C. there are no grounds present
D. out armature resistance D. the light bulbs are of improper
voltage
Ans: A Ans: C
589 An open coil in a transformer will be 589 A four-pole induction motor, operating
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
1 indicated by which of the listed 2 on three-phase 60 cycle current will

conditions? operate at approximately
___________.
A. "zero" resistance accompanied by high A. 850 RPM
inductance
B. no resistance accompanied by stray B. 1,150 RPM
inductance
C. infinite resistance in addition to no C. 1,750 RPM
inductance
D. infinite resistance in addition to normal D. 3,550 RPM
inductance
D
Ans: C Ans: C
589 An open in the armature of a DC 589 An autotransformer is equipped with
TE
3 motor is suspected, but is not found 4 a 50% tap, a 65% tap, and an 80%
by visual inspection of the tap. Which of the following
commutator. The next step in statements is true concerning a load
troubleshooting this problem is to connected to the 50% tap?
________________.
EC
A. conduct a bar to bar test of the A. The load is receiving minimum
armature voltage and minimum current.
B. visually inspect the armature windings B. The load is receiving minimum
voltage and maximum current.
C. conduct an insulation resistance test of C. The load is receiving maximum
R
the armature voltage and minimum current.
D. test the commutator for a ground D. The load is receiving maximum
R
voltage and maximum current.
Ans: A Ans: B
O
589 A battery is connected to a circuit 589 When two generators are on the line
5 containing three resistors in parallel. 6 and are sharing the load equally, they
The values of the three resistors are are said to be operating in
C
2 ohms, 3 ohms, and 6 ohms. What is _____________.

the voltage of the battery if the total
circuit current is 12 amps?
A. 2 volts A. frequency
ET
B. 6 volts B. series
C. 12 volts C. parallel
D. 24 volt D. resonance
M
Ans: C Ans: C
589 If a DC motor runs hot, the cause may 589 Which of the methods listed is used
7 be _____________. 8 to maintain the division of load
between two compound-wound, DC
generators operating in parallel?
A. high mica condition A. The shunt fields are interconnected.
B. low ambient temperature B. The shunt field rheostats are
interconnected.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. clogged ventilation ducts C. The series fields of both generators

are connected in series.
D. an open in the shunt field D. The equalizer connection parallels the
series fields of all machines.
Ans: C Ans: D
589 An operational amplifier, as used in 590 Damp armature windings in a D.C.
9 today's consoles, has a calculated 0 motor may lead to ____________.
gain of 5. This means that when
the input changes
_____________.
A. 5 volts, the output changes 10 volts A. reduced voltage
D
B. 10 volts, the output changes 5 volts B. reduced current
TE
C. 2 volts, the output changes 10 volts C. increased resistance
D. 10 volts, the output changes 2 volts D. overheating

Ans: C Ans: D
EC
590 When the length and cross sectional590 Universal motors will operate on AC or
1 area of a wire are both tripled, the2 DC current, and are generally found in
resistance _____________. _____________.
A. increases nine fold A. portable tools
R
B. increases three fold B. large pump motors
C. remains the same C. turbo electric main motors
R
D. decreases six fold D. forced draft fans
O
Ans: C Ans: A
590 A diesel driven emergency generator is590 The energy consumed by an AC
C
3 prevented from being paralleled with the4 motor, as strictly reactive power, is
ship's service generators by _____________.
__________.
A. an electrical interlock system A. used to do mechanical work
ET
B. an automatic paralleling trip switch B. used to establish the magnetic field

of the motor
C. the synchronizing oscilloscope C. lost as heat generated by the
windings
M
D. the reverse current relay D. lost in doing work to turn the motor
itself
Ans: A Ans: B
590 Which of the listed motors will operate 590 On large generators, space heaters are
5 at the highest RPM, assuming that 6 used to ____________.
each operates at the same frequency?
A. A four-pole synchronous motor under A. keep the machine at ambient
normal load. temperature of the machinery space
B. A four-pole induction motor under no B. maintain rotor and stator winding
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
load. temperatures above the dew point to

prevent the formation of condensation
C. A six-pole synchronous motor under C. prevent condensation in the lube oil
normal load.
D. A six-pole induction motor under full D. prevent electrolysis due to
load. condensation in the bearings
Ans: A Ans: B
590 Which of the listed colors properly 590 An AC generator produces 60 Hz at
7 describes a DC motor commutator 8 1800 RPM. If the generator speed is
when correct commutation is taking increased to 1830 RPM, the cycles will
place? _____________.
D
A. Shiny blue A. remain at 60 Hz
B. Burnished green B. increase to 61 Hz
TE
C. Brick red C. decrease to 59 Hz
D. Chocolate brown D. increase to 63 Hz
EC
Ans: D Ans: B
590 A twelve volt lead-acid battery is 591 Moisture accumulating in electric
9 constructed of _________. 0 motors and generator windings having
a cold insulation resistance greater
than 50,000 ohms may be baked out
R
with internal heat. This heat can be
developed by ____________.
R
A. one cell A. feeding current into the windings at
low voltage
B. three cells B. short circuiting the armature and field
O
windings
C. six cells C. short circuiting the field windings and
passing current through the armature
C
D. twelve cells D. obtaining current from a DC source

such as an electric welder and
feeding it into the armature while
ET
running the motor at full speed

Ans: C Ans: A
591 In order to safely carry out repairs to 591 Three 12 volt, lead-acid, batteries
1 a generator circuit breaker, it must be 2 connected in series will develop
M
isolated from the bus. This is __________.

accomplished by opening the
_____________.
A. reverse power relay A. 12 volts
B. bus disconnect link B. 24 volts
C. generator bus fuse connections C. 36 volts
D. power directional relay D. 48 volts
Ans: B Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
591 The removal of paint from 591 An alternator will fail to produce line
3 electrical equipment, such as 4 voltage as a result of
generators, should be _____________.
cautiously undertaken because
____________.
A. the mechanical shock of paint removal A. a closed circuit breaker
lessens the dielectric strength of the
insulation
B. the paint dust is composed of abrasive B. oxidized slip rings
and semi-conducting materials which
impair insulation
D
C. paint dust buildup has a tendency to C. improperly staggered brushes
cause corrosion
TE
D. phase windings frequently become D. exciter generator failure
isolated from each other due to dust
interference at the terminals
Ans: B Ans: D
EC
591 An alternator operating in parallel 591 Severe vibration, accompanied by
5 begins to vibrate severely and 6 flashover at the collector rings of an
eventually trips out on the reverse alternator operating in parallel, is a
power relay. The cause of the symptom of _____________.
vibration was a result of
R
______________________.
A. the dropping of load by that alternator A. reverse current motorization
R
B. overspeeding of the vibrating alternator B. loss of synchronism
C. the alternator was operating out of C. destructive overspeeding
O
synchronism
D. flashover at the alternator collector D. reversed polarity
rings
C
Ans: C Ans: B
591 Which of the following problems will 591 Voltage failure of an AC generator
7 occur if the circuit breaker of the 8 may be caused by ____________.
ET
incoming alternator is closed and it is

180° out of phase with the loaded
alternator when paralleling?
A. The rotor of the loaded alternator will A. failure of the exciter generator
M
hunt.
B. Severe cross currents will occur which B. a tripped bus circuit breaker
could cause damage.
C. The rotor of the incoming alternator C. high mica segments on the stator bus
will stop. bar
D. Both alternators will parallel 180° out D. excessive prime mover speed
of phase.
Ans: B Ans: A
591 According to Regulations , which of 592 Hysteresis in a direct current generator
9 the following systems must be 0 is indicated by _____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
arranged so as to be energized by
the final emergency power source?
A. at least one light in the steering gear A. arcing at the brushes
room
B. each power operated watertight door B. pulsating terminal current
system
C. each charging panel for temporary C. heating of the armature core
emergency batteries
D. all of the above D. hunting and over control
Ans: D Ans: C
D
592 The most practical method used for 592 An open shunt field in a direct current
1 resurfacing a ship's service motor 2 machine may be located by
TE
commutator is to _____________. connecting the field circuit to an
external power source, equal to the
rated field voltage or less, and tested
with a voltmeter from _____________.
A. turn it down in the ship's lathe A. one line terminal to each coil lead in
EC
succession
B. use a grinding rig B. one field coil to each adjacent field
coil in turn
C. use a hand stone C. any suitable ground to any available
line lead
R
D. burnish it with commutator stones D. any field pole to each field coil lead
Ans: B Ans: A
R
592 Three factors responsible for the 592 The division of the reactive KVA load
3 change in voltage as load is applied to 4 between paralleled AC generators is
O
an AC generator are: 1) the drop in initiated by the ______________.

resistance in the armature circuit, 2)
the change in flux, and 3) the
C
____________.
A. armature winding speed A. prime mover governors
B. inductance load drop B. voltage regulators
ET
C. coil pitch factor C. phase balance relay

D. armature reactance voltage drop D. proportioner
Ans: D Ans: B
M
592 Which of the following statements 592 According to Regulations , the talking
5 about a three-phase wye connection is 6 and calling circuits of a sound powered
correct? telephone system must be
_____________.
A. The line current is 1.73 times the A. intrinsically safe
phase current.
B. The phase current is 1.73 times the B. independent of each other
line current.
C. The line voltage is 1.73 times the C. independently grounded
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
phase voltage.
D. The phase voltage is 1.73 times the D. connected to a common ground
line voltage.
Ans: C Ans: B
592 Regulations require that lighting 592 The emergency electrical power
7 fixture globes must be protected by 8 source on tank vessels over 500 GT
guards if the fixtures are located in the on an international voyage, should be
____________. capable of continuous operation under
emergency load for _____________.
A. steering gear room A. 6 hours
D
B. galley B. 12 hours
C. living quarters C. 18 hours
TE
D. wheelhouse D. 24 hours
Ans: A Ans: C
592 Which of the following statements 593 From the standpoint of safety, you
EC
9 concerning electrical cables is correct? 0 should never allow salt water to enter
a lead-acid storage battery or come
in contact with sulfuric acid because
______________.
A. Where they pass through watertight A. the resulting gas is extremely
R
bulkheads, they should be fitted with flammable
watertight stuffing boxes.
R
B. Electric cable coverings should never B. the resulting gas is a respiratory
be grounded. irritant that can be fatal
C. Electrical cables must be rigidly held in C. the primary constituent, sodium,
O
place by welding of armored cable, or reacts lethally with lead peroxide

glued in place where nonmetallic
insulation is used.
C
D. combining salt water with lead-acid

D. All of the above. creates an invisible gas resulting in
severe corrosion
ET
Ans: A Ans: B
593 If overloading a DC machine becomes 593 Which of the following statements of
1 necessary in an emergency, you 2 Regulations concerning battery
should ____________. installations is correct?
M
A. cool the machine with portable blowers A. Sign, permanently secured to the
and fans battery trays, indicating that
"naked lights or smoking is
prohibited in the vicinity" is not
necessary to be posted if trickle
charging is used.
B. hold thermal overload relays open with B. When power ventilation is required,
blocks of wood blower blades must be nonspeaking
and the system must be interlocked
with the battery charger to prevent
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
simultaneous operation.
C. inject small amounts of CO2 into the C. Trays should be chocked with wood
windings for cooling strips or equivalent to prevent
movement and each tray should be
fitted with nonabsorbent insulating
supports on the bottom.
D. increase the residual magnetism value D. Power and lighting batteries must be
of windings to reduce eddy currents of the lead-acid type only.
Ans: A Ans: C
593 Unless it can be shown that a 45°C 593 Regulations require each switchboard
D
3 ambient temperature will not be 4 to have mechanical protection
exceeded, motors within a machinery including _______.
space must be designed for an
TE
ambient temperature of
_____________.
A. 45°C A. closed sides
B. 50°C B. a drip shield
EC
C. 55°C C. a door at each entrance to a rear
working space
D. 60°C D. all the above
R
Ans: B Ans: D
593 Regulations require that each 593 When supplying emergency lighting
R
5 alternating current generator 6 loads, the storage battery initial
arranged for parallel operation voltage must not exceed the standard
shall be provided with system voltage by more than
O
_____________. _____________.
A. more than one means of excitation A.0.02
C
B. individual circuit fuses B.0.03

C. a high back-pressure trip C.0.05
D. a reverse-power trip D.0.1
ET
Ans: D Ans: C
593 When there is a fire in a large electric 593 According to Regulations , which of
7 motor, normally the very FIRST step is 8 the following statements is the ONLY
M
to ____________. method allowed to ease the starting

of emergency diesel generator
engines?
A. secure the electric supply A. Bayonet-type electrical oil heaters
B. ventilate area to remove smoke B. Steam or hot water lube oil heaters
C. start the fire pump and lead out hose C. Thermostatically controlled electric
jacket water heaters
D. apply foam D. Electric resistance heaters in the air
intake manifold
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: A Ans: C
593 Which of the following devices for a 594 Regulations require that automatic
9 lifeboat winch electrical circuit 0 starting emergency diesel
automatically prevents the davit arms generators assume emergency
of a gravity-type unit from over power loads as soon as
traveling their tracks when raising the ____________.
lifeboat?
A. Master cutout switch A. it is started
B. Emergency disconnect switch B. the electric potential of the ship's
service generators drops 15 to 40
D
percent below normal value
C. Limit switch C. the potential from the emergency
generator reaches 85 to 95 percent of
TE
its normal value
D. Clutch interlock switch D. the electric potential of the ship's
service generators drops to 15 to
40 percent of normal value
EC
Ans: C Ans: C
594 Which of the following safeguards 594 Regulations require that each
1 can be built into the control circuit of 2 electrical receptacle is to have a
a remotely operated fire pump to grounding pole, but only if it
ensure that the pump is not started
R
____________.
with the suction valve closed?
A. The fire pump starting circuit is A. operates at 100 volts or more
R
completed by a limit switch when the
suction valve opens.
B. A normally closed contact opens in B. is in a location exposed to the
O
the suction valve starter circuit, and weather

the pump starts immediately upon the
pushing of the pump start button.
C
C. A normally open contact closes in the C. is in a location accessible to other

fire pump suction valve starter circuit, than qualified personnel
and the pump starts immediately upon
ET
the pushing of the pump start button.

D. A time delay relay is de-energized D. is connected to a DC source
when the "ON" button is pushed, and
the pump starts after a predetermined
time delay.
M
Ans: A Ans: A
594 Regulations require a continuous 594 Regulations require that the
3 trickle charge is to be supplied from 4 emergency generator fuel tank on an
the ship's service power system for ocean going cargo vessel must be
batteries supplying power to the capable of supplying fuel to a fully
_________________. loaded engine for a time period of at
least ____________.
A. emergency power system for the radar A. 2 hours
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. portable radios for the lifeboats B. 4 hours

C. radios installed in the lifeboats C. 6 hours
D. emergency power and lighting system D. 18 hours
Ans: D Ans: D
594 In a diesel electric plant, raising the594 Electric propulsion coupling excitation
5 generator's field excitation will cause6 is reduced at slow speeds to
the DC propulsion motor to ________. ___________.
A. increase in speed A. increase speed control
D
B. decrease in speed B. increase shaft torque
C. affect generator speed only C. prevent coupling overheating
TE
D. affect main motor speed if done in D. prevent coupling slippage
conjunction with higher generator
engine speeds
Ans: A Ans: C
EC
594 An operating characteristic appearing594 Low horsepower, polyphase, induction
7 on the name plates of shipboard AC8 motors can be started with full voltage
motors is _____________. by means of _____________.
A. the type of winding A. compensator starters
R
B. input kilowatts B. autotransformer starters
C. temperature rise C. across-the-line starters
R
D. locked rotor torque D. primary-resistor starters
O
Ans: C Ans: C
594 A ground can be defined as an 595 External shunts are sometimes used with
C
9 electrical connection between the wiring0 ammeters to_______.

of a motor and its ____________.
A. shunt field A. increase meter sensitivity
ET
B. circuit breaker B. permit shunts with larger resistances

to be utilized
C. metal framework C. prevent damage to the meter
movement from heat generated by the
shunt
M
D. interpole D. enable the construction of a compact

meter with a virtually unlimited range
Ans: C Ans: C
595 Where a thermal-acting breaker is 595 Which of the following statements
1 required to be used in an area of 2 represents an application of a silicon
unusually high, low, or constantly controlled rectifier?
fluctuating temperatures, an ambient
compensating element must be used.
This element consists of a
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
______________.
A. cylindrical spring on the contact arm A. To provide DC power for a main
propulsion motor.
B. conical spring on the contact arm B. For use as a voltage reference diode.
C. second bimetal element C. For sensing flame in an automated
burner.
D. second electromagnet D. To eliminate power supply hum.
Ans: C Ans: A
595 In general, polyphase induction motors 595 Which of the following statements
D
3 can be started on full line voltage by 4 concerning the maintenance of solid-
means of ______________. silver contacts in relays and auxiliary
control circuits is correct?
TE
A. When necessary, they should always
A. compensator starters
be dressed with a wire wheel.
B. They should be filed with a fine-cut
B. autotransformer starters file when projections extend beyond
the contact surface.
EC
C. across-the-line starters C. When black silver oxide is present, it
should always be removed from the
contact surface with coarse
sandpaper.
D. primary-resistor starters D. If necessary, they should be held
R
together with moderate pressure while
emery paper is drawn between the
R
contacts.
Ans: C Ans: B
O
595 To properly use a hook-on-type595 The use of four diodes, in a full-wave

5 volt/ammeter to check current flow, you6 bridge rectifier circuit, will
must FIRST _____________. __________.
C
A. de-energize the circuit to allow A. provide unidirectional current to the

connection of the instrument in series load
B. hook the jaws of the instrument around B. allow a very high leakage current from
the insulated conductor the load
ET
C. connect the voltage test leads to the C. convert direct current to alternating
appropriate terminals current
D. short the test leads and calibrate the D. offer high opposition to current in two
instrument to zero directions
M
Ans: B Ans: A
595 When troubleshooting electronic595 Which of the listed devices is used to
7 equipment, you should use a high8 measure pressure and convert it to an
impedance multimeter electrical signal?
________________.
A. to prevent excess current flow A. Transducer
through the meter that would damage
it
B. for AC measurements only and a low B. Reducer
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
resistance meter for DC measurements

C. whenever a low impedance meter is C. Transformer
not available, regardless of the
components being tested
D. so as not to load down the circuit and D. Rectifier
obtain erroneous voltage readings
Ans: D Ans: A
595 When reading electrical motor controller596 Which of the following precautions
9 diagrams, it helps to know that0 should be taken when troubleshooting
____________. various power circuits using a common
solenoid type mechanical voltage
D
tester (wiggins)?
A. current paths in the control circuit are A. Never use this tester on circuits
TE
drawn as heavy lines and in the power greater than 60 Hz, as the coil's
circuit as lighter lines resultant high impedance lowers
current and magnetic pull. The
tester may not register dangerous
voltages.
EC
B. current paths in the power circuit are B. Always remember that the unit is
drawn as heavy lines and in control polarity sensitive and if used on DC
circuit as lighter lines circuits reversing the leads may
result in high temperatures within the
tester.
R
C. circuits subject to 500 volts or greater C. Never connect the device to circuits
are drawn as heavy lines and below where potentials greater than 120
R
500 volts as lighter lines volts may be present, as the coil's
extremely fine wire cannot withstand
more than a few amps.
O
D. circuits subject to 500 volts or greater D. Always pre-set the meter to the next
are drawn as light lines and below 500 higher range than the amount of
volts as heavy lines voltage expected in the circuit in
C
order to prevent damage from an off-

scale reading.
Ans: B Ans: A
ET
596 Which of the motors for the devices596 A molded-case circuit breaker provides
1 listed below is fitted with an2 protection against short circuits by
instantaneous overload relay? using a/an ________________.
A. Fan A. electromagnet
M
B. Pump B. shading coil

C. Winch C. arc quencher
D. Machine tool D. burn away strip
Ans: C Ans: A
596 The frequency output of an operating Which of the following physical
3 alternator is controlled by the 5964 characteristics does a wound-rotor
_____________. induction motor possess that a squirrel
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
cage motor does not?

A. relative speed of the rotor poles A. Slip rings
B. number of turns of wire in the armature B. End rings
coil
C. strength of the magnets used C. A centrifugal switch
D. output voltage D. End plates
Ans: A Ans: A
596 The rated temperature rise of an 596 Which of the following represents the
D
5 electric motor is the _____________. 6 accepted method of cleaning dust
and foreign particles from electrical
equipment while limiting damage to
TE
electric components?
A. average temperature at any given A. Carefully wiping off the components
latitude with a soft cotton rag.
B. normal temperature rise above the B. Blowing a high velocity stream of
EC
standard ambient temperature at compressed air rapidly across the
rated load components.
C. average temperature rise due to C. Using a vacuum cleaner to remove
resistance at 10% overload debris from the components.
D. permissible difference in the ambient D. Using carbon tetrachloride as a
R
temperature of the motor due to cleaning solvent to clean the
existing weather conditions components.
Ans: B Ans: C
R
596 The electrolyte in a lead-acid storage 596 The torque produced by a motor
7 battery consists of distilled water and 8 when its shaft will not turn, even
O
_____________. though rated voltage is applied to

the stator, is known as
_____________.
C
A. hydrogen chloride A. locked-rotor torque

B. calcium chloride B. pullout torque
ET
C. sulfuric acid C. breakdown torque

D. muriatic acid D. torque margin
Ans: C Ans: A
M
596 Heat sinks are frequently used with 597 Incandescent lamps are classified
9 _____________. 0 according to __________.
A. power transistors A. shape of bulb and type of service
B. vacuum tubes B. size and style of base
C. tunnel rectifier diodes C. operating voltage and wattage
Ans: A Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
597 Which of the following statements 597 The state of charge of a lead acid
1 describes the significance of ambient 2 storage battery is best indicated by the
temperature in relation to the service _____________.
life of electronic components?
A. Ambient temperature should be as A. testing of the individual cell voltages
high as possible to drive off moisture.
B. Increased ambient temperature B. ampere hour capacity of the battery
decreases the service life of electronic
components.
C. Ambient temperature is not significant C. specific gravity of the electrolyte
as long as the relative humidity is kept
D
low.
D. A reduced ambient temperature D. total cell voltages
causes a corresponding reduced
TE
service life.
Ans: B Ans: C
597 Tightly knit metal braid wire can be597 The open-circuit voltage of a fully
3 used with a printed circuit board when4 charged lead-acid battery cell is
EC
___________. _____________.
A. conductor flexibility is required A. 1.5 volts
B. DE soldering components in the circuit B. 1.8 volts
C. electrically produced magnetic fluxes C. 2.0 volts
R
would cause inaccuracies in adjacent
components
R
D. reactance in the circuit must be kept to D. 2.3 volts
a minimum
Ans: B Ans: C
O
597 Motor controllers are seldom troubled 597 A delayed-action fuse is most
5 with grounds because _____________. 6 frequently used in which of the listed
C
circuits?
A. the auxiliary contacts have a high A. Lighting circuit
resistance connection
B. the contactors and relays are mounted B. Motor circuit
ET
on a no conducting panel
C. the resistor banks are composed of
C. Electric heater circuit
individual series-connected units
D. there are separate switches for the D. Radar circuit
M
motor and the control

Ans: B Ans: B
597 Electric strip heaters are used in motor 597 A fuse that blows often should be
7 controllers to _____________. 8 replaced only with a fuse of
_____________.
A. prevent freezing of movable contacts A. the recommended current and
voltage rating
B. keep the components at their design B. higher current and voltage rating
ambient temperature
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. prevent condensation of moisture C. higher current and lower voltage

rating
D. minimize resistance in internal circuits D. lower current and higher voltage
rating
Ans: C Ans: A
597 The output voltage of a three-phase 598 The function of damper windings in a
9 alternator is regulated by the 0 synchronous motor is to
_____________. _____________.
A. AC voltage to the armature A. eliminate slippage
B. AC voltage to the field B. provide excitation
D
C. DC voltage to the armature C. provide starting torque
TE
D. DC voltage to the field D. increase efficiency
Ans: D Ans: C
598 Which of the following statements is 598 A low-voltage protection circuit is used
1 true concerning all three-phase 2 in electric motor starting equipment to
EC
alternators? _____________.
A. Each has three separate but identical A. trip circuit contactors when the motor
armature windings acted on by one overspeeds due to low voltage
system of rotating magnets.
R
B. Each has one armature winding acted B. trip circuit contactors when the motor
on by three identical but separate develops a short circuit due to low
systems of rotating magnets. voltage
R
C. All three-phase alternators are C. allow the motor to restart
designed to operate with a 0.8 leading automatically on restoration of voltage
O
power factor. without manually resetting

D. The three phases always provide D. prevent the motor from restarting
power to the load through three sets of automatically on restoration of
C
slip rings and brushes. voltage

Ans: A Ans: D
598 The part of a fuse that melts and opens 598 The cross-sectional area of shipboard
ET
3 the circuit is made of _____________. 4 electrical cable is expressed in

_____________.
A. copper and antimony A. millimeters
B. steel and babbitt B. gage numbers
M
C. aluminum or beryllium alloy C. centimeters

D. zinc or an alloy of tin and lead D. circular mils
Ans: D Ans: D
598 Fuses placed in series with a thermal 598 On an engine throttle control system,
5 trip-type circuit breaker are used for 6 the auxiliary control circuits are
_____________. provided with devices to prevent
excessive over travel of the pilot valve
by the synchronous motor. These
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
devices are called

_________________.
A. time-delay protection A. overlap sensors
B. short-circuit protection B. limit switches
C. short duration surge protection C. over travel relays
D. sustained overload protection D. proximity switches
Ans: B Ans: B
598 The most common source of excitation598 The type of feature afforded
D
7 for synchronous motors is a/an8 auxiliaries vital to the operation of
_____________. propelling equipment, where
automatic restart after a voltage
TE
failure would not create a hazard, is
termed _____________.
A. low voltage battery A. low voltage protection
B. motor attenuator set B. high amperage protection
EC
C. DC exciter generator C. low voltage release
D. AC supply D. high amperage release
Ans: C Ans: C
R
598 The purpose of DC generator brushes 599 The most common source of excitation
9 is to _____________. 0 for synchronous motors is a/an
R
______________.
A. neutralize armature reaction A. step-up transformer
O
B. conduct electric current to an outside B. half-wave rectifier

circuit
C. convert DC current to AC current C. DC supply
C
D. provide excitation to a DC generator D. AC supply

Ans: B Ans: C
ET
599 Which of the listed precautions should599 The simplest method of controlling the
1 be observed before spraying liquid2 terminal voltage of compound-wound
solvent on the insulation of an electric DC generator is with a
motor? _____________.
M
A. Slow the motor down to low speed. A. hand-operated field rheostat

connected in series with the shunt field
circuit
B. Disconnect the motor from the power B. separate exciter in a series with the
source. shunt field
C. Secure all ventilation in the area. C. carbon pile regulator in series with
the load
D. Preheat the insulation to assist in D. balance coil diverting neutral current
cleaning. through the shunt field
Ans: B Ans: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
599 An insulation resistance test is 599 A compound generator has a no-load

3 performed on a particular piece of 4 voltage of 250 volts and full load
electric equipment. In addition to the voltage of 230 volts, and therefore, is
resistance reading, what information considered to be _____________.
listed below should be entered in the
electrical log?
A. The maximum allowable operating
A. flat compounded
temperature of the machine.
B. The temperature of the machine at the
B. over compounded
time the resistance reading was taken.
C. The normal temperature rise of the C. under compounded
D
machine.
D. The complete nameplate data from the D. terminal compounded
resistance test instrument used to
TE
obtain the reading.
Ans: B Ans: C
599 One method of testing for a 599 Which of the following statements
5 reversed shunt field coil in a DC 6 represents the important factor that
EC
generator or motor is by connecting must be considered when replacing a
the field to a direct current source, faulty diode in the exciter rectifier
at reduced field rated voltage, and assembly?
test for polarity using a/an
____________.
R
A. iron bar across each field A. Be certain that the replacement diode
is the same polarity as the one
R
removed.
B. magnetic compass placed near each B. Never alter the diode alignment to
field cause a change in the neutral plane.
O
C. test lamp across adjacent fields C. Replacement of a diode also requires

balancing of the rotor with a one-piece
rotor lamination to be shrunk fit and
C
keyed to the shaft.

D. The replacement diode must be
D. copper jumper across the interpole
dipped in varnish prior to installation to
connections
ET
protect against humidity.

Ans: B Ans: A
599 Which of the terms listed best describes599 The purpose of squirrel-cage windings
7 a compound-wound DC generator 8 in a synchronous motor is to
M
having a higher voltage at no load than ______________.

at full load?
A. Flat compounded A. provide more precise balancing
B. Over compounded B. produce a higher power factor
C. Under compounded C. eliminate arcing between the stator
and the frame
D. Terminal compounded D. provide a means for starting
Ans: C Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
599 A triac thyristor functions as a control 600 The speed of a squirrel cage induction
9 device and is basically 0 motor is determined by the
________________. _____________.
A. two NPN transistors in parallel with a A. diameter of the stator
common base lead
B. a diode in series with a temperature B. number of stator poles
sensitive capacitor
C. two back-to-back SCR's with a C. rotor winding resistance
common gate lead
D. a triode tube with an extra heavy grid D. bar resistance of the conducting rotor
element
D
Ans: C Ans: B
600 Copper is often used as an electrical 600 Under which of the listed conditions
TE
1 conductor because it 2 can the engine room retake the throttle
_______________. control from the bridge?
A. has high resistance at low A. Any time it is deemed necessary.
temperatures
EC
B. has a highly polished surface B. Only with the master's permission.
C. is able to pass current with little C. After a 10 minute delay to the input
opposition command.
D. holds insulation together well D. Only after the throttle has been
placed in stop.
R
Ans: C Ans: A
600 In a 11kw induction-type motor with a 600 A single-phase induction motor having
R
3 cage rotor, the current required at 4 a relatively high starting torque, is the
standstill to produce starting torque is ___________.
O
approximately ____________.
A. half the full load current A. shaded pole motor
B. equal to the full load current B. wound-rotor motor
C
C. five times the full load current C. capacitor-start motor

D. ten to twenty times the full load current D. resistance-start motor
ET
Ans: C Ans: C
600 A generator has been exposed to water 600 The speed of a three-phase
5 and is being checked for its safe 6 squirrel-cage induction-type motor
M
operation. Therefore, it is necessary to operating in a fixed frequency

_______________. system is varied by changing the
_____________.
A. check for shorted coils with a growler A. number of phases to the motor
B. take moisture readings with a B. number of stator poles
hydrometer
C. test insulation values with a megger C. locked rotor current
D. ground the commutator, or slip rings D. resistance of the rotor winding
and run it at half load for 12 hours
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: C Ans: B
600 Batteries used for diesel engine starting 600 The combined effect of inductive
7 should __________. 8 reactance, capacitive reactance, and
resistance in an AC series circuit is
known as _____________.
A. be located in a locker on the weather A. reactance
deck
B. be located as close as possible to the B. total reactance
engine
C. have sufficient capacity to provide at C. impedance
least 50 starts consecutively without
D
recharging
D. only be of the nickel alkaline type D. resonance
TE
Ans: B Ans: C
600 AC circuits develop resistance, 601 When a megohmmeter is used to test
9 inductance, and capacitance. The 0 insulation, the gradual rise of the
inductive reactance of a circuit is pointer reading as a result of
EC
expressed in _____________. continued cranking, is caused by
_____________.
A. ohms A. good conductor resistance
B. mhos B. the leakage of current along the
R
surface of dirty insulation
C. henrys C. the inductive reactance of the
windings
R
D. farads D. the dielectric-absorption effect of the
insulation
O
Ans: A Ans: D
601 The basic control action of a magnetic 601 During the charging process of
C
1 amplifier depends upon 2 storage batteries, the charging rooms

_____________. should be well ventilated because
__________.
A. variations in the load capacitance A. without ventilation excessive gassing
ET
will occur
B. changes in inductance B. highly poisonous gases are released
C. type of core material C. highly explosive gases will otherwise
accumulate
M
D. construction of the core D. without ventilation the battery will not

take a full charge
Ans: B Ans: C
601 The purpose of an impressed current601 Routine maintenance of lead acid
3 cathodic protection system aboard ship4 batteries should include
is to _______________. _____________.
A. prevent corrosion of the hull, propeller, A. keeping the terminals clean
rudder and line shafting
B. neutralize the vessel's stray magnetic B. coating cable connections with
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
fields which would interfere with radar petroleum jelly

C. protect engine room and deck C. maintaining a trickle charge
machinery from oxidation in the
presence of salt air
D. maintain a minimum constant D. all of the above
alternator load to prevent overheating
Ans: A Ans: D
601 Electrical circuits are protected against 601 The function of a rectifier is similar to
5 overheating by means of a/an 6 that of a _______.
______________.
D
A. circuit breaker A. trap
B. amplifier B. regulating valve
TE
C. diode C. check valve
D. capacitor D. filter
Ans: A Ans: C
EC
601 A circuit is protected from overheating 601 Which of the following devices should
7 by a/an ___________. 8 be used to measure the temperature
of a battery electrolyte?
A. pyrometer A. Mercury thermometer
R
B. thermal overload relay B. Alcohol thermometer
C. magnetic contactor C. Thermocouple pyrometer
R
D. overload transformer D. Potentiometer
O
Ans: B Ans: B
601 The seven segment 602 Line losses in a distribution circuit are
C
9 arrangement for numerical 0 kept to a minimum by __________.

display on consoles, test meters
and other applications can be
either ________________.
ET
A. UJT or BJT A. adding rubber insulation conductors

to the circuit
B. BCD or OCD B. using higher current and lower
voltage
M
C. JFET or IGFET C. increasing the number of thermal

relays in the circuit
D. LED or LCD D. using higher voltage and lower
current
Ans: D Ans: D
602 Which of the following describes the 602 The multiple prefix "mega" (M) means
1 action when the handleis moved to 2 ____________.
the start position of a drum-type
motor controller used with a
compound motor?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. Full current is supplied to the shunt A. thousand (10 to the 3rd power)
field, series field, and armature.
B. Full line current is supplied to the shunt
and series fields, and reduced current B. million (10 to the 6th power)
is supplied to the armature.
C. Full line current is supplied to the C. billion (10 to the 9th power)
shunt field, and reduced current is
supplied to the series field and the
armature.
D. Reduced line current is supplied to the D. trillion (10 to the 12th power)
shunt field, series field, and armature.
D
Ans: C Ans: B
602 Armature cores in a DC generator are 602 The item referred to as a pigtail on a
TE
3 made of laminated steel sheets to 4 DC motor brush rigging is a/an
_____________. ______________.
A. fit the curvature of the frame A. feather spring
B. increase the hysteresis effect B. uninsulated wire
EC
C. reduce eddy current losses C. flexible spring adjuster
D. allow for easy assembly D. brush holder
Ans: C Ans: B
R
602 Reversing the current flow through a 602 In testing a three-phase delta winding
5 coil will ___________. 6 for an open circuit using a
R
megohmmeter, you must
______________.
A. reduce the amount of flux produced A. test each phase with all connections
O
intact
B. have no effect on the eddy currents B. measure the voltage across the open
produced connections while testing
C
C. reduce the power consumed C. test the windings as parallel groups to

avoid short circuiting
D. reverse its two-pole field D. open the delta-connections to avoid
ET
shunting the phase being tested

Ans: D Ans: D
602 The direction of rotation of an induction 602 An insulation resistance reading is
7 motor is ________. 8 taken at 20°C and found to be 10
M
megohms. What would you expect

the resistance reading to be at 40°C?
A. opposite the rotating field direction A. 2.5 megohms
B. the same as the direction of the B. 10 megohms
rotating field
C. determined by the number of poles C. 15 megohms
D. determined by the staggering of the D. 20 megohms
brushes
Ans: B Ans: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
602 The sub-multiple prefix "milli" (m) 603 When a solid-state component of an
9 means ____________. 0 electronic circuit is mounted to a
metallic mass, the general purpose of
that mass is to ____________.
A. one thousandth (10 to the -3rd power) A. prevent vibration damage to delicate
components
B. one millionth (10 to the -6th power) B. prevent mechanical damage to solid-
state components
C. one billionth (10 to the -9th power) C. dissipate stray magnetic currents
D. one trillionth (10 to the -12th power) D. act as a heat sink
D
Ans: A Ans: D
603 When charging lead-acid batteries, the603 One feature of the operational
TE
1 charging rate should be reduced as the2 amplifier is that it can have
battery nears its full charge to ____________.
____________.
A. prevent damaging battery plates A. up to ten outputs
EC
B. allow equalization of cell voltages B. binary coded decimal inputs
C. reduce lead sulfate deposits C. several hundred amps at the output
D. increase lead peroxide formation D. inverting and non-inverting inputs
R
Ans: A Ans: D
603 A saturable reactor uses relatively small 603 A signal derived from a controlled
R
3 DC currents to control 4 function and returned to the initiating
_______________. point is called a/an ____________.
O
A. high frequency low power loads A. monitoring signal

B. low frequency low power loads B. inverse signal
C
C. high frequency high power loads C. reverse signal

D. low frequency high power loads D. feedback signal
ET
Ans: D Ans: D
603 A shaded-pole motor is a 603 To provide its unique characteristics to
5 ____________. 6 analog circuits, the operational
amplifier is made up of
M
a/an______________.
A. synchronous motor A. voltage amp, current amp and output
amp
B. three-phase induction motor B. input amp, power amp and output
amp
C. compound-wound motor C. scaling amp, power amp and voltage
amp
D. single-phase induction motor D. differential amp, voltage amp and
output amp
Ans: D Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
603 The mica used in the commutators of 603 When starting a DC propulsion motor
7 DC machinery is _____________. 8 the variable rheostat must FIRST be
turned ____________.
A. harder than copper A. all the way to the run position then
quickly back to slow
B. softer than copper B. to the slow position then gradually
moved to full speed
C. the same hardness as the copper C. to the mid position
D. softer than copper but wears away at a D. quickly to the run position
slower rate
D
Ans: A Ans: B
603 To determine if a stator coil is 604 In an impressed current cathodic
TE
9 grounded, you should use a/an 0 protection system, the anode is
_____________. ____________.
A. ammeter A. connected to the hull and deteriorates
with time
B. ground detection lamp B. insulated from the hull and does not
EC
waste away
C. magneto C. connected to the hull but does not
waste away
D. megger D. insulated from the hull but
deteriorates with time
R
Ans: D Ans: B
604 When a megohmmeter is being used 604 Which of the following types of DC
R
1 to test insulation resistance, current 2 motors has its field connected in
leakage along the surface of the parallel with its armature?
insulation is indicated by the
O
megohmmeter's pointer
_____________.
C
A. dipping toward zero then raising slowly A. Counter EMF

B. continually rising as test voltage is B. Shunt
applied
ET
C. kicking slightly down scale as voltage C. Salient pole

is applied
D. fluctuating around a constant D. Series
resistance reading
Ans: C Ans: B
M
604 When checking the specific gravity of 604 Basic operating characteristics of the
3 the battery electrolyte with a 4 operational amplifier such as gain
hydrometer, you should be aware that and stability are the function of its
________________. _____________.
A. the battery is fully charged when the
A. differential input stage
float sinks deepest into the electrolyte
B. the battery is discharged when the B. power output stage
float is highest in the electrolyte
C. a hydrometer reading is accurate if C. feedback circuit
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
taken immediately after water is added

to the cell
D. warm temperatures will lower the D. supply voltages
specific gravity of the electrolyte
Ans: D Ans: C
604 The sub-multiple prefix "nano" (n) 604 A switchboard, for a AC electrical
5 means ____________. 6 distribution system, will be provided
with which of the following
components?
A. thousandth (10 to the -3rd power) A. Frequency meter.
D
B. millionth (10 to the -6th power) B. Ammeter
C. billionth (10 to the -9th power) C. Voltmeter
TE
D. trillionth (10 to the -12th power) D. All of the above
Ans: C Ans: D
604 A generator is prevented from 604 Which type of AC single-phase motor
EC
7 becoming motorized by the use of a/an 8 will also operate on direct current?
_____________.
A. overspeed trip A. Split-phase
B. reverse power relay B. Series-wound
R
C. back pressure trip C. Shaded-pole
D. governor controls D. Repulsion-start
R
Ans: B Ans: B
O
604 Aboard ship, a grounded field coil in an 605 The electrical energy necessary to
9 AC motor can be determined by using 0 power a sound-powered telephone's
a _________________. small vibrating bell is obtained from
C
_________.
A. portable growler A. the emergency batteries for the
general alarm
ET
B. galvanometer B. each station's hand-cranked

generator
C. visual inspection C. the emergency switchboard
D. megohmmeter D. normal 115 volt DC supplies
M
Ans: D Ans: B
605 A testing device called a "growler" is 605 A DC shunt generator has its field
1 being used to locate a shorted coil in 2 windings connected in
the stator of an AC electrical machine. _____________.
When the "feeler" is moved over a slot
containing the shorted coil
_____________.
A. a loud growling noise will be heard A. series with the series windings
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. any vibration within the feeler will B. parallel with the field rheostat
cease
C. the meter needle will be deflected to C. series with the armature windings
zero
D. the meter needle will be deflected to D. parallel with the armature windings
full-scale
Ans: A Ans: D
605 The sub-multiple prefix "pico" (p) 605 Which of the following statements
3 means ____________. 4 concerning a simple parallel
resistance circuit is correct?
D
A. thousandth (10 to the -3rd power) A. The voltage drop across each
resistor is the same.
TE
B. millionth (10 to the -6th power) B. The total current flow equals the
reciprocal of the sum of the individual
currents.
C. billionth (10 to the -9th power) C. The total resistance equals the sum of
the individual resistances.
EC
D. The total voltage equals the sum of
D. trillionth (10 to the -12th power) the individual voltages across each
resistance.
Ans: D Ans: A
R
605 The resistance value of a resistor in a 605 On AC vessels, which of the following
5 circuit can best be determined by the 6 statements represents the most
_____________. difficult problem involved in obtaining
R
a DC potential suitable for use by
computer components?
A. single solid body color of the resistor A. A stepdown transformer is always
O
required.
B. band markings on the resistor B. Vessel vibrations affect the voltage
C
source.
C. amperage value written on the resistor C. The voltage must be rectified and
made ripple free.
D. physical size of the resistor D. Rectifiers cannot operate with voltage
ET
regulators.
Ans: B Ans: C
605 A shunt-wound DC generator is one in 605 The rotor of a synchronous motor
7 which the shunt field windings are in 8 operates in synchronism with the
M
parallel with the _____________. rotating field because

______________.
A. commutator A. of the amortisseur windings
B. brushes B. the rotor is magnetically locked into
step with the rotating magnetic field by
the excitation current
C. armature C. the field strength varies directly with
rotor slip
D. all of the above D. the stator flux rotates in the opposite
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
direction
Ans: D Ans: B
605 Hand-portable phase sequence 606 The division of kilowatt load between
9 indicators should be used when 0 two paralleled alternators is
____________. determined by the _____________.
A. installing a new synchro scope A. amount of field excitation to the
leading machine
B. preparing to make the shore power B. load-speed characteristics of the
connection governors
C. replacing a defective solenoid C. amount of field excitation to the
D
lagging machine
D. all of the above D. number of field poles per alternator
TE
Ans: B Ans: B
606 A breakable, mercury-filled 606 Which of the following statements is
1 thermometer should not be used in 2 true concerning simple parallel
a lead-acid battery to measure resistance circuits?
EC
electrolyte temperature, as an
accidental breakage can cause
____________.
A. severe sparking and explosions A. The total current flow equals the sum
of the individual currents.
R
B. The total current flow equals the
B. rapid oxidation of battery plates reciprocal of the sum of the individual
currents.
R
C. violent gassing at the positive plates C. The total resistance equals the sum
of the individual resistance.
D. The total voltage equals the sum of
O
D. corrosion on the battery terminals the individual voltages across each

resistance.
C
Ans: A Ans: A
606 The pushbutton on the handset of a 606 When troubleshooting an electronic
3 ship's sound-powered telephone must 4 circuit, a cold solder joint can be
ET
be depressed to ______________. located with the aid of an ohmmeter.

Once the problem has been located,
you should _________________.
A. talk then released to listen A. reheat the circuit in an oven to an
even temperature and recheck with an
M
ohmmeter
B. listen then released to talk B. reheat the connection with a match
and recheck with an ohmmeter
C. reheat connection with a soldering
C. both talk and listen
tool and recheck with an ohmmeter
D. ring the station being called D. do nothing as this is the normal
condition
Ans: C Ans: C
606 During its operation, loud buzzing and 606 Although saturable reactors are
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 resultant welding of contacts of a 6 extremely useful in some applications,

magnetic relay may be caused by their gain is low because of
__________. ____________.
A. overheating of the contactor coil A. core hysteresis losses
B. low voltage on the operating coil B. inductive reactance in the control
winding
C. low insulation resistance to ground C. IR drop throughout the load winding
D. lubrication of the contact bearing D. all of the above
points
Ans: B Ans: A
D
606 Most three-phase induction motors of606 If a magnetic controller relay fails to
7 five horsepower or less, are started by8 drop out when the coil voltage is
TE
_____________. removed from the relay, the probable
cause may be _____________.
A. autotransformer starters A. excessive spring tension
B. resistor starters B. overvoltage
EC
C. across-the-line starters C. excessive current
D. reactor starters D. welded contacts
Ans: C Ans: D
R
606 The synchronous speed of an induction 607 In a simple series circuit, the entire
9 motor is the ________. 0 source voltage will drop across
R
______________.
A. speed at which the rotor turns A. the resistor next to the negative
terminal
O
B. speed of the rotating field B. a short circuit

C
C. frequency of the rotor current C. the resistor next to the positive

terminal
D. slip in per cent of rotor RPM D. an open circuit
ET
Ans: B Ans: D
607 An across-the-line starter provides 607 Excessive heat in an operating motor
1 ___________________. 2 controller can result from
_____________.
M
A. maximum torque A. a closed starter contact

B. slow starting power B. loose connections
C. high speed C. missing arc chutes
D. reduced voltage D. low motor starting torque
Ans: A Ans: B
607 The speed of a wound-rotor induction 607 If you hear a loud buzzing noise
3 motor _____________. 4 coming from a magnetic motor
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
controller, you should ____________.

A. will be fixed by the number of field A. assume that the motor is operating at
poles a full load
B. can be varied by a rheostat-type B. assume that the controller is
control operating normally
C. can only be synchronous speed at full C. notify the electrician or watch
load engineer of the problem
D. can only attain synchronous speed at D. feel the outside of the casing with
no load your hand to see if it is hot
Ans: B Ans: C
607 Which of the following conditions 607 Which of the following will happen to
D
5 indicates a short circuited capacitor 6 the alternator frequency if the load is
when checking its condition with an removed from a turbogenerator,
TE
ohmmeter? whose governor has a 3% speed
droop?
A. The capacitor shows charging, but the A. It will remain unchanged.
final resistance reading is appreciably
less than normal.
EC
B. The reading is practically zero and B. It will decrease by approximately 3%.
remains there.
C. The capacitor shows no charging C. It will become variable.
action, but indicates a very high
resistance.
R
D. The pointer moves quickly to the low D. It will increase.
resistance side of the scale, then slowly
R
recedes toward infinity.
Ans: B Ans: D
O
607 A resistor placed in parallel to the 607 With both ends of a three
7 output of a power supply 8 conductor cable disconnected and
_____________. arranged without the conductors
C
touching each other, an

ohmmeter reading of "zero" ohms
between the ends of one
conductor would indicate
ET
_____________.
A. is a temperature compensator A. continuity
B. corrects power factor B. a partial ground
M
C. prevents excessive currents C. the resistance is infinite

D. aids in output voltage regulation D. a short circuit
Ans: D Ans: A
607 In troubleshooting a circuit in a 608 The state of charge of a lead-acid
9 console, you find that a resistor may 0 battery is best indicated by the
be faulty. Which of the precautions ____________.
listed must be observed when using
an ohmmeter to carry out this test?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. Correct polarity must be observed, A. individual cell voltage

connecting the red lead to the banded
end of the resistor.
B. Meter leads must be twisted to cancel B. ampere-hour capacity
the leads' magnetic fields.
C. The meter must be placed in series
C. electrolyte specific gravity
with the resistor and the circuit.
D. The resistor's circuit must be de-
energized and at least one end of the D. total cell voltage
component isolated.
Ans: D Ans: C
D
608 For practical purposes, in a 608 If both the "high level" and "low level"
1 simple series circuit, the source 2 alarms come on for the same address
TE
voltage will be dropped across of a centralized control console, the
one resistor if it has most likely problem is a/an
______________. ____________.
A. half the resistance of the other resistor A. sensor failure
EC
B. a resistance equal to the other B. failed alarm
C. at least ten times the resistance of the C. low level
other
D. a partial short circuit D. extremely high level
R
Ans: C Ans: A
608 You have installed a Zener diode in 608 Violent gassing from a lead-acid
R
3 parallel with a load. While measuring 4 battery while it is being charged,
the voltage across the Zener diode it is indicates that the _____________.
found that it does not change as the
O
current through the load increases.

This means that the Zener diode
C
__________.
A. is working as it should A. plate separators are grounded
B. is shorted B. battery compartment ventilation is
ET
inadequate
C. is open C. electrolyte specific gravity is too low
D. does not regulate as it should D. charging rate is too high
Ans: A Ans: D
M
608 A burned-out LED should be indicated 608 When a lead-acid battery begins
5 by _____________. 6 gassing freely while receiving a
normal charge, the charging current
should be _____________.
A. excessive output A. increased
B. a slight glow in the crystal B. shut off
C. excessive illumination C. decreased
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. no illumination D. unchanged
Ans: D Ans: C
608 Motor controller or starter contacts may608 Transformer cores are laminated to
7 become pitted and welded together if8 reduce _____________.
the contacts _____________.
A. open under loaded conditions A. eddy currents
B. close slowly with light pressure B. secondary flux
C. open too quickly and arc C. leakage flux
D
D. close quickly with proportionate D. all of the above
pressure
TE
Ans: B Ans: A
608 The governor control switch of an 609 Which of the following statements is
9 alternator is moved to the "raise" 0 true concerning the operating
position. This action will characteristics of a squirrel-cage
EC
_____________. motor?
A. raise the no-load speed setting of the A. Rotor slip is dependent upon the
governor motor load.
B. raise the percentage of speed droop B. An increase in motor load results in
less slip.
R
C. lower the no-load speed setting of the C. A decrease in rotor speed results in
governor less generated current.
D. lower the percentage of speed droop D. A decrease in rotor speed produces
R
a weaker magnetic field.
Ans: A Ans: A
O
609 As an armature revolves within a 609 To test fuses in an energized circuit,

1 magnetic field, friction is developed 2 you should use a ____________.
between the rotated magnetized
C
particles as they pass through each

magnetization cycle. This results in
____________.
ET
A. copper loss A. low voltage light bulb

B. eddy-current loss B. megohmmeter
C. hysteresis loss C. voltmeter
M
D. armature reaction D. resistance meter

Ans: C Ans: C
609 The proper way to mix the electrolyte 609 In order to increase its range of
3 for a battery is to add _____________. 4 measurement, a resistance would be
placed in series with which of the
following instruments?
A. acid to alkaline water A. DC voltmeter
B. acid to distilled water B. DC ammeter
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. alkaline water to acid C. frequency meter

D. distilled water to acid D. power factor meter
Ans: B Ans: A
609 When mixing electrolyte for a lead-acid 609 If the approximate voltage to be
5 storage battery, ______________. 6 measured in a circuit is not known,
you should _____________.
A. stirring should always be avoided A. use the lowest voltage range on the
voltmeter
B. a lead container should always be B. connect the meter in series with the
D
used circuit
C. always pour the water into the acid C. only have to calibrate the meter
before using it
TE
D. always pour the acid into the water D. use the highest voltage range on the
voltmeter
Ans: D Ans: D
609 Caution must be exercised during the609 When the current flow through a
EC
7 charging of lead-acid storage batteries8 copper wire increases, its
as _____________. _____________.
A. the acid will become weaker A. resistance will decrease
B. hydrogen gas is being continuously B. insulation will burn
R
liberated
C. both plates are changing chemically to C. temperature will increase
lead sulfate
R
D. lead peroxide in the negative plate is D. conductivity will increase
poisonous
O
Ans: B Ans: C
609 While testing a semi-conductor diode 610 The specific gravity of the electrolyte
9 with an ohmmeter, both the forward 0 in a lead-acid battery is measured by
C
and reverse readings are almost in a _____________.

the infinity range. This would indicate
that the unit is _____________.
ET
A. good A. Gould plate

B. open B. titration pipette
C. grounded C. hydrometer
M
D. shorted D. litmus paper test

Ans: B Ans: C
610 Capacitance in an AC circuit will 610 Which of the following activities occurs
1 _____________. 2 during the charging process of a lead-
acid storage battery?
A. stop current flow once the capacitor is A. The specific gravity of the acid
fully charged increases.
B. allow current flow in only one direction B. Both plates change chemically to
lead sulfate.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. oppose any change in circuit voltage C. The specific gravity of the acid
decreases.
D. rectify the current D. Hydrogen gas is absorbed.
Ans: C Ans: A
610 Magnet chatter or "pumping" occurring 610 Which of the following characteristics
3 in a magnetic contactor can be 4 is most critical in determining the size
caused by ______________. of the cable to be used in a particular
circuit?
A. dirt or grease on pole faces A. voltage rating
D
B. mechanical interference in the B. weight per unit length
contacts
C. chattering contacts on the control relay C. current rating
TE
D. magnetic lock out of the contacts D. inductance per unit length
Ans: C Ans: C
610 Shunt, series, and compound wound 610 Motor starter or controller contacts
EC
5 motors, are all DC motors designed to 6 may become welded together if the
operate from _____________. contacts _____________.
A. constant potential, variable current DC A. open too quickly and arc
sources
B. variable potential, constant current DC B. close under excessive pressure
R
sources
C. variable potential, variable current DC C. open or close too quickly
R
sources
D. constant potential, constant current D. close under excessive starting
DC sources current
O
Ans: A Ans: D
610 Which of the following devices are 610 An advantage of DC motors over AC
C
7 protected from being motorized by a 8 motors is that they _____________.

reverse-power relay?
A. Alternators A. are less expensive
ET
B. Wave guides B. require less maintenance

C. Exciters C. can be started across the line
D. Amplidynes D. offer a more effective means of
M
controlling speed
Ans: A Ans: D
610 Before using a volt-ohmmeter to 611 To equalize the power factor of two
9 measure resistance readings, you 0 alternators operating in parallel, the
should _____________. ____________.
A. replace all batteries A. field excitation of both units is
adjusted
B. test the insulation resistance of the B. governors of both units are adjusted
leads
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
C. make sure the test leads do not touch C. phase sequence is altered
D. hold the leads together and "zero" the D. kilowatt load is evenly divided
meter
Ans: D Ans: A
611 When you check the specific gravity of 611 The total resistance of a parallel circuit
1 the battery electrolyte with a 2 is always ____________.
hydrometer, it should be kept in mind
that ____________.
A. the battery is fully charged when the A. larger than that of the branch with the
indicator floats low in the electrolyte greatest resistance
D
B. any water that has been previously B. smaller than that of the branch with
added to the cells will dilute the solution the lowest resistance
and give a false reading
TE
C. a hydrometer reading is inaccurate if C. equal to the sum of the individual
taken immediately after water is added branch resistances
to the cell
D. temperature has no effect on D. equal to the sum of the individual
EC
hydrometer readings branch resistances divided by the
number of branches
Ans: C Ans: B
611 If the resistance of a circuit is cut in half611 The power factor at which a paralleled
3 and the applied voltage is kept4 AC generator operates is usually
R
constant, the current flow will be adjusted by the _____________.
_____________.
R
A. doubled A. connected load
B. quadrupled B. prime mover speed
O
C. unchanged C. field excitation

D. cut in half D. generator's rated voltage
C
Ans: A Ans: C
611 If the excitation is increased to one of611 In a series wound motor, the current
ET
5 two alternators operating in parallel, the6 passing through the field windings is
_____________. also passing through the
_____________.
A. power factor will change in the lagging A. armature
direction
M
B. power factor will change in the leading B. shunt field

direction
C. kilowatt load will be greatly increased C. reactance comparator
D. ampere load will be greatly decreased D. laminations
Ans: A Ans: A
611 The power factor of an AC generator 611 The speed of a series wound winch
7 operating singularly is determined by 8 motor is controlled by ____________.
the __________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. connected load A. varying the voltage applied to the

motor
B. prime mover speed B. the weight of the load on the cargo
boom
C. field excitation C. overcurrent protection devices in the
motor
D. generator's rated voltage D. a hydraulic speed-limiting governor
Ans: A Ans: A
611 Why is it desirable to operate paralleled612 The charge of a lead-acid battery is
9 AC generators at the same power0 checked with a _____________.
D
factor?
A. Circulating currents are kept to a A. manometer
minimum.
TE
B. Field excitation losses are kept to a B. hydrometer
minimum.
C. Generator rotors will have a lesser C. viscometer
tendency to hunt.
EC
D. Because a power factor increase will D. ohmmeter
decrease kilowatt output.
Ans: A Ans: B
612 If a 6 volt battery were connected in612 You can determine if a circuit breaker
1 series with a 24 volt battery by putting2 has tripped by ________________.
R
their negative terminals together, what
would be the result?
R
A. "Zero" volts A. examining the position of the handle
B. 12 volts of the opposite polarity B. checking for which of the breakers is
O
warm
C. 18 volts, positive on the 24 volt battery C. looking for a burned-out link
C
D. 30 volts, negative on the 24 volt D. all of the above

battery
Ans: C Ans: A
ET
612 Which of the following statements 612 A slow continual loss of electrolyte
3 describes what will happen when both 4 level from one cell of a storage battery
the polarity of the field poles, and the could be due to _______________.
direction of current to the brushes of a
DC motor are reversed?
M
A. The motor will not start. A. a cracked casing

B. The direction of rotation of the B. too low a charging rate
armature will be reversed.
C. The direction of rotation of the C. the specific gravity being higher than
armature will remain the same. normal
D. The field pole windings will become D. one filler cap installed too tightly
overheated.
Ans: C Ans: A
612 The basic meter movement responds 612 When power is restored after a
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
5 to the flow of current through its coil. 6 complete power failure, a steering gear
Therefore, this meter movement may pump motor will ____________.
be used as a/an _____________.
A. voltmeter by placing a resistance in A. have to be restarted
parallel with the coil
B. ohmmeter by placing another meter B. have to be reset
movement in parallel with the coil
C. wattmeter by placing a battery in C. restart automatically
D. ammeter by placing a low resistance in D. trip its overload relays
D
Ans: D Ans: C
612 When an alternator is to remain idle for 612 Proper storage battery maintenance
TE
7 even a few days _________________. 8 includes ____________.
A. lift the brushes and disconnect the A. keeping connections tight and casing
pigtails surfaces clean
B. insulate the collector rings with strips B. making sure electrolyte level is below
EC
of cardboard the separator plates
C. energize the heater circuit C. insulating the terminals with naval
jelly
D. open the equalizing bus disconnect D. maintaining a high charging rate at
switch all times
R
Ans: C Ans: A
612 The true power indicated by the 613 The shunt of a DC ammeter should be
R
9 pointer movement of a wattmeter 0 connected in __________.
depends on the current flow through
the load, the magnitude of the
O
potential across the load, and the

____________.
A. power factor of the load A. series with the load and in parallel
C

B. angle of coil displacement B. parallel with the load and in series
ET
C. inertia of the movable coil C. parallel with the load and in parallel
D. high resistance from the load D. series with the load and in series
Ans: A Ans: A
M
613 Due to the operating characteristics of the 613 Loss of or weak residual magnetism
1 system, time lag fuses 2 in an alternator or generator can be
(or dual-element fuses) are necessary for corrected for by _________________.
use in _____________.
A. main lighting circuits A. running the rotor in the opposite
direction for 5 minutes
B. motor starting circuit B. allowing the generator to run at 10%
of normal speed for 5 minutes
C. emergency lighting circuits C. running the generator at normal
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
speed with the field rheostat fully

counterclockwise
D. general alarm circuits D. using a storage battery or battery
charger to "flash" the field
Ans: B Ans: D
613 Cleaning of electrical insulation should 613 The plates of a NiCad storage battery are
3 be _____________. 4 made of ________.
A. done every six months A. potassium hydroxide with a small
amount of sulfuric acid
B. accomplished every 12 months B. lead and lead peroxide
D
C. determined by need and not the C. silver oxide and lead sulfate
calendar
D. performed whenever the electrician is D. combinations of nickel powder and
TE
not otherwise busy nickel & cadmium salts
Ans: C Ans: D
613 Relative to the direction of rotation, a 613 One method of troubleshooting digital
5 D.C. motor commutating pole has the 6 circuits in a console is to
EC
same polarity as the _____________. ___________.
A. supply alternate logic levels at the
A. main pole following input(s) and test for change of state
conditions at the output
B. interpole following B. ground all inputs and test for a logic
R
"1" at the output
C. main pole preceding C. open all inputs and test for a logic "0"
R
at the output
D. interpole preceding D. vary each input smoothly from 0-10
volts and test for similar variance at
O
the output
Ans: C Ans: A
C
613 Which of the following meters uses a 613 Electrical machinery insulation will
7 shunt connected in series with the 8 break down more rapidly due to
load, but parallel with the meter _________________.
movement?
ET
A. voltmeter A. low loading of motors and generators

B. power factor meter B. frequent megger testing
C. wattmeter C. high temperatures and vibration
M
D. ammeter D. high operating frequencies

Ans: D Ans: C
613 Which of the listed ranges represents 614 The operator of electrical motors
9 specific gravity corrected for 0 should keep a constant check on the
temperature for the electrolyte of a loads they carry because
fully charged portable lead-acid _____________.
battery?
A. 1.100 to 1.150 A. low loads necessitate frequent
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
insulation cleaning
B. 1.180 to 1.200 B. exceeding nameplate values
shortens useful life
C. 1.280 to 1.300 C. energy is wasted if full loading is not
utilized
D. 1.750 to 2.000 D. power factor correction methods are
load dependent
Ans: C Ans: B
614 When troubleshooting a console circuit614 The amount of mechanical force or
1 card which is suspected of being2 torque produced by an electric motor
faulty, the first step would be to _____. depends on the ________________.
D
A. pull the card and measure the value of A. strength of its magnetic field
all resistors
TE
B. check for the correct value and polarity B. amount of armature current flow
of all power connections to the card
C. pull the card and visually inspect for C. length of conductor in the field
burned components
D. check for continuity of circuit board D. all of the above
EC
traces and then the gain of each
transistor
Ans: B Ans: D
614 The life expectancy of electrical614 Under normal conditions, storage
R
3 insulation, is approximately halved for4 batteries used for starting the
an increased operating temperature of emergency diesel generator are
_______________. maintained in a charged state by
R
which of the following methods?
A. 10° C A. Trickle charging
O
B. 25° C B. Fast charging

C. 50° C C. Equalizing charge
C
D. 100° C D. Reverse charging
Ans: A Ans: A
ET
614 When troubleshooting a console 614 A useful instrument for checking A.C.
5 circuit card suspected of being 6 motor performance by measuring
faulty, first check for proper possible unbalanced currents is the
voltages to the card and then _____________.
M
_______________.
A. test transistors or integrated circuits for A. hand or battery-operated megger
gain and compare with manufacturer's
specifications
B. blow any accumulated dust from the B. vibrating-reed frequency meter
card with at least 2kg/cm2 air from the
ship's service air system
C. pull the card, clean the sliding C. hook-on voltmeter-ammeter
connections with a pencil eraser, and
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
remove accumulated dust

D. de-energize the card and check the D. D'Arsonval iron-vane probe
printed circuit traces for continuity with
an ohmmeter
Ans: C Ans: C
614 What is the approximate voltage614 You are using a mechanical voltage
7 produced by a nickel-cadmium battery8 tester to check the fuses in a three-
cell? phase circuit supplying an electric
motor. For which of the following
reasons must the motor be stopped
D
during the test?
A. Testing an energized circuit presents
A. 1.25 volts
a hazard to the testing personnel.
TE
B. 1.50 volts B. A faulty fuse could go undetected
with the motor energized.
C. 2.20 volts C. Reversed polarity of the circuit would
be indicated by the voltage tester with
the circuit energized.
EC
D. 6.05 volts D. All of the above.
Ans: A Ans: B
614 The voltage of an operating AC615 To properly seat the brushes on slip
R
9 turbogenerator is raised or lowered by0 rings, you should use ____________.
adjusting the _____________.
A. exciter generator governor controls A. sand paper
R
B. synchronizing switch B. crocus cloth
O
C. phase sequence switch C. emery cloth

D. generator field exciter D. all of the above
C
Ans: D Ans: A
615 When a battery-charging panel is being615 Routine A.C. motor maintenance
1 used, the batteries will discharge if2 should include periodic
ET
_____________. ______________.
A. DC voltage is supplied A. thermometer readings at normal
loads to detect abnormal temperature
rises
M
B. the polarity is reversed B. inspection of the motor's internals for

loose rotor bars or field poles
C. bearing replacement each year using
C. the voltage fluctuates
sealed units if available
D. too little current is supplied D. all of the above
Ans: B Ans: A
615 When replacing fuses, always make 615 Periodic testing of circuit breakers is
3 sure _______________. 4 necessary to assure that a correctly
rated and properly installed unit
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
_________________.
A. to stand on a rubber mat and use A. can trip faster as it increases in age
rubber gloves
B. to use insulated pliers or screwdriver B. will continue to provide the original
degree of protection
C. the fuse clips are straight, tight, and in C. does not exceed its interrupting
good contact capacity
D. to increase the fuse rating 10% to guard D. be able to withstand at least 125% of
against "nuisance blowing" applied voltage
Ans: C Ans: B
D
615 You are attempting to parallel two AC 615 Periodic testing by a shore side
5 generators and the synchro scope 6 support technician using a special
pointer is revolving in the slow camera which can detect potentially
TE
direction. This indicates that the dangerous loose or corroded bus bar
frequency of the incoming machine is and controller connections is termed
_____________. ______________.
A. higher than the bus frequency A. heat sensitive thermography
EC
B. lower than the bus frequency B. visual pyrotronics
C. the same as the bus frequency but out C. corrosion electrolysis
of phase with it
D. the same as the bus frequency, and D. electric vibroanalysis
R
the circuit breaker may be closed at
any pointer position
Ans: B Ans: A
R
615 When troubleshooting a motor 615 Materials that retain a large part of
7 controller, all indications are that a 8 their magnetization, after the
O
relay coil should be energized. If magnetizing force is removed, are

there were no magnetic pull, with said to have _____________.
rated voltage measured across the
C
coil, the most probable cause would

be that the _________________.
A. coil is open A. low hysteresis loss
ET
B. control fuse is open B. high flux density

C. auxiliary contact in series with the coil C. high permanence
is defective
M
D. relay armature is stuck D. high permeability

Ans: A Ans: C
615 Which of the following procedures 616 Ambient temperature is the
9 represents the best method to prevent 0 _____________.
the freezing of batteries continuously
exposed to low temperatures?
A. The battery caps should be removed. A. amount of temperature rise with no
load
B. The battery cap vents should be B. temperature of the compartment
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
sealed. where the motor is located

C. The battery should be kept in a fully C. normal operating temperature, less
charged condition. the room temperature
D. The battery should be disconnected D. amount of temperature developed by
from its charging source. an operating motor
Ans: C Ans: B
616 Electric circuits are protected against 616 In addition to testing the calibration of
1 overloads and short circuits by means 2 a circuit breaker, maintenance should
of a/an ______________. include all of the following EXCEPT
______________.
D
A. circuit breaker A. changing out of magnetic elements
and thermal heaters yearly
TE
B. checking for corrosion, accumulation
B. amplifier
of dirt and thermal fatigue
C. diode C. inspecting for loose or missing parts
D. capacitor D. making sure foreign matter does not
EC
block tripping element
Ans: A Ans: A
616 When a megohmmeter is being used 616 While paralleling two (2) AC
3 to test insulation resistance, current 4 generators using synchronizing lamps
leakage along the surface of the only, both lamps will go dark when the
R
insulation is indicated by the generators are ____________.
megohmmeter pointer
R
_____________.
A. fluctuating around a constant A. running at the same speed
resistance reading
O
B. dipping towards "zero", then rising B. grounded

slowly
C. kicking slightly downscale as voltage is C. of the same polarity
C
applied
D. continually rising as the test voltage is D. in phase
applied
ET
Ans: C Ans: D
616 A lead-acid battery cell sustaining a 616 The propeller shaft speed in a turbo-
5 short circuit _______. 6 electric, synchronous, propulsion drive
motor is changed by varying the
M
__________.
A. will be indicated by lime accumulation A. turbine speed
on the terminal posts
B. will have unusually high cell voltage B. number of motor poles
C. will become excessively heated while C. field strength of the generator
being charged
D. cannot be completely discharged D. field strength of the motor
under load
Ans: C Ans: A
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
616 A fuse will blow for all the listed 616 Two contributors of electronic console
7 reasons EXCEPT ________. 8 failures are heat and vibration. To
combat some of their effects,
preventive maintenance procedures
should include ______________.
A. excessive vibration A. systematic rotation of circuit cards
with those from spares to allow
component cooling
B. extremely hot surroundings B. periodic changing or cleaning of
console ventilation and control room
air conditioning filters
D
C. loose fuse clips C. weekly tightening of console
foundation bolts and changing of the
air in the control room
TE
D. low contact resistance within the fuse D. all of the above
Ans: D Ans: B
616 In general, D.C. propulsion motor brush Automatic voltage regulators provided
EC
9 sparking can be caused by 6170 on switchboards function to
_______________. _____________.
A. incorrect brush grade, pressure or position A. regulate the AC load on the generator
B. a concentric commutator B. protect the switchboard from high
voltage
R
C. a dark chocolate colored commutator C. govern prime mover speed to control
voltage
R
D. all of the above D. vary the field excitation to the
generators
Ans: A Ans: D
O
617 In which of the situations listed will a You are attempting to parallel two AC
1 megohmmeter give the most 6172 accurate generators, and the synchro scope
C
readings? pointer is revolving in the fast direction.

This indicates that the frequency of the
incoming machine is _____________.
A. While the machine is in operation. A. higher than the bus frequency
ET
B. While the machine is discharging static B. lower than the bus frequency
electricity.
C. Immediately prior to restarting the machine. C. the same as the bus frequency but
out of phase with it
M
D. When the machine has been shut down D. the same as the bus frequency and
and grounded for a period of 15 the circuit breaker may be closed at
minutes. any pointer position
Ans: D Ans: A
617 The most practical way to control the voltage Which of the instruments listed could
3 output of an AC 6174 generator is to vary be used to locate a grounded field coil
the _____________. in a synchronous motor?
A. number of windings A. Ammeter
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. speed of the rotating field B. Voltmeter

C. strength of the rotating magnetic field C. Megohmmeter
D. power factor of the load D. Frequency meter
Ans: C Ans: C
617 One important difference between wye- A megohmmeter is used to measure
5 connected and delta- 6176 connected _____________.
generators is that delta connections have
____________.
A. line voltages equal to the vector sum of the A. voltage
D
phase voltages
B. phase voltages 90° out of sync B. dielectric strength
TE
C. line current equal to the phase current C. current
D. line voltage equal to the phase voltage D. power
Ans: D Ans: B
EC
617 If many turns of an alternating current coil for When a battery is continuously
7 a contactor become 6178 short circuited, the exposed to low temperatures, the best
coil _____________. procedure to keep it from freezing is to
_________.
A. will continue to operate A. remove the battery caps
R
B. will probably burn out immediately B. securely cover the battery
R
C. will operate on reduced current C. keep the battery fully charged
D. temperature will drop D. disconnect the battery
O
Ans: B Ans: C
617 The purpose of the reverse power 618 Which of the following conditions
C
9 relay, provided on a ship's service 0 indicates that a lead-acid battery is

alternator panel, is to trip the circuit in being charged too rapidly?
the event of
ET
______________.
A. main circuit overload A. Sparks occurring at the positive
terminal.
B. high power transfer B. Unusually high electrolyte specific
gravity.
M
C. generator overspeeding C. Low plate potentials being developed.

D. alternator motorization D. Excessively high temperatures and
gassing rates.
Ans: D Ans: D
618 Which of the listed faults cannot be 618 The dielectric strength of a vacuum or
1 eliminated, EXCEPT by turning or 2 dry air is approximately
grinding a commutator with a rigidly ________________.
supported tool?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. Sparking brushes A. 450 volts/inch

B. Eccentricity B. 1000 volts/inch
C. High mica C. 20-kv/inch
D. Blackened commutator D. 50-kv/inch
Ans: B Ans: C
618 When a megohmmeter is used to test 618 For routine cleaning of a commutator,
3 the insulation of a large motor, the 4 you should apply _____________.
initial dip of the pointer toward "zero" is
D
caused by ____________.
A. good insulation A. course sandpaper in a slow back and
forth motion across the commutator
TE
slots
B. the capacitance of the windings B. an emery cloth parallel to the axis of
the machine
C. the leakage of the current along the C. a canvas wiper to the machine while
EC
surface of dirty insulation running
D. the dielectric-absorption effect of the D. cotton swabs between the
insulation commutator bars
Ans: B Ans: C
618 The air gap in an induction motor 618 Under voltage trips are frequently
R
5 should be periodically checked with a 6 installed on switchboard circuit
feeler gage to prevent possible breakers to trip ____________.
R
___________.
A. rotor contact with the stator A. out generators in the event of severe
arcing or sparking
O
B. axial misalignment of the rotor B. out generators when there is reversal

of power in the main circuit
C. the breaker if the generator
C
C. damage to the motor bearings

overspeeds by 5%, but continues to run
D. electrical damage to the bearings D. out generators when there is low
voltage in the main circuit
ET
Ans: A Ans: D
618 A shore power circuit breaker should be 618 When a resistor is used as a shunt and
7 closed only _____________. 8 is connected in parallel with a meter
movement coil, it will provide
M
_____________.
A. when the ship's generators have been
A. a measurement of circuit resistance
paralleled to those on shore
B. in a shipyard B. an increased accuracy of
approximately 1.5 percent
C. if a quick disconnect coupling is used C. an extended meter range
D. when the ship's generators have been D. none of the above
removed from the bus
Ans: D Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
618 You can determine if a circuit breaker is 619 In addition to undercutting the mica,
9 tripped by ______. 0 proper maintenance of a D.C.
motor's commutator includes
_______________.
A. examining the position of the handle A. side-cutting the copper segments and
insulating the slots
B. checking for the warm breaker B. coating the copper surface with light
machine oil for the first four hours of
operation
C. looking for a burned-out link C.
8 hours
D
D. looking for the tripped breaker light D. all of the above
Ans: A Ans: A
TE
6191 If there is a reduction in the normally 6192 Which of the following electric meter
supplied frequency to a 120/240 volt, movements uses a stationary
three-phase AC current motor from permanent magnet and movable coil?
60 hertz to 55 hertz, the motor
would _____________.
EC
A. run at a slower speed A. D'Arsonval
B. operate at a lower current B. Electrodynamometer
C. overheat C. Moving iron-vane
D. trip off the line D. Inclined coil iron-vane
Ans: A Ans: A
R
6193 When paralleling two alternators the 6194 D.C. motor brush adjustment includes
synchronizing lamps grow dim and are attention to _________.
R
totally darkened as the synchro scope
pointer approaches
O
A. A. angle with the commutator and clearance within the holder

B. incoming alternator is running too fast B. brush length and pigtail
C
tightness
C. incoming alternator is in phase with the bus C. grade of material and
voltage surface dirt conditions
D. synchro scope pointer is defective or D. all of the above
ET
broken
Ans: C Ans: D
619 If all three ground-detection lamps 619 One of the generator bearing shells is
5 continue to burn at equal intensity 6 generally insulated from the end
M
after the test button is depressed and housing in order to prevent

released, which of the listed _____________.
conditions is indicated?
A. No grounds exist A. rapid brush wear
B. All three phases are grounded B. residual magnetism leak off
C. The test switch is faulty C. excessive field winding heat
D. The current transformers are shorted D. circulation of shaft currents
out
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: A Ans: D
619 You are calibrating a multimeter using 619 When paralleling two alternators, the
7 internal batteries to supply power for 8 synchronizing lamps remain lit as the
resistance measurements. However, synchro scope pointer approaches the
you are unable to adjust the pointer to 0°. This indicates the
"zero" using the adjustment knob. _____________.
Therefore, you should _____________.
A. replace the batteries in the instrument A. incoming alternator is running too fast
B. measure resistance by dividing the B. alternator voltages are 180 degrees
voltmeter indication by the ammeter apart
D
indication
C. set the pointer using a bridge C. synchro scope is defective or broken
TE
D. change scales to the R X 100 scale D. alternator power factors are in phase
and adjust using the "zero ohms"
adjusting knob
Ans: A Ans: C
EC
619 A multimeter may be damaged by 620 When two AC generators are being
9 taking a _____________. 0 paralleled, the breaker should be
closed with the synchro scope
pointer rotating in the
____________.
R
A. voltage reading while in the ammeter A. "slow" direction, just before the 12
mode o'clock position
B. current reading while in the voltmeter B. "fast" direction, just after the 12
R
mode o'clock position
C. resistance reading while in the C. "fast" direction, just before the 12
O
ammeter mode o'clock position

D. resistance reading while in the D. "slow" direction, just after the 12
voltmeter mode o'clock position
C
Ans: A Ans: C
620 If two AC generators have just been 620 Which of the following types of
1 placed in parallel, the true power load 2 insulation will begin to deteriorate
ET
is initially distributed evenly by FIRST as a result of the heat

_____________. generated in the conductor it
surrounds?
A. a balance coil A. Varnished cloth
M
B. changing field excitation B. Rubber

C. adjusting the governor control settings C. Silicon
D. a rheostat D. Asbestos
Ans: C Ans: B
620 A multimeter can be used to measure 620 The KW load is evenly distributed
3 _____________. 4 between two alternators just placed in
parallel by adjusting _____________.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. resistance A. a balance coil

B. voltage B. the governor settings
C. current C. the field excitation
D. all of the above D. a rheostat
Ans: D Ans: B
620 Before using an all-purpose electric 620 When paralleling two AC generators,
5 measuring instrument 6 the frequency of the incoming
(multimeter) utilizing internal batteries machine immediately prior to closing
D
to supply power for resistance its breaker should be ____________.
measurements, you should FIRST
____________.
TE
A. remove one of the batteries A. controlled by placing the governor
switch in the automatic position
B. remove all the batteries B. adjusted with the voltage regulator
C. calibrate using a known external C. slightly greater than the bus
EC
resistance frequency
D. select the proper resistance range D. slightly less than the bus frequency
Ans: D Ans: C
620 If the centrifugal switch or relay 620 A flickering ground detection lamp on
R
7 used for cutting out the starting 8 a DC system would indicate a
winding of a split-phase induction _____________.
R
motor fails to open once the motor
is in operation, the
_____________.
O
A. motor will overspeed A. multiple-ground condition in the

distribution system
B. starting winding will burn out B. ground in an armature coil of an
C
operating machine
C. motor will immediately stall under load C. ground in a motor accompanied with
a short
ET
D. motor torque will be above normal at D. short between two adjacent bars of
rated speed the generator commutator
Ans: B Ans: B
620 D.C. propulsion motor brush pressure621 The unit "hertz" is equivalent to
M
9 depends on the brush grade used and0 _____________.

in practice is set with a
______________.
A. multimeter A. coulombs per second
B. manometer B. revolutions per second
C. spring scale C. revolutions per minute
D. compound gauge D. cycles per second
Ans: C Ans: D
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
621 A current carrying conductor making an 621 A DC generator is used to supply

1 electrical contact with a wiring metal 2 direct current in order to maintain an
conduit is indicated by a AC generator field and is known as
_____________. a/an _____________.
A. low switchboard wattmeter reading A. rotor
B. reading of 1.0 on the power factor B. stator
meter
C. high switchboard voltmeter reading C. exciter
D. totally darkened switchboard ground- D. armature
D
detecting light
Ans: D Ans: C
TE
621 Fuses are usually rated in 621 When used for taking resistance
3 _____________. 4 measurements, a volt-
ohmmilliammeter is normally powered
by _____________.
EC
A. watts A. a hand cranked generator
B. amps only B. internal storage batteries
C. volts only C. the current in the circuit being tested
D. amps and volts D. a step down transformer
R
Ans: D Ans: B
R
621 Which of the following materials is a 621 Electrical power is expressed in
5 good insulator? 6 _____________.
A. steel A. ohms
O
B. aluminum B. volts
C
C. glass C. amps
D. copper D. watts
Ans: C Ans: D
ET
621 An electrical connection between the621 Prior to closing the breaker when
7 wiring of an electric motor and its metal8 paralleling two AC generators, the
frame is known as a/an recommended practice is to have
_____________. the frequency of the incoming
M
machine _____________.
A. eddy current A. slightly less than the line frequency
B. ground B. the same as the line frequency
C. impedance C. slightly greater than the line
frequency
D. flux leakage D. all of the above
Ans: B Ans: C
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
621 In addition to short circuits and622 The greatest single cause of electrical
9 sustained overloads, fuses are likely to0 failures is ______.
blow due to _____________.
A. loose fuse clips A. the breakdown of insulation
B. low ambient temperatures B. overcurrent
C. low contact resistance C. high inductance
D. all of the above D. too frequent testing
Ans: A Ans: A
D
622 You are reconnecting a three-phase 622 Current flowing in only one direction is
1 induction motor to the supply line. To 2 called ___________.
prevent possible damage to the load,
TE
due to the wrong direction of
rotation, you should
____________.
A. connect the motor and then use the A. alternating current
EC
"jog" button to determine the direction
of rotation
B. connect the phase indicator to the B. omnidirectional current
motor leads, rotate the motor by hand
and then connect to the supply voltage
R
C. connect the phase indicator to the C. direct current
supply voltage then connect the motor
D. check the supply line phase sequence D. sinusoidal current
R
and motor rotation with appropriate
indicators, then connect
correspondingly marked leads
O
Ans: D Ans: C
622 Why is it a good practice to have the 622 In an alternating current electrical
C
3 frequency of the incoming alternator 4 system, a low system power factor is a

adjusted slightly higher than that of direct sign of _____________.
the loaded alternator when
ET
paralleling two alternators?

A. This allows the oncoming machine to A. wasted energy
accept load immediately.
B. This prevents the machine from B. efficient operation
floating on the line.
M
C. The reverse power relay is prevented C. a short in the exciter field windings
from activating.
D. All of the above. D. an excessive number of minor
system grounds
Ans: D Ans: A
622 Two paralleled alternators are 622 Routine maintenance of dry-type
5 operating near rated load. If one trips 6 transformers should
out mechanically, which of the listed include______________.
actions should be taken FIRST?
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. Restart the tripped machine A. preventing the entrance of water from

immediately. broken pipe lines steam lines
B. keeping protective surfaces and
B. Strip the board of all non-vital circuits. insulating bushings free of dirt and
conductive debris
C. Start the emergency generator. C. periodic testing of insulation
resistance with a megger
D. Transfer all vital loads to the D. all of the above
emergency bus.
Ans: B Ans: D
622 If all of the ground detection lamps 622 A capacitor discolored due to
D
7 burn with equal brilliance, whether the 8 excessive heat should be
test button is depressed or released, _____________.
TE
then ___________.
A. no grounds exist A. calibrated using a capacitance
Wheatstone bridge
B. all phases are grounded B. replaced and the reason for the
overheating found
EC
C. all lamps show a ground C. cooled with a spray can of refrigerant
approved for this purpose
D. resoldered with care taken to insure
D. all of the above that the original cold solder joint is
repaired
R
Ans: A Ans: B
622 In order to change the direction of 623 In an A.C. generator, pitting of
R
9 rotation of a 0 collector rings will cause__________.
D.C. motor_________. I. the field I. sparking II. chattering
O
leads must be changed II. the input

leads must be changed
A. I only A. I only
C
B. II only B. II only
C. either I or II C. both I and II
ET
D. neither I or II D. neither I or II
Ans: A Ans: D
623 Air gap readings should be taken623 On some electrical generating
M
1 periodically on electrical generation2 equipment one outboard bearing

equipment to __________. pedestal is insulated from the
bedplate. This should be checked with
a millivolt meter and a jumper. With
the millivolt meter connected between
the shaft and the bedplate how should
the jumper be
A. determine the amount of varnish that A. It should be placed from one end of
can be applied to correct insulation the shaft to the other to eliminate shaft
problems currents.
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. determine the condition of the B. It is used to short the + and - in a D.C.

bearings generator or Phase A and Phase C in
an alternator to eliminate the effects of
CEMF.
C. provide for the correct proper C. It should be placed across the
tightening of the field coil bolts and insulating block to increase the shaft
correct lateral adjustment of the field current to a point where it can be
coils measured with the millivolt meter.
D. increase machine efficiency D. It should be placed from the shaft to
the pedestal while one reading is
taken, then removed to take a second
D
reading. This eliminates the insulating
effect of the bearing.
Ans: B Ans: D
TE
623 After closing the circuit breaker to place 623 The failure of ball bearings used in
3 two similar alternators in parallel, the 4 electric motors can result from
NEXT step is to balance the _____________.
_____________.
EC
A. power factor A. failure to clean the bearing before
repacking
B. voltage load B. failure to maintain proper alignment
C. kilowatt load C. excess lubrication forcing the bearing
R
full of grease and eliminating all areas
of expansion
D. ampere load D. all of the above
R
Ans: C Ans: D
O
623 Air gap readings should be taken on 623 On some electrical generating
5 electrical generation equipment 6 equipment one outboard bearing
periodically to ________. I. check pedestal is insulated from the
C
machine efficiency II. bedplate. To check this insulation with

determine the need for cleaning the machine assembled you should
use a____________.
ET
A. I only A. millivolt meter and a jumper

B. II only B. ohmmeter
C. both I and II C. megohm meter
M
D. neither I or II D. high potential tester

Ans: D Ans: A
623 Air gap readings should be taken 623 If the driving torque, such as that
7 on electrical generation machinery 8 produced by a diesel engine, creates
periodically to _________. I. pulsations when coupled with a
determine the need for cleaning synchronous generator operating in
II. check the condition of the parallel; the generator rotor may be
bearings periodically pulled ahead or behind its
normal position as it rotates. This cond
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
A. I only A. hunting
B. II only B. direct coupling
C. both I and II C. peaking
D. neither I or II D. harmonic coupling
Ans: B Ans: A
623 If the bearings of an electrical 624 On electrical generators one of the
9 generator are failing more frequently 0 bearings is isolated from the
than expected and the lubricating oil bedplate. This insulating block
D
is sledging then you should should not be painted and must be
______________. kept clean to ___________.
A. check the connections to the output A. protect operating personnel from
TE
leads shock
B. check the bearing insulating block on B. create an isolated ground for the
one end of the unit instrumentation
C. replace the bearing with a sealed roller C. allow for the expansion of the
EC
type generator away from the prime mover
as it warms up
D. replace the thrust bearing of the prime D. eliminate shaft currents to prevent
mover damaging the bearings
Ans: B Ans: D
R
624 A single-phase induction motor will only 624 When testing for blown fuses in a
1 start if you spin the rotor rapidly with 2 three-phase supply circuit to a motor,
R
the line switch closed. After starting, its you should first
speed fluctuates between very slow ___________________.
and half-speed. The problem probably
O
lies in the ________.

A. starting winding A. apply the megger across the tops of
the line fuses
C
B. centrifugal mechanism B. apply an ammeter diagonally across

the top of the first line fuse and the
bottom of the third line fuse
ET
C. centrifugal switch C. apply the voltage tester across the

bottoms of the line fuses
D. running winding D. ensure the circuit is de-energized, and
then use a continuity tester
Ans: D Ans: D
M
624 A short circuit in the armature of a DC 624 In a three-phase electrical system,

3 motor will cause the motor to 4 three ground detecting lamps are
_____________. provided. One lamp goes dark and the
others increase in brightness. When
the test button is pushed, all lamps
have equal illumination. You should
conclude that ____________.
A. there is a ground on the line with the
A. run fast dark lamp
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. hum when energized B. the dark lamp must be replaced

C. spark at the brushes C. there are grounds on the lines with
the bright lamps
D. fail to start D. this is a normal condition
Ans: C Ans: A
624 Which of the listed conditions will 624 A three-phase electrical system is
5 occur if dirt and grease are allowed to 6 equipped with ground detecting lamps.
accumulate between the commutator If one of the lamp goes dark and the
segments of a motor? other two burn normally before and
D
after the test switch is operated, this
indicates _______________.
TE
A. A partial short circuit. A. the dark lamp must be replaced
B. A dead short circuit. B. there is a ground in the line with the
dark lamp
C. Misalignment of the motor shaft. C. there are grounds in two of the three
EC
phases
D. Overspeeding of the motor. D. the voltage to the dark lamp is less
than that of the system
Ans: A Ans: A
624 Which of the listed conditions could 624 Which of the following statements
R
7 cause a DC motor to have excessively 8 identifies the difference between the
hot windings and sparking at the primary windings and the secondary
R
brushes? windings of a 2:1 stepdown
transformer?
A. High bar-to-bar voltage A. The secondary windings have twice
O
as much resistance as the primary

windings.
B. Reversed interpole polarity B. The secondary windings give off twice
C
as much heat as the primary windings.

C. Loose brushes C. The secondary windings require half
as much current as the primary
ET
windings.
D. Excessive humidity D. The secondary windings have half as
many turns as the primary windings.
Ans: A Ans: D
M
624 When troubleshooting an amplifier, 625 If an electric motor fails to start, you
9 you measure an output of 30 volts. If 0 should FIRST check the
the gain of the amplifier is 2, what _____________.
must the input voltage be for the
amplifier to work properly?
A. 32 volts A. phase sequence
B. 30 volts B. ampere load
C. 28 volts C. fuse or circuit breaker
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
D. 15 volts D. line frequency

Ans: D Ans: C
625 If a DC motor runs faster than 625 The formula for computing impedance
1 designed, with all other conditions 2 in a series circuit containing
being normal, the possible cause could resistance, capacitance, and
be a/an ______________. inductance is _____________.
[ NOTE: the symbol * stands for
'multiplied by' ]
A. shorted shunt field coil A. Z = RT + XL + XC
D
B. open armature coil B. Z = R + XL - XC
C. reversed commutating pole C. Z * Z = R * R + (XL - XC) * (XL - XC)
TE
D. overload D. Z = R * R + (XL * XC) - (XL * XC)
Ans: A Ans: C
625 Which of the listed conditions might 625 The prime mover of an AC two pole
EC
3 contribute to very rapid wearing of a 4 main propulsion generator drives the
DC machine's commutator bars? generator at 3600 RPM. If the main
propulsion motor has 80 poles, what
will be the propeller speed?
A. A grounded commutator bar A. 45 RPM
R
B. Using improper carbon brushes B. 80 RPM
R
C. Aligning the front and rear mica V- C. 90 RPM
rings improperly
D. An open circuit in the armature D. 180 RPM
O
Ans: B Ans: C
625 If a single-phase induction motor fails to 625 A single-phase induction motor starts,
C
5 start, the problem may be 6 comes up to about 75% rated speed,

_____________. slows down to a lower speed, and
accelerates again.
ET
The problem is most likely in the

____________.
A. an open in the main winding A. starting winding
B. a shorted shunt field B. running winding
M
C. a closed centrifugal switch C. starting capacitor

D. low circuit frequency D. running centrifugal switch
Ans: A Ans: B
625 A motor enclosure which protects 625 As a result of a mechanical
7 against falling liquids is classified as 8 malfunction in one of the ship's service
____________. generators operating in parallel, you
must secure that generator. In order to
prevent a possible overload to the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
remaining generator, which of the

following sequential courses of action
A. Trip the malfunctioning generator's
A. waterproof circuit breaker and prime mover
throttle trip.
B. drip proof B. Trip all non-vital distribution feeder
circuit breakers, the malfunctioning
generator's circuit breaker, and the
prime mover throttle trip.
C. spray tight C. Trip the malfunctioning generator's
circuit breaker and distribution feeder
D
circuit breakers.
D. spray proof D. Trip all non-vital distribution feeder
circuit breakers, the malfunctioning
TE
prime mover turbine throttle trip, and
the generator circuit breaker.
Ans: B Ans: B
625 A turbo generator has a rated output of626 If an alternator is to be inactive for a
EC
9 1200 KW at 60 Hertz, with a no load0 considerable period of time, which of
frequency of 61.5 Hertz. What is its the following actions should be taken?
speed droop?
A. 0.01025 A. It should be disconnected from the prime mover
and
R
raised off its bearing supports.
B. 0.015 B. Insulation resistance readings should be taken
R
weekly to
ensure resistance is not deteriorating.
O
C. 0.02439 C. The brushes should be lifted off the slip rings to

prevent
pitting of the metal by electrolytic action.
C
D. 0.025 D. The windings and collector rings should be

protected
with a thin coat of grease or oil.
ET
Ans: D Ans: C
6261Which of the following materials is recommended 6262A megger is being used to test the insulation
of an
for finishing the slip rings after grinding or turning? AC generator. The resistance value of a dry,
M
clean winding will _____________.
A. grade 00 sandpaper A. continue to rise as test potential is maintained,

becoming fairly steady as the dielectric-absorption
effect
of insulation stabilizes
B. canvas wiper B. remain constant as the temperature of the
windings
increases
C. crocus cloth C. continue to drop as test potential is maintained,
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
becoming fairly steady after 5-7 minutes

smooth file
D. D. stabilize after approximately 2-4 minutes of
fluctuation
Ans: C Ans: A
6263 Brushes in a generator must be positioned in the 6264 If the connections for the field and the
armature on a
neutral plane to avoid sparking between the brushes DC motor are reversed, ____________.
and the _____________.
A.yoke A. the motor will run as a generator
D
B. armature windings B. the motor will not run
C. field pole windings C. the direction of rotation will be the same
TE
D. commutator D. the direction of rotation will be reversed
Ans: D Ans: C
6265 A series wound DC motor has its armature and 6266 Uneven wear of the commutator
surface on a
EC
field connected in series with a resistor. When the motor direct current propulsion motor can be
caused by
is disconnected from its power supply, this motor will _____________.
exemplify __________.
R
A. the proper connections for across the line starting A. rapid change in load
R
B. the proper connections for an automatic strip heaterB. excessive operation at light load
C. a reversing controller circuit C. incorrect brush staggering

D. dynamic braking D. unequal pole spacing
O
Ans: D Ans: C
6267 Unnecessary and frequent applications of varnish 6268 The insulation of electric generators
during
C
to the generator windings to repair defective insulation short idle periods should be
_____________.
ET
will result in ____________.
A. heavy coatings of varnish interfering with heat A. allowed to cool slowly to ambient
temperatures
dissipation
M
B. deficient air gap clearance and eventual B. flashed with direct current to remove any residual
damage to the casing magnetism
C. failure of the rectifier assembly C. kept warm by using strip or space heaters
D. a built-up of varnish without changing generator D. relieved of all capacitive charge by grounding
operation the conductors

Ans: A Ans: C
6269If an AC generator experiences voltage failure, 6270A wire is being used as a replacement having
twice
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
the cause may be _____________. the length and one-half the cross-sectional area of
the original wire. The resistance of this new wire,
when compared to that of the original wire, is
_____________.
A. an open in the field circuit A. four times as great
B. the brushes shifting out of the neutral plane B. twice as much
C. excessive locked-rotor current C. the same as the original resistance

D. a rotating slip ring D. one-half of the original resistance
Ans: A Ans: A
6271 An open occurring within the field rheostat of 6272 If three AC generators are operating
in parallel,
D
an AC generator can be detected by short circuiting its and one of them were to "pull out" of
synchronism with
terminals and observing a ____________. the other two generators, the ____________.
TE
A. negative deflection of the wattmeter pointer A. normally operating AC generators will vibrate
severely
B. positive deflection of the wattmeter pointer B. AC generator pulling out of synchronism will
vibrate
C. buildup of alternator voltage severely
EC
D. low, but constant alternator voltage C. normally operating AC generators will overspeed
and
unload
D. AC generator pulling out of synchronism will
R
become motorized
Ans: C Ans: B
6273 A loss of field excitation to an AC generator while 6274 An AC generator operating in parallel
R
loses its
operating in parallel will cause it to ____________. excitation without tripping the circuit breaker. This
will __________.
O
A. absorb more and more load due to decreased A. not affect the faulty generator due to the
compensation
C
armature reaction of the other generators
B. lose its load due to the inherent speed droop B. cause the slip rings to melt
built into the governor
ET
C. smoke and overload due to field flashover as C. cause a low voltage differential to develop
between
residual field flux changes polarity the armature and the bus
M
D. lose its load, begin to motorize, trip out on

reverse power relay, and possibly overspeed D. cause high currents to be induced in the
field windings
Ans: D Ans: D
627 Etched or burned bands on the contact627 If only one brush on a commutator is
5 faces of the brushes in a direct current6 sparking excessively, you should look
generator can be caused by for _____________.
____________.
A. high mica segments A. a high commutator bar
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. copper drag on the commutator B. copper imbedded in the brush

C. brushes improperly positioned C. a loose commutator bar
D. copper embedded in the brushes D. flux in the commutating zone
Ans: C Ans: B
627 Which of the following statements627 Diesel generators #1 and #2 are
7 describes the effects of ambient8 operating in parallel at near full load
temperature on local action within lead- capacity. Diesel generator #1
acid storage batteries? suddenly trips out mechanically due to
D
low lube oil pressure. The reverse
power relay functions properly and
trips generator #1 electrically off the
TE
boa
A. Increasing ambient temperature
increases local action. A. Start the emergency generator.
B. Increasing ambient temperature B. Ascertain cause of the low lube oil
EC
decreases local action. pressure.
C. Ambient temperature has no effect on C. Strip the board of all non-vital
local action. circuits.
D. At 32°C all local action virtually D. Secure alarms, reset reverse power
ceases. relay, and restart #1 engine.
R
Ans: A Ans: C
627 Which of the following losses is/are628 Upon failure of the normal power
R
9 present in every direct current0 supply, the emergency generator is
generator armature? placed on the line by the
_____________.
O
A. Winding copper loss A. bus tie feeder

B. Core eddy current loss B. automatic bus transfer device
C
C. Magnetic hysteresis loss C. line connection feeder

D. All of the above. D. power failure alarm bus
ET
Ans: D Ans: B
628 Which of the spaces listed is defined 628 The source of emergency lighting and
1 as a "location requiring an 2 power at loss of normal ship's power
exceptional degree of protection" on a cargo vessel should be obtained
M
when considering the installation of from the ______________.

shipboard electrical equipment?
A. Machinery space A. emergency generator supply to the
B. Chart room B. emergency generator supply to the
main switchboard
C. Console room C. battery supply to the main
switchboard
D. Accommodation space D. turbo generator supply to the
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
Ans: A Ans: A
628 Which of the following statements628 Which of the listed safety features
3 represents the FIRST precaution to be4 should be provided in small rooms or
taken prior to working on any installed lockers where batteries are stored?
electrical component?
A. Wear rubber gloves and boots. A. Installation of a fixed CO2 system.
B. Use only approved non conducting B. An exhaust duct is to be provided
tools. and led from within three inches of the
deck.
C. Ground the case of the machine C. Power ventilation is to be provided if
D
before beginning any repairs. trickle charging is utilized.
D. An exhaust duct is to be provided
D. Open the supply circuits and tag the
TE
and led from the top of the locker to
switches.
the open air.
Ans: D Ans: D
628 Which of the following precautions 628 Before any work on electrical or
EC
5 should be taken when a blown fuse, 6 electronic equipment is performed,
rated at 10 amperes, is replaced? which of the following precautions
should be carried out?
A. Short out the fuse before removing it A. De-energize the applicable
from the circuit. switchboard bus.
R
B. Use needle-nose pliers to remove fuse B. Bypass the interlocks.
from the circuit.
C. Replace blown fuse with one of equal C. Secure and tag the supply circuit
R
voltage and ampere capacity. breaker in the open position.
D. Fuses of 10 ampere rating and less D. Station a man at the circuit supply
are virtually harmless when energized switch.
O
and may be handled freely.

Ans: C Ans: C
C
628 Receptacle outlets aboard ship should628 Regulations require that an indicating
7 be designed so those mounted have8 light at the propulsion control station
_____________. will operate if overloading or
ET
overheating occurs in a
_______________.
A. there must be a sufficient number of A. forced draft blower motor
receptacle outlets in the crew
accommodations for an adequate level
M
of habitability
B. each receptacle outlet must be B. steering gear motor
compatible with the voltage and current
of the circuit in which it is installed
C. a receptacle outlet must not have any C. fuel pump motor
exposed parts with the plug opening
uncovered
D. all of the above D. condensate pump motor
Ans: D Ans: B
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
628 According to Regulations , which of the629 According to Regulations, the

9 following is an acceptable lining for0 motor controller for a submersible
battery trays containing alkaline electric motor driven bilge pump
batteries? should be installed _____________.
A. Brass A. in the shaft alley
B. Lead B. at the submersible bilge pump
C. Steel C. above the uppermost continuous
deck
D. Zinc D. at the engine room emergency
control panel
D
Ans: C Ans: C
629 In accordance with Regulations , a 629 In accordance with Regulations , the
TE
1 steering gear feeder circuit from the 2 capacity of each branch circuit
emergency switchboard or alternate providing power to a fire detection or
power supply must have the capacity alarm system must not be less than
for continuous operation of the rubber what percent of the maximum load?
EC
15, side-side in not more than 60
seconds for a period of
R
A. 1/4 hour A.0.5
B. 1/2 hour B.1
R
C. 1 hour C.1.25
D. 2 hours D.1.5
O
Ans: B Ans: C
629 Regulations require the minimum 629 Regulations require overcurrent
C
3 number of ships service generators 4 protection for steering gear feeder

for ocean vessels to be circuits and shall be protected by
_____________. _____________.
ET
A. 1 A. circuit breaker with an instantaneous

trip only
B. 2 B. motor-running overcurrent protection
only
C. 3 C. nonrenewable link cartridge fuse only
M
D. 4 D. renewable link cartridge fuse only

Ans: B Ans: A
629 When power ventilation is required in 629 Regulations require each motor
5 a battery compartment, Regulations 6 controller to have a wiring diagram
require _____________. located ____________.
A. the power ventilation system to be A. on the inside of the controller door
separate from ventilation systems for
other spaces
Vimalraj Gnanasekar
B. electric ventilation motors to be B. in the engineering department office

inside the vent duct
C. electric ventilation motors to be C. in the spare parts locker
inside the compartment
Ans: A Ans: A
629 In accordance with Regulations , 629 Regulations require that the
7 receptacles for refrigerated 8 emergency lighting and power system
containers must ____________. _____________.
A. have a switch near the receptacles that A. emergency generator must be tested
D
disconnects all power to those under load before sailing
receptacles
TE
B. have a sign stating that the switch B. must be tested and inspected weekly
should be opened before cables are and the date recorded
disconnected from the receptacles
C. be designed for circuit breaking service C. batteries must be tested annually and
the date recorded
EC
D. all of the above D. must be capable of sustaining the
emergency load for 48 hours
Ans: D Ans: B
629 Regulations require emergency diesel 630 Which of the following statements is a
R
9 engine starting systems to have 0 Regulation concerning emergency
sufficient capacity to provide power for generator diesel engines?
at least ____________.
R
A. three continuous starting sequences A. The fuel must have a flash point not
less than 24°C.
B. six consecutive cranking cycles B. Emergency diesel engines must be
O
capable of operating under full load in

not less than 30 seconds after
C
cranking.
C. nine repeated starts under load C. The starting battery must produce 12
consecutive cranking cycles.
D. Emergency diesel engines must
D. twelve cranking periods of 5 seconds
ET
operate satisfactorily up to a 22.5° list.

Ans: B Ans: D
M
Vimalraj Gnanasekar

Meo Class 4 Electical Written

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Meo Class 4 Electical Written

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Marine Electro Technology 77

MEO CLASS IV PART-B

1. Which of the following statements is true concerning a poly-phase

A. The motor is started as an induction motor.

B. Resistance is gradually added to the rotor circuit.

volts as lighter lines

3. Alternating current circuits develop resistance, inductance and capacitance.

A. obtain the flexibility required for easy handling

B. reduce the overall weight of the wire run

C. reduce the number of supports needed for a horizontal overhead run

D. all of the above

5. Which of the following is having Di-Electric Constant 80?

A. Air B. water C. Mica D. Castor

6. Where a thermal-acting breaker is required to be used in an area of unusually

C. second bimetal element

8. The direction of magnetic flux changes when the direction of current is

9. In a Transistor (If Multi choice add option A)

A. PNP and NPN are two basic types

A. Check for the isolation

A. Collector, Emitter, Base

C. Emitter, Base, Collector

motor with compressed air?

C. Be certain that the air is clean and as dry as possible.

D. Ensure that the fuse in the motor is removed

16. A molded-case breaker provides protection against short-circuits by using a/an

17. PN diode advantage over vacuum diode?

22. Time delayed or delayed action-type fuses are designed to _____________.

(A) Prevent grounds in branch circuits

(A) Tunnel diodes

(A) Felted asbestos sealed with varnish.

(C) Rubber insulation coated with a layer of tin.

and coated with varnish.

(A) Field strength varies directly with rotors lIp

(A) Copper and antimony

(C) Aluminum or beryllium alloy

27. The apparent power in inductive circuit

A. Open the machine as both ends so as to allow the dust to escape

C. Be certain that air is clean and as dry as possible

D. Ensure that the fuse is removed

34. Which of the following capacitor is having highest dielectric constant?

D. Perform the infinite resistance test

A. The brake will be set by spring force.

B. High voltage stand

52. Generator paralleling

b. to replace fuses on all three phases

61. Which of the following statements represents an application of a silicon

A. To provide DC power for a main propulsion motor.

B. Generator frequency should be slightly higher than bus bar frequency

B. higher current and voltage rating

D. Dirt collecting on the windings.

of the following values of the wave forms measured?

C. Analog devices are superior in accuracy compared to digital devices.

A. Sea water temperature and pressure.

83. Brushless generators are designed to operate without the use of

(A) Slip rings

86. Protection against sustained overloads occurring in molded-case circuit

(A) over voltage release

(D) current overload relay

88. When choosing a battery for a particular application, major consideration

(B) terminal polarity

89. The rated temperature rise of an electric motor is the _____________.

(A) average temperature at any given latitude